TREASUIXi  ROOM 


COL.  GEORGE  WASHINGTON  FLOWERS 
MEMORIAL  COLLECTION 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
DURHAM,  N.  C. 


PRESENTED  BY 

W.  W.  FLOWERS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2010  with  funding  from 
Duke  University  Libraries 


http://www.archive.org/details/armyregulationsOOconf 


AMV  REGULATIONS, 


VDOITED    FOK    THE    i  -         •       I'HK 


3Unni   of  thr  tfonfdmtc   State.*, 


IN   ACCORDANCE  WITH    I.ATK   M'TS  OF  CONGRESS. 


I)    FROM    THE     ARMY     REGULATIONS     OP     TUE    Ol.D    IMTKD    - 
RETAINING     ALL     T1IAT      I  * 

FOR    OFFICERS   OP   THS 


ro    W  HICD    18    APDKh. 

ICT   FOR  THE  ESTABLISHMENT   AND   ORG  ANIMATION    0 
THE    AKMY   OF   THE   CONFEDERATE  STATES 

OF    AMI,; 


ARTICLES  OF  WAR, 

FOR    THE   GOVERNMENT   OF   THE    AI.'MY    OF    THE    CONFED- 
ERATE   8TA1  KERIC  \. 


kLEIGH      N      I 

NIK  I.    ' 


■:r 


I 


TJSTDEX. 


35, 

36 

to 

•2  lit 

to 

588 

to 

725 

to 

761 

to 

978 

to 

122 

123 

to 

189 

to 

199 

to 

210 

482 

to 

506 

to 

514 

to 

527 

to 

580 

to 

554 

to 

,  58 

t,l 

B32 

No.  of  Paragraph. 

Appointment  on  the   Staff  33, 

Arrests  and  Confinements  211 

Bivouacs 581 

BaUles 699 

Baggage  Trains 754 

Barracks  and  Quarters. . . .  9'U 

Companies S5 

Company  Books 

Councils  of  Administration  185 

Company  Fund 197 

Confinements 211 

Contributions 

Camps 489 

Camp  of  Infantry 506 

"  Cavalry 514 

"        •'  Artillery 528 

Cantonments '. 589 

Convoys  and  their  Escorts  729 

Courts'-Martial 861 

"        "  Expenses 

Clothing,  Allowance  of.  .  ..  1088 
Discipline,  —Military   Dis- 
cipline,  ' 

Distribution  of*  the  Troops 

Deceased  Ollicers 145,  ]  46,  1 47 

Soldiers 141     to 

Deserters 151    to 

Discharges, i  ->«»     to 

s,  Publications! 
I  tepota 

It>]iatches 

Detachments 540    to 

Defence  of  Fortified  Places    820    to 

Escorts  ol  Honor -I 

Kxeteises,    Military. ..... 

Extra-Duty  Men. .". 

K'luipage,      Allowance    of 

Camp  and  Qarriaon .... 
Furloughs  to  EnlistedMen     182,  188,  184 

Funeral  Honors 285    to    293 

Forms  of  Inspection 296    to    816 

Forms  of  Parade 825, 

Forage 1010     to  1012 

Guard-Mounting 365     t 

Guards 388 

Qrand    Quanta  and  other 

Outposts 598 

Hours  of  Service  and  Roll 

Calls 

Honor- 227 

Head-Quart  ra 

•  MountedOffii 
•ion  of  the  Troopi 

[eases 

Intrenched  Posts 63} 


to  1027 
to  1051 

1,  2,  8 
87 


150 
158 

167 
210 
488 

."148 

26 1 
546 
1028 


to 

196 

to 

338 

to 

688 

to 

598 

to 

6fi7 

727 

72s 

to 

76S 

to 

958 

1029 

to 

660 

to 

I',- 

to 

14 

to 

29 

to 

B8 

to 

226 

1035 


to     421 


to 


to 


217 
545 
10  ;0 
895 

552 


No.  of  Paragraph, 
Orderlies 188    to    487 

Orders 547 

Outposts 598     to     633 

Post  Books 

Tost  Fund 190 

Parade. — Dress  Parade...     827 

Police  Guard 56 1 

Ficket 5M 

Partizana  and  flankers. . . .     655 

Prisoners  of  War 726,  727,  788 

Police, — General  Police...     762 
Property,  Money,  Accounts     B91 
Postage. — Public  Postage. 
Quartermaster's  Departm't     959 

Quarters 961 

Rank  and  Command 4 

Resignation  of  Officers ....      24 

Regiments 69 

Roll-Calls 22  1 

Review  of  a  Battalion  of  In- 
fantry      069     ti     364 

Returns  and  Reports: 

Monthly  Returns 443     to    452 

AunualReturn —  Casual- 
ties   450 

Return  of  deceased  sol- 
diers  • 

Field  Returns 455 

Reports 4">7 

Prisoners  of  War. — Cap- 
tured property 460 

Inspection  Reports 462 

The  Roster,  or  Details  tor 

Service 553 

Reconnoissances 647 

Recruiting  Service 1288 

Returns  in  the  Quartermas- 
ter's Department 

Succession  in  Command  or 

Duty 

Sutlers.". 

Salutes 248 

Safeguards 769 

Sieges 771 

Straw 1018 

Stationery 1017 

Si  h-istence  Department: 

Ration 

- lo72 

Subsistence  to  Officers. . 
i         nutation  ol  Ration 


Lame;  124,  125,  12' 

Officers  170  to     ] 

- 317  to 

Marches 

Orders  aadCorrespoadenoe  422  to 
initation   of  an  Army 

in  the  Field '.  4"4  to     4  1 


1-1 
.".24 

447 


Extra-duty  Men 1 

accounts 

Transfer  of  Officers 

Transfer  of  Soldier- 141 

Travelling  on  Duty 

Troups  on  board  ol  Ti  • 

ports 

Transportation,  Armv. 

Watchwords 

Wbrking-Partii  - - 


454 

to 

456, 

to 

459 

to 

461 

to 

468 

to 

to 

G~r>i 

to 

l  64 

1052 

to 

is 

to 

to 

259 

to 

to 

819 

to 

1016 

to 

1028 

to  1971 

to 

ln-9 

to 

195, 

to 

no; 

80 

,     81 

to 

144 

1  - 

1     1 

to 

to 

to 

551 

• 

244333 


TABLES  AND  BLANK  FOMBS. 


Index  of  Letters  required  to  be  kept  on  File page  fi 

Guard  Report "  49 

Safeguard ,  Form  of 95 

Qenera]  Court-martial,  Form  of  order 107 

Miscellaneous  Disbursements 1 30 

Requisition,  for  Fuel,  Form   No. 2 131 

"       "30 132 

"            "        Forage,  Form,  No.  32 133 

"                 "          "         «     33 134 

"        Straw 135 

"            "        Stationery 186 

Special  Requisition ". , .•;•■•  18~ 

Requisition  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department  for  extra  supplies  of  Medicines 

an!  hospital  stores 138 

Bill  of  Medicine,  &c,  when  purchased  by  an  officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  De- 
partment   189 

Mode  of  ascertaining  the  Hospital  Ration.. 144 

Provision  Return  for  Company 145 

Consolidated  Provision  Return,  for  Regiment 146 

Weight  and  Measure 147 

Weight  and  Bulk  of  Rations 148 

Requisition  for  Medicines,  &c 149 

Account  for  Medicines,  Ac 150 

Certificate  of  Disability,  for  Discharge 151 

Surgeon's  Record  of  Recruits  Examined 152 

Morning  Report  of  the  Surgeon  of  a  Regiment,  Post,  or  Garrison 153 

Contract  with  a  Private  Phvsirian 154 

Certificate  to  be  given  to  a  Soldier  at  the  time  of  his  Discharge 155 

Requisition  for  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores,  for  Arsenal  or  Post 150 

"  '•  "  "  Militia  in  the  service  of  the 

Confederate  States 157 

Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds 15* 

Recruiting  service.  Form  A 16S 

"      B 169 


A ppbxdix.— Articles  of  War 171 

Organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 198  to  198 


REGULATIONS 


v<<\; 


THE  I  :    AitMY 


ARTICLE  I. 

MILITARY    DISCIPLINE. 


I. — All  inferiors  are  required  to  obey  strictly,  and  to  exe- 
cute with  alacrity  and  good  faith,  the  lawful  orders  of  the 
superiors  appoiuted  over  them. 

2. — Military  authority  is  to  be  exercised  with  Gonness,  bul 
with  kindness  aud  justice  to  inferiors.  Punishments  shall  be 
strictly  conformable  to  military  law. 

3. — Superiors  of  every  grade  are  forbid  to  injure  those 
under  them  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct,  <  busive 

language. 

ARTICLE  II. 

RANK    AND    COMMAND. 

4. — Rank  of  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers: 

1st.  10th.  feadet. 

•J<i.  1 1 tli.  Sergeant-Major. 

3d.   Brigadier-General.   IBth.  Quartermaster-Sergean 

4th.  Colonel.  a  Regiment. 

5th.  LieutrColonel.  18th.  Ordnance     Sergeant   and 

6th.  Major.  Hospital  Steward. 

7th.  <  laptain.  I  Ith.  First  Sergeant. 

Bth.  First  Lieutenant.     1 5th.  Sergeant. 

'.ith.  Second  Lieutenant.  16th.  Corporal. 
And  each  grade  by  date  of  commission  or  appointment. 

•"). — When  commissions  are  of  the  same  date,  the  rank  ie  to 
he  decided,  between  officers  of  the  same  regiment  or  corps  b\ 
the  order  of  appointment  :  between  officers  of  different  regi 
ment8  or  corps :  1st,  by  rank  in  actual  service  when  appointed ; 
2d,  by  former  rank  and  service  in  the  army  or  marine  corps  ; 
3d,  by  lotter)  among  such  as  have  not  I»«-«-d  in  the  militan 
service  of  the  <  lonfederate  States.     I  tease  of  equality  of  rani 

on,  reference  is  I    • 
■ 


244333 


r,. — oflio  i>  having  brev<  ts,  ©r  commissions  of  a  prior  date 
of  tin-  regiment  in  which  they  serve,  may  take  place 
ints-martial  and  on  detacliinents,  when  composed  of 
different  corps,  accor&ng  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their 
brevets  or  dates  of  their  former  commissions;  |but  in  the  reg- 
iment, troop,  or  company  to  which  such  officers  belong,  they 
shall  do  duty  and  take  rank  both  in  courts-martial  and  on 
detachments  which  shall  be  composed  only  of  their  own  corps, 
according  to  the  commissions  by  which  they  arc  mustered  in 
the  said  corps. — (61st.  Art.oJ  War.) 

1 . — If.  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different  corps 
oi  the    army  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together,   the 
!i  highesl  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the  army,   marine  corps, 
or  militia,  by  commission^  there  on  duty  or  in  quarters,  shall 
eommand  the  whole,  and   give  orders  for  what  is  needful   To 
the  service,  unless  otherwise  specially  directed  by  the  Presi- 
lent  of  the  Confederate  States,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
. — G2d,  Art.  of  War. 
8. — An  officer  not  having  orders  from  competent  authority 
cannot  put  himself  on  duty  by  virtue  of  his  commission  alone 
ft. — i  Officers   serving  by   commission    from  any  State  of  the 
■Confederacy  take  next  rank  after  officers  of  the  like  grade  by 
■in mission  from  the  Confederate  States. 
10. — Brevet  rank  takes  effect  only  in  the  following  nasi 
I     .  by  special  assignment  of  the  President  in  commands  eoni- 
I  of  different  corps;  2d.  on  courts-martial  or  detachments 
composed  of  different  corps.     Troops  are  on  detachment  only 
when    sent  out  temporarily  to  perform  a  special  service. 

I  I . — In  regularly  constituted  commands,  as  garrisons,  posts 
departments, companies, battalions,  regiments,  corps,  brigades, 
divisions,  army  corps,  or  the  army  itself,  brevefciank  cannot 
be  e\ercise<i  except  by  special  assignment.  'V 

12. — Th<'  officers  of  engineers  are  not  to  assum4fcpf 'to  be 
red  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immefTjite  pro- 
•  i,  except  by  the  special  order  of  the  President. 
— An  officer  of  the  Pay  or  Medical  Department  can  no.' 
exercise  command  except  in  his  own  department.     * 

14. — Officers  of  the  corps  of  Engineers  at,  Ordnance,  or  of 

i he  Adjutant-General's,   luspector-Gener;rtV>Qunrtermasti-i  - 

>  eneral's,  or  Subsistence  Department,  though  eligible  to  com- 

I  according  to   the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of  the 

Confederate  States,  and  nol  subject  to  the  orders  of  a  junior 

r,  shall  not   assume  the  command  of  troops  unless   put 

ity  \wu\cv  orders  which  specially  so  direct  by  authority 

he  President. 


ARTICLE  III. 

«MVi  KSSION    l\    COMMAND    OR    DUTY. 

15- — The    functions  assigned  to  any  officer  in   these  veg 
tions  by  title  of  office  devolve  on  the  officer  aetingin  his  place, 
pi  ,-i-  specially  excepted. 

16. — Omitted. 

1 7. — An  officerwhosucceedstoany  command  or  duty  stands 
in  regard  to  his  dntiesin  the  same  situation  as  his  predeces- 
sor. The  officer  relieved. shall  turn  over  to  his  successor  all 
orders  in  force  at  the  timei  and  all  the  public  property  and 
funds  pertaining  to  his  command  or  duly,  and  shall  receive 
therefore  duplicate  receipts,showing  the  condition  of  each 
irticle. 

LS. — An  officer  in  a    temporary  command  shall  not,  <••. 
in  urgent  cases,  alter  or  annual  the  standing  orders  of  the  reg- 
ular or  permanent    commander    without  authority  from  the 
higher  commander. 

ARTICLE   W.—Omitu  7. 

UTnlXTMF.XT  AND  PROMOTION  OF  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS. 


ARTICLE  V. 

RESIGNATION   OF  OFFICERS. 

. — No    officer    will   he    considered  out  of  service  on  the 
tender  of  his  resignation,  until  it  shall  have  been  duly    ;i< 
cd  by  The  proper  authority. 

25.     Resignations   will  be  forwarded  by    tin-  commanding 
r  to  the  Adjutant-General  of  the  army  for  decision  al  the 
■V;ir  1  tepartnient. 

tendered  under  charges,  when  forward- 
ed by  any  commander,  will  nlw.i \  s  be  accompauied  by  a 
of  the  charges;  or,  in  the  absence  of  written    charges,  by  ;i  re- 
tort of  the  ease,  for  the  information  of  the  Secretary  * » t *  War. 

before   presenting  the   resignation  of  any  officer, 
Adjul  eial  will  ascertain  and  report  to   the   War    !>'•- 

i.iituiont  the  state  of  such  officer's  accounts  of  money,  ;i- 
onh  lie  property,  tor  which  he  may  have  been  respon 
—In    tnneofwar,  or  with  an  array  in  the  Geld, resigna- 
shall  tak(  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  ofthe 

>rder  uf  acceptai  • 

uce  will  not  be  granted    by  command- 
a    their   resignation,  unless 
♦he  resignation  he  unconditional  and  immediati 


ARTICLE  VI. 

FXCII. \xi;k  ok  TRANSFEJi    OF  OFFICE    \. 

:;o..  .The  transfer  of  officers  from  one  regimeni  or  corps  to 
another  will  be  made  only  by  the  War  Department,  on  the 
mutual  applicatiou  of  the  parties  desiring  tin-  exchange. 

31.. .An  officer  shall  not  be  transferred  from  one*  regiment 
or  corps  t<»  another  with  prejudice  To  the  rank  of  any  officer  of 
the  regimeni  or  corps  to  which  lie  is  transferred. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

APPOINTMENTS    (>X    THE  STAFF. 

32. — ( Omitted.) 

33. — General  Officers  appoint  their  own  Aides-de-camp. 

34. — (Omitted.) 

•'!•">. —  An  officer  of  a  mounted  corps  shall  nor    bo   sepai 
from  his  regiment,  except  tor  duty  connected  with  his  particu- 
lar arm. 

86. — 'Iho  senior  Lieutenant  present,  holding  the  appoint- 
ment of  Assistant  Commissary  of  Subsistence,  is  entitled  to 
perform  the  durirs. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  TROOPS. 

37. — The  military  geographical  departments  will  be  estab- 
lished by  the  War  Department.     In  time   of  peace,  brigades 

or  divisions  will  not  be  formed,  nor  the  stations  of  the  tr s 

changed,  without  authority  front  the  War  Department. 

ARTICLE   [X.— (Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE   K.—( Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  ARMAMENT  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE  XL— (Omitted.) 

ARTILLERY  PRACTICE. 


ARTICLE  XII. 

REGIMENTS. 

On. — On  the  organization  ofa  regiment,  companies  .receive 
a  permanent  designation  by  letters  beginning  with  A.  and  the 
officers  are  assigned  to  companies;  afterward,  company  officers 


succeed  to  companies,  as  promoted  to  fill  vacancies.     Compa- 
ake  place  in  the  battalion  aceording  to  the  rank  of  their 
captains. 

TO — Captains  must  serve  with  their  cainpauies-    Tb< 
subject  t»»  tin'  temporary  details  of  service,  as  for  courts-mar- 
tial, military  hoards,  &c,  they  shall  not  be  detailed  for 
dutywhich  may  separate  them  for  any  considerable  time  from 
their  companies. 

71. — Tlif  commander  ofa  rcgimerll  will  appoint  the  adju- 
tant from  the  subalterns  of  the  regiment.     II*--  will  nominate 

•  •  regimental  quarter-master  to  the  Secretary  of  war  for  ap- 
pointment if  approved.  He  will  appoint  the  non-commis- 
sioned staff  of  the  regiment  ;  and,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  company  commander,  the  sergeants  and  corporals  ol 
companies. 

72. —  [n  cases  of  vacancy,  and  till  a  decision  can  be  had 
From  regimental  head-quarters,  the  company  commanders 
nay  make  temporary  appointments  of  uon-commissioiied 
■  re. 

7:>>. — ( lomnianders  of  regiments  arc  enjoined  to  avail  them- 
selves of  every  opportunity  of  instructing  both  officers  and 
men  in  the  exercise  and  management  of  field  artillery  ;  and 
all  commanders  ought  to  encourage  useful  occupations,  and 
taauly  exercises,  and  diversions  among  their  men,  and  tore- 
dissipotion  and  immortality. 

74. — [t  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  be  cautious  in 

ing  non-commissioned  officers  in  the  presence  or  hear- 
I  »f  privates,  lest  their  authority  he  weakened  ;  and  non- 
■  ommissioned  officers  are  not  to  he  sent  t<>  the  guard-] 
;  ■  d  mixed  with  privates  during  confinement,  but  Ik-  conside- 
red as  placed  i  arrest,  except  in  aggravated  cases,  where 
<  scape  may  he  apprehended. 

75* — Nou  commissioned  officers  may  he  reduced  to 
ranks  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial,  or  by  order  of  the 
commander  of  the  regiment  on  tin-  application  of  the   , 
coramauder.     If  reduced   t<>  the    ranks    by   gai 
courts,  at  posts  n<»t  the  head-quarters  of  the    regiment,  the 
•  ompany  commander  will  immediately  forward  a  trans 
lie  order  to  the  regimental  cammander. 
7»i. — Every  non-commissioned  officer  shall    he   furnished 
rtificate  or  warrant  of  his  rank,  sigucd  bj  I    • 
.nd  countersigned  by  the  adjuant.     Black  warrant* 
•liment.  are  furnished  from  the  Adjuant-General'a  orb 
ee.    The  first,  or  ord<  reant,  will  I"  d  by  the 

tain  from  the  sei  _ 


77. — When  it  is  desired  to  have  bauds  of  music  for  regi- 
ments, there  will  be  allowed  for  each,  sixteen  privates  to  act 
as  musicians,  in  addition  to  the  chief  musicians  authorized 
by  law,  provided,  the  total  number  ofprivatesin  the  regiment, 
luding  the  band,  does  not  exceed  the  legal  standard. 

78. — The  musicians  of  the  band  will,  forthe  time  being,  be 
dropped  from  the  company  muster-rolls,  but  they  will  be  in- 
structed as  soldiers,  and  liable  to  servo  in  the  ranks  on  any 
occasion.  They  will  bemustered  in  a  separate  squad  under 
+he  chief  musician,  with  the  non-commissioned  staff,  and  be 
included  in  the  aggregate  in  all  regimental  returns. 

79. —  Whon  a  regiment  occupies  several  stations,  the  band 
mil  be  kept  at  the  head-quarters, provided  troops  (one  or 
more  companies)  be  serving  there.  The  held  musk- belong- 
ing to  companies  not  stationed  at  regimental  head-quarters 
will  not  be  separated  from  their  respective  companies. 

80. — No  man,  unless  he  be  a  carpenter,  joiner,  carriage- 
maker,  blacksmith,  saddler,  or  harness-maker,  will  be  mus- 
tered as  an  "artificer." 

81. — Every  article, 'excepting  arms  and  accoutrements,  be- 
longing to  the  regiment,  is  to  be  marked  with  the  number 
and  name  of  the  regiment. 

82. — Such  articles  as  belong  to  companies  are  to  bemark- 
the  with  the  letter  of  the  company,  and  number  and  name  of 
the  regiment  ;  and  such  as  belong  to  men,  with  their  indi- 
vidual   numbers,  and  the  letter  of  the  company. 

83. — The  books  for  each  regiment  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  General  Order  Boole,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by 
10J  inches,  to  contain  all  orders  and  circulars  from  general 

department,  division,    or    brigade    head-quarters,    with    an 
index. 

2.  Regimental  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches 
by  L0|  inches,  to  contain  regimentalorders,  withan  index. 
8.  Letter  Book,  f  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by 
10^  inches,  to  contain  the  correspondence  of  the  com- 
manding officer  on  regimental    subjects,  with  an   index. 

4.  An  index  of  letters  required  to  be  kept  on  tile,  in  the  fol- 
lowing form  : 


NASIE    OF    WRITER. 

DATS. 

HUBJECT.                             ' 

1 
■I 

l   ttUUllU  A.     ii 

Adjt.  Gen.  U.J 

Lieutenant  C.  n. . . 

July      jo,     i.04ti 
Sept.     4,    1S40 
Oct.     11,    184'i 
Nov.      '2,    184( 

Appointment   ot  .Nun.  Com.   Uinccio. 
Recruiting  Service. 
Error  in  Company  Return. 
Application  for  Leave. 

late  of  receipt  should  be  endorsed  on  all  letters.    They 


should  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  the  index,  and  fill 
in  regular  order,  for  easy  reference. 
5.  Descriptive  Book,  of  five  quires  of  paper,  sixteen  inches  b\ 
ten  and  n  half  inches,  to  contain  a  list  of  the  officers  ofth< 
regiment,  with  their  rank,  and  dates  of  appointmpnt, 
promotions;   transfer^  leaves  of  absence,  and  places 
date  of  birth.     To  contain  also,  the  names  of  all  enlis 
soldiers  entered  according  to  priority  of  enlistments,  giving 
their  description,   the  dates   arid    periods  of  their  enlist- 
ments/and under  the  head  of  Remarks,   the  cause  of  dis- 
charge, character,    rleathj   desertion,    transfer;   in    short, 
ry  thing  relating  to  their  military  history.     This  book 
to   be  indexed. 

One  Copy  of  the  monthly  returns  will  he  filed. 
POST  BOOKS. 

84. — The  following  books  will  be  kept  at  each  post:  A 
Morning  Report  Book,  .1  GuardRepori  Book,  an  Order  Book, 
a  Letter  Book,  each  two  quires  foolscap;  also,  copies  of  tin 
monthly  posl  returns. 

ARTICLE  XIII. 

COMPANIES. 

t:'>.  The  captain  will  cause  the  men  ofathe  company  to  I" 
numbered, in  a  regular  series,  including  the  non-commissioned 
tfneers,  and  divided  into  lour  squads,  each   to  be  pu1  undei 
charge  <>1  a  non-commissioned  officer. 
86. — Kaeh  subaltern  officer  will  be  charged  with  a    si 
for  1  lie  supervision   of  its  order  and  cleanliness  ;  and  captains 
will  require  their  lieutenants  in  assist  them  in  the  performance 
if  all  company  duties. 

v7. — As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  I" 
quartered  together. 

—Tin'  utmosl  attention  will  be  paid  by  commanders  ol 
companies  to  the  cleunliuess  of  their  men,  as  t<»  their  persons, 
clothing,  anus,  accoutrements,  und equipments,  and 
•)■  quarters  <»r  t<  i 

^W. — The  name  of  each  soldier  \\  ill  be  labeled  on  his  hunk. 
and  his  company  number  will  be  placed  againsl  his  am 
mtrements. 
90. — The  arms  will  be  placed  in  the  arm-racks,  the  e 
i  tin'  muzzles,  the  cocks  let  down,  and  their  bayom 
their  scabbards ;  the  a  spended  over  the  i 

the  swords  hung  np  by  the  belts  on  rn  ■ 


9  I . — The  knapsack  of  each  man  will  be  placed  on  the  lower 
shelf  of  his  hunk,  at  its  foot,  packed  with  his  effects,  and 
ready  to  be  slung;  the  great-coat  oh  the  same  shelf,  rolled 
and  strapped;  the  coat,  folded  inside  out,  and  placed  under 
the  knapsack  ;  the  pap  on  the  second  or  upper  shelf;  and  the 

boots  well  cleaned. 

92. —  Dirty  clothes  will  be  kept  in  an  appropriate  part  of 
the  knapsack ;  no  article  of  any  kind  to  be  put  under  the 
bedding. 

93. — Cooking  utensils  and  table  equipage  will  be  cleaned 
and  arranged  in  closets  or  recesses:  blacking  and  brushes  out 
of  view;  the  fuel  in  boxes, 

94. — Ordinarily  the  cleaning   will  be  on  Saturdays.     The 

chiefs  of  squads  will  cause  bunks  and  bedding  to  be  overhauled ; 

.floors  dry  rubbed  :  tables  and  benches  scorned  ;  arms  cleaned  ; 

accoutrements   whitened  and   polished;  and  every   thing  put 

in  order. 

95. — Where  conveniences  for  bathing  are  to  be  had,  the 
men  should  bathe  once  a  week.  The  feet  to  be  washed  at  least 
twice  a  week.    The  bair  kept  short,  and  beard  neatly  trimmed. 

(Hi. — Non-com  missioned  officers,  in  command  of  squads, 
will  be  held  more  immediately  responsible  that  their  men 
observe  what  is  prescribed  above;  that  they  wash  their  hands 
and  faces  daily ;  that  they  brush  or  comb  their  heads;  that 
those  who  are  to  go  on  duty  put  their  anus,  accoutrements, 
dress,  &C,  in  the  best  order,  and  that  such  as  have  permis- 
sion to  pass  the  chaiu  of  sentinels  sire  in  the  dress  that  may 
"••  ordered. 

!>7. — Commanders  of  companies  and  squads  will  see  that 
'lie  arms  and  accoutrements  in  possession  of  the  men  are 
always  kept  in  good  order,  and  thai  proper  care  lie  taken  in 
cleaning  them. 

!>s. — When  belts  are  given  to  a  soldier,  the  captain  will 
see  that  they  are  properly  fitted  to  the  both-  ;  arid  it  is  for- 
bidden to  cut  any  belt  without  his  sanction. 

')!».  — ( !artridge-boxes  and  bayonet  scabbards  will  be  polished 
with  blacking ;   varnish    is  injurious  to  the  leather,  and  will 

not  be  used 

I'M). — All  arms  in  the  hands  of  the  troops,  whether  brown- 
ed or  bright,  will  be  kept  in  the  state  in  which  thov  are  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department.  Arms  will  not  be  taken  to 
pieces  without  permission  of  a  commissioned  officer.  Bright 
barrels  will  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  rust  without  polish- 
ing them  ;  care  should  be  taken  in  rubbing  not  to  bruise  or 
bend  rhc  barrel.      Alter  firing,  wash  out  the  bore  ;  wipe  it  dry, 


.mil  then  pass  a  1  > i r  of  cloth,  slightly  greased,  to  Hie  bottom 
In  these  operations,  a  rod  of  Wood  with  a  loop  in  one  end  is 
to  be  used  instead  of  the  rammer.  The  barrel,  when  not  in 
use,  will  be  closed  with  a  stopper.  For  exercise,  each  soldier 
should  keep  himself  provided  with  a  piece  of  sole-leather  !«■ 
lit  the  cup  or  countersink  ofthe  hammer. 

(For  care  of  arms  in  service,  see    Ordnance    Manual,   page 
&c.) 

10  1 . —  Anns  shall  not  he  left  loaded  in  quarters  or  tents,  o  ' 
when  the  men  are  off  duty,  except  by  special  orders. 

102. —  Ammunition  issued    will    be    inspected   Frequently 

i'.aeli  man  will  be  made  to  pay  for  the  rounds  expended  with- 
out orders,  or  noi  in  the  way  ofduty,  or  which  maybe  da  mag- 
e  1  or  lost  l>v  his  neglect. 

103. — Ammunition  will  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  dry 
air,  or  sunned. 

L04. — Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  ascertain  thai  no  ball- 
cartridges  are  mixed  with  the  blank  cartridges  issued  to  the 
men. 

lo"). — All  knapsacks  are  to  be  painted    black.     Those   fo 
the  artillery  will    be  marked    in   the   Centre  of  the    cover 
with    the   number   of  the    regiment  only,    in  figures  of  one 
:.w*\  a  half  inch  in  length,  of  the  character  called   full-face, 

with  yellow  paint.      Those  for  the  infantry  will  be  marked  i: 
Same  way.  in  while  paint.      Those  for    the   ordnance  will 

be  marked  with  two  cannon,  crossing  ;  the  cannon  to  be  seven 
and  a  half  inches  in  length,  in  yellow  paint,  to  resemble  those 
on  the  cap.      The  knapsick  straps  will  be  black. 

UK). — Tin' knapsacks  will  also  he  marked  upon    the    inner 
>ide  with  tin-  letter  of  the  company  and  the  number  ol  the  sol 
■  -II  Mich  pari  as  may  he  readily  observed   at  inspections 

](>;. — Haversacks  will  he  marked  upon  the  dap  with  the 
number  and  name  of  the  regiment,  the  letter  of  the  company, 
.ml  number  of  the  soldier,  in  black  letters  and  figures.  Aud 
i  ach  soldier  must,  at  .ill  times,  he  provided  with  ;i  haversack 
and  canteen,  and  will  exhibit  them  at  all  inspections.  It  will 
>.•  worn  n:i  the  left  side  on  marches,  guard,  and  when  paraded 
for  detached  seivice — the  canteen  outside  the  haversack, 

Jos. — The  front  of  the  drums  will  be  painted  with  the  arms 
o|  the  Confederate  States,  on  a  blue  field  tor  the  infautry,  an  I 
on  a  led  liehl  for  the  artillery,     'flic  letter   of  the    company 
•nd  number  of  the  regiment,  under  the  arms,  in  a  scroll. 

109. — Officers  at  their  stations,  in  camp  or  in  garrison,  will 
ilwavs  wear  their  proper  uniform. 


10 

L10. — Soldiers  will  wear  the  prescribed  uniform  in  camp  or 
.  and  will  not  be  permitted  to  keep  in  their  possession 
any  other  clothing.  When  on  fatigue  parties,  they  will  wear 
the  proper  fatigue  dress. 

II  I. — In  camp  or  barracks,  the  compay  officers  must  visit 
the  kitchen  daily  and  inspect  the  kettles,  and  at  all  times  care* 
fully  attend  to  the  messing  and  economy  of  their  respective 
companies.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  regiment 
will  make  frequent  inspections  of  the  kitchens  mid  messes. 

I  12. — The  bread  must  be  thoroughly  baked,  and  not  eaten 
until  it; is  cold.  The  soup  mus;  be  boiled  at  least  five  hours, 
.  nd  the  vegetables  always  cooked  sufficiently  to  be  perfectly 
and  digestible. 

L13. — Messes  will  be  prepared  by  privates  of  squads,  inclu- 
ding private  musicians, each  taking  his  tour.  The  greatest  care 
will  be  observed  in  washing  and  scouring  the  cooking  uten- 
Slls;  those  made  of  brass  and  copper  should  be  lined  with  tin. 

114. — The  messes  of  prisoners  will  be  sent  to  them  by  the, 
cooks. 

I  I"). — -Nd  persons  will  be  allowed  to  visit  or  remain  in  the 
kitchens,  except  such  as  may  come  mi  duty,  or  be  occupied 
as  cooks. 

J  IC). — Those  detailed  for  duty  in  the  kitchens  will  also  be 
required  to  keep  the  furniture  of  the  mess-room  in  order. 

I  17. — On  marches  and  in  the  field, the  only  mess  furniture 
of  the  soldier  will  be  one  tin  plate,  one  tin  cup,  one  knife, 
fork,  and  spoon,  to  each  man,  to  be  carried  by  himself  on  the 
march. 

I  L8. — [fa  soldier  be  required  to  assist  his  first  sergeant  in 
the  writing  ol  the  confpany,  to  excuse  him  from  a  tdur  of  mili- 
tary duty,the  captain  will  previously  obtain  the  sanction  of 
his  own  commander,  if  he  have  one  present  ;  and  whethei? 
there  ]>e  a.  superior  present  or  not,  the  captain  will  be  respon- 
sible that  the  man  so  employed  does  not  miss  two  successive 
tours  of  guard  duty  by  reason  of  such  employment. 

IP). — Tradesmen  may  be  relieved  from  ordinary  military 
duty  to  make,  to  alter,  of  to  mend  soldiers'  clothing,  &c.  Com- 
pany commanders  will  fix  the  rates  at  which  work  shall  be 
done,  and  cause  the  men.  for  whose  benefit  it  is  done,  to  pay 
for  it  at  the  next  pay  day. 

120. — Each  company  officer,  serving  with  his  company,  may 
take  from  it  one  soldier  as  waiter,  with  his  consent  and  the 
consent  of  his  captain.  No  other  officers  shall  take  a  soldier 
as  a  waiter.  Every  soldier  so  employed  shall  be  so  reported 
and  musteri  i. 


121.— Soldiers  taken  us  officers'  waiters  shall  be  acquainted 
with  their  military  duty,  and  at  all  times  be  completely  armed 
clothed,  and  in  every  respect  equipped  according  to  the 
rules  of  the  service,  and  have  ali  their  necessaries  complete  and 
in  good  order-  They  arc  to  fall  in  with  their  respective  com 
panies  at  all  reviews  and  inspections,  and  are  liable  to  such 
drills  as  the  commanding  officer  shall  judge  necessary  to  fit 
them  for  service  in  'lie  ranks. 

122.— Non-commissioned  officers    Mill,    in  no  case,  he  per- 
mitted t"  act  as  waiters;  nor  are  they,  or  private   sokliei  - 
waiters  to  he  employed  in  any  menial  office,    or  made  to  pei^ 
form  any  service  not  military, for the  private   benefitof  any 

'■i-  or  mess  of  officers. 

COMPANY     BOOKS. 

123. — The  following  booksarc    allowed  to  each    company: 

one  descriptive  hock,  one  clothing  hook,  one  order  hook,   one 

morning  report  book,  each  one  quire,  sixteen  inches  by   ten. 

I  Me  page  of  the  descriptive  hook  will  be  appropriated   to  the 

fist  of  officers;  two  to  the  non-commissionea  officers;  two  to  the 

men  transferred;  lour  to  the  register  of  men  discharg- 

rlj  two  to  register  of  deaths;    four  to  register    o\'  d 

-t  to  the  company  description  list. 

i.Ai'M'i; 

124.-— Four  women  will  be  allowed  to  each  company  as  wash 
women,  and   will  receive  one  ration  per  day  each'. 
5.  -The  price  of  washing  soldiers'  clothing,  by  the  month, 
"i-  by  the  piece,  will  he  determined  by  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration. 

1l'<;. — Debts  due  the  laundress  by  soldiers,  for  washing,  will 
be  paid,  or  collected  at  the  pay-table,  under  the    directs 
tain. 

ARTICLE  XIV.— Omitted. 

ORDNANI  i:   S]  I.'.l  evi  -. 


ARTICLE  XV. 

'i  KAN61  i  i:   oi   SOLDI]  | 

-No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  will    be  ti 
.  from  one  regiment  to  another  without  the    authority  of 
anding  general. 

'I  hecolonel  may,  opon  the  application  of  the  capts 
er  a  non-com:  >l<ljCr  from   i 


pany  to  another  at*  his  regiment*— with  consent  of  the  depart- 
■  commander  in  case  of  change  of  p  >st. 

I':1,.  -When  solliers  are  anthorized  to  he  transferred,  the 
transfer  will  take  place  on  the  first  of  a  month,  with  a  view 
to  the  more  convenient  settlement  of  their  accounts; 

144. — In  all  cases  of  transfer,  a  complete  descriptive  roll 
will  accompany  the  soldier  transferred,  which  roll  will  em- 
brace an  account  of  his  pay.  dothii%,  and  other  allowances; 
also,  all  stoppages  to  he  made  on  account  of  the  government 
and  debts  due  the  laundress,  as  well  as  such  other  facts  as 
■  :uv  be  necessary  to  show,  his  character  and  military  history. 

AKTICLE    XVI. 

1 )  E  C  i:  A  S  K  1 1       0  F  F  I  C  E  R  S  . 

145. — "Whenever  an  officer  dies,  or  is  killed  at  any  military 
post  or  station,  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the  same,  it  will  be  the 
duty  of  the  commanding  officer  to  report  the  fact,  direct  t>  the 
Adjutant  Goneral,  with  the  date,  and  any  other  information 
proper  to  be  communicated,  [fan  officer  die  at  a  distance 
from  a  military  post,  any  officer  having  intelligence  of  the 
same  will  in  like  manner  communicate  it,  specifying  the  day 
of  his  decease;  a  duplicate  of  the  report  will  besent  to  Depart- 
ment Head-Quarter-. 

14*1. — Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers,  required 
by  the  94th  Article  of  War.  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General. 

147. — If  a  legal  administrator  or  family  connection  he  pres- 
ent, and  take  charge  of  the  effects,  it  will  be  so  stated  to  the 
Adjutant-General. 

ARTICLE  XVII. 

D  E  C  EASED      SOLDI  E  R  S. 

1 48. — Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  non-commission- 
ed officers  and  soldiers,  required  by  the  95th  Article  of  War, 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  command- 
er of  the  company  to  which  the  deceased  belonged,  and  a 
duplicate  of  the  same  to  the  coloned  of  the  regiment.  Final 
statements  of  pay,  clothing,  &c3  will  I  e  sent  with  the  inven- 
tories. When  a  soldier  dies  at  a  post  or  station  absent  from 
his  company,  it  will  be  the  duty  ofhis  immediate  commander 
to  furnish  the  required  inventory,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to 
forward  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  company  to  which  the 
soldier  belonged,  a  report  ofhis  death,  specifying  the  date, 
place,  and  cause  ;  to  what  time  he  was  last  paid,  and  the  money 


or  other  effects  in  his  possession  at   the  time  of  his  decea* 
which  report  will  be  noted  on  the  next  muster  roll  of  the  com 
pany  to  which  the  man  belonged.     Each    inventory    will   be 
endorsed,  "Inventory    of  the  effects  of ,  late  of  com- 
pany ( — ) regiment  of ,  who  <lie<l  at ,  the 

day  of ,  186 — ."     rf  a  legal  representative  receive 

effects,  ir  will  be  stated  in  the  report,     [f  the  soldier  leave 
no  effect*,  the  Tact  will  he  reported. 

149. — Should  the  effects  of  a  deceased  non-commission.'  i 
officer  or  soldier  not  be  administered  upon  within  a  short  pe- 
riod after  his  decease,  they  shall  he  disposed  of  by  a  Council 
of  Administration,  under  the  authority  of  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  post,  and  the  procedd  deposited  with  the  Pa\  - 
master,  to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States,  until  they  shall 
e  claimed  by  the  legal  representatives  of  the  deceased." 

150. — In  all  such  cases  of  sales  by  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, a  statement  in  detail,  or  account  of  the  proceeds,  dul\ 
jertified  by  the  Council  and  Commanding  officer,  accompanied 
by  the  Paymaster's  receipt  for  the  proceeds,  will  be  forwarded 
by  the  commanding  officer  to  the  Adjutant-General.  The 
tement  will  be  indorsed,  "Report  of  the  proceeds  of  the 

ictsof ,  late  of  company  ( — ) — regiment  of , 

who  died  at .the  -day  of ,  186 — ." 

ARTICLE    Will. 

DESEBl  BBS. 

151. — If  a  soldier  desert  from,  or  a  deserter  be  received  a1 
any  post  other  than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detachment 

winch  he  belonged,  he  shall  he   promptly  reported  by  th  • 

mmauding  officer  of  such  post  to  the  commander  of  his  com- 
pany Or  detachment.  The  time  of  desertion,  apprehension - 
and  delivery  will  be  -laird.     If  the  man  he  a  recruit,  nn 

hed,  the  required   report   will   be  mad.'  to  the  Adjntant- 
General.     When  a  reporl  is  received  of  the  apprehension  < 
surrender  of  a  deserter  at  any    post    other  than   the  Station 
the  company  or  detachment  t<>  which  he  belonged,  the  eora- 
landerofsuch   company  or  detachment   shall   immediati 
ard  his  description  and    account  of  clothir 
making  tin 

152      A  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  be  paidfor  the  appre 
and  delivery   ofadeserter  to  an  officer   of  the  an 
convenient  post  or  recruiting  station.     Rewards 

id  will  be  prompt'  rted  by  the  di 


14 

..  the  officer  commanding  the  company  in  wliicli  the  deserter 

is  mustered,  and  to  the  authority  competent  to-order  his  trial. 

reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  include  the  remuneration  for 

II  expenses  incurred  for  apprehending,  securing  and  deliver- 
:iiir  a  deserter. 

■ 

153. — When  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  are  sent 
in  pursuit  of  a  deserter,  the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  will 
be  paid  whether  he  be   apprehended  or  not,  and  reported  as 

in  case  of  rewards  paid* 

15-1. — Deserters  shall  make  good  the  time  lost  by  desertion, 
mless  discharged  by  competent  authority. 

L55. — No  deserter  -hall  be  restored  to  duty  without  trial, 
.\cept  by  the  authority  competent  to  order  the  trial. 

156. — Rewards  and  expenses  paid  for  apprehending  a  de- 
serter will  be  set  againt  his  pay.  when  adjudged  by  a  court- 
martial,  or  when  he  is  restored  to  duty  without  trial  on  sue 
condition. 

157. — In  reckoning  the  time  of  service,  and  the  pay  and 
illowancesofa  deserter,  he  is  to  be  considered  in  service 
when    delivered  up  as  a  deserter  to  the  proper  authority. 

15S. — An  apprehended  deserler,  or  one  who  surrenders  him- 
self, shall  receive  no  pay  while  waiting  trial,  and  only  such 
Nothing  as  may  be  actually  necessary  for  him. 

ARTICLE  XIX. 

DISCHARGES. 

159. — IS'o  enlisted  man  shall  be  discharged  before  the  expi- 

tion  of  his  term  of  enlistment  without  authority  of  the  War 
Department,  except  by  sentence  of  a  general  courtmartial,or  by 
the  commander  of  the  department  or  of  an  army  in  the  field, 

i  certificate  of  disability,  or  on  application  of  the  soldier  after 
I  wenty  years'  service. 

100. — When  an  enlisted  man  is  to  be  discharged,  his  com- 
pany commander  shall  furnish  him  certificates  of  his  account, 
according  to  Form  4,  Pay  Department. 

161. — Blank   discharges   on    parchment  will  be   furnished 
from  the  Adjutant  General's  office.     No   discharge  shall   be 
made  in  duplicate,   nor  any  certificate   given    in  lieu  of  a 
ischarge. 

162. — The  cause  of  discharge  will  be  stated  in  the  bod 

e  discharge,  and  the  space  at  foot  for  character  cut  off,  unless 
i  recommendation  is  given. 
J  03. — Whenever  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier 


L5 

be  unfit  for  the  military  service  in  consequence  of  wounds, 

disease  or  infirmity,  his  captain  shall  forward  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  department  or  of  the  army  in  the  field, 
through  the  commander  of  the  regiment  or  post,  a  state- 
ment of  his  ease,  with  a  certificate  of  his  disability  signed 
by  the  senior  surgeon  of  the  hospital,  regiment,  or  post,  ac- 
cording to  the  form  prescribed  in  the  Medical    Regulations. 

104. — If  the  recommendation  for  the  discharge  of  the  inva- 
lid be  approved,  the  authority  therefor  will  be  endorsed  on 
the  "certificate  of  disability,"  which  will  be  sent  back  to  be 
completed  and  signed  by  the  commanding  officer,  who  will 
then  send  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  oilier. 

165.— Omitted. 

Kit). — The  date,  place,  and  cause  of  discharge  of  a  soldier 
absent  from  his  company  will  be  reported  by  the  commander 
of  the  post  to  his  company  commander, 

167. — Company  commanders  are  required  to  keep  tin1  blank 
discharges  and  certificates  carefully  in  their  own  custody. 

ARTICLE  XX. 

TRAVELING  ON  DUTY. 

1G3. —  Whenever  an  officer  traveling  under  orders  arrives 
at  his  post,  he  will  snbmit  to  the  commanding  officer  a  report, 
in  writing,  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  travel,  with  a  copy  of 
the  orders  under  which  the  journey  was  performed,  and  an 
explanation  of  any  delay  in  the  execution  of  the  order-  :  which 
report  the  commanding  officer  shall  transmit,  with  his  opinion 
on  it,  to  Department  Head-Quarters.  If  the  officer  be  supe- 
rior in  rank  to  the  commander,  the  required  reporl  will  be 
made  by  the  senior  himself. 

Ki!». — Orders  detaching  an  officer  Cora  special  duty,  imply, 
unless  otherwise  stated,  that  he  is  thereafter  to  join  his  propel 

station. 

ARTICLE  XXI. 

LEAVES  OF   LB8ENI  E  TO  OFFXC1 

L70. — In  no  case  will  leaves  of  absence  be  granted,  so  thai 

npany  lie  left  without  one  of  its  commissioned-  officers^  oi 

that  ;i  garrisoned   post    be  left   without    two  commissioned 

rs  and  competent  medical  attendance;  nor  shall  leave  o\ 


16 

absence  be  granted   to  an  officer  during  the  season  of  active 
operations,  except  on  urgent  necessity. 

171. — When  not  otherwise  specified,  leaves  of  absence  will 
be  considered  as  commencing  on  the  day  that  the  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  at  his  post.  He  will  report  himself  monthly 
giving  his  address  for  the  next  thirty  days,  to  the  commander 
of  his  post  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  ;  and  in  his  first  report  state  the  day  when  his  leave  of 
absence  commenced  ;  at  the  expiration  of  his  leave  he  will  join 
his  station. 

172. — In  time  of  peace,  commanding  officers  may  grant 
leaves  of  absentee  as  follows:  the  commander  of  a  post  not  to 
exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  orin  the  same  month  ;  the  com- 
mander of  a  geographical  department  not  to  exceed  sixty 
days  ;  the  general  commanding  the  army  not  to  exceed  four 
months.  Applications  for  leave  of  absence  for  more  than  four 
months,  or  to  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  or  of  the  general 
stall',  or  serving  on  it  (aids-de-camp),  for  more  than  thirty  days, 
must  be  referred  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  the  decision  of 
the  Secretary  of  War.  In  giving  a  permission  tp  apply  for 
the  extension  of  a  leave  of  absence,  the  term  of  the  extension 
should  be  stated. 

173. — The  immediate 'commander  of  the  officer  applying 
for  leave  of  absence,  and  all  intermediate  commanders,  will 
endorse  their  opinion  on  the  application  before  forwarding  it. 

174. — The  commander  of  a  post  may  take  leave  of  absence 
not  to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month, 
reporting  the  fact  to  his  next  superior. 

17 "). —  (hutted. 

1 76. — No  leave  of  absence  exceeding  seven  days,  except  on 
extraordinary  occasions,  when  the  circumstances  must  be. 
particularly  stated  (and  except  as  provided  in  the  preceding 
paragraph),  shall  be  granted  to  any  officer  until  he  has  joined 
his  regiment  or  corps,  and  served  therewith  at  least  two  years. 

177. — Omitted. 

178. — Omitted. 

179. — An  application  for  leave  of  absence  on  account  of 


17 

r 

sickness  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  the  senior 
medical  officer  present,  in  the  following  form  : 

,  of  the  regiment  of ,  having  applied  for  a  certificate  on 

which  to  ground  an  application  for  leave  of  absence,  Ido  hereby  certify 
that  I  have  carefully  examined  this  officer,  and  find  that — [Here  tin- 
nature  of  the  disease,  wound,  or  disability  it  to  lie  fully  stated,  and 
the  period  during  which  the  officer  has  suffered  under  its  effect*]  And 
that,  in  consequence  thereof,  lie  is,  in  my  opinion,  unfit  for  duty.  I  fur- 
ther declare  my  belief  thai  he  will   not  be    able  to  resume  his  duties   in  a 

less  period  than .     [  Here  state  candidly  and  explicitly  the  opinion 

as  to  the  period  which  will  probably  elapse  before  the  officer  will  be  abl 
to  resume  his  duties.  When  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  a  recovery, or 
when  the  prospect  of  recovery  is  distant  and  uncertain,  or  when  a  chang< 

of  cliuuii(  is  p<  com  ,m  /(</<  (/.  it  inustbe  so  stated.     Dated  at .  this — 

day  of .  Signature  of  the  Medical  Offia  r. 

1  80. — When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  join- 
ing his  station,  he  will  transmit  certificates  in  the  above  form 
monthly,  to  the  commanding  officer  of  his  posl  and  regiment 
or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant-General  :  and  when  he  can  not 
procure  the  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  the  army,  he  will 
substitute  his  own  certificate  on  honor  to  his  condition,  and 
a  full  statement  of  his  case.  If  the  officer's  certificate  is  nor 
satisfactory,  and  whenever  an  officer  has  been  absent  on  ac- 
count of  sickness  for  one  year,  he  shall  be  examined  by  a 
medical  board,  and  the  case  specially  reported  to  the  President. 

L81. — In  all  reports  of  absence,  or  application  for  leave  of 
absence  on  account  of  sickness,  the  officer  shall  state  how  long 
he  has  been  absent  already  on  that  account,  and  by  whose 
permission. 

ARTICLE  kxil. 

FURLOUGHS  TO  ENLISTED  MEN. 

1S2. — Furloughs  will  be  granted  only  by  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  post,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment 
actually  quartered  with  it.     Furloughs  may  be  prohibited 
the  discretion  of  the  officer  in  command. 

iv>- — Soldiers  on  furlough  shall   not  take  with  them  their 
arms  or  accoutrements. 

i  - 1. — Form  ol  furlough  :         • 

TO  ALL  WHOM   IT  MAY  CONGER*. 

T!"  "f. ,  •  rporal,  orpriva* 

ol    <  aptain company  — .  , 

complexion, eyes,  —  -     i 

°J  P"  • •  born  in  tb< of .  and  •  


IS 

in  the of ,  on  the  —day  of ,  eighteen  hundred  and  — *—, 

to  serve  for  the  period  of ,  is  hereby  permitted  to  go   to ,  in 

the  county   of ,  State  of ,  he  having   received    a  furlough 

from  the  —  day  of ,  to  the  —  day  of ,  at  which  period   he  will 

rejoin  his  company  or  regiment  at ,  or   wherever    it  then   may  be, 

or  be  considered  a  deserter. 

Subsistence  has  been   furnished  to   said ,  to  the  —  day  of , 

and  pay  to  the  —  day  of ,  both  inclusive. 

Given  under  my  hand,  at .  this  —  day  of ,  18 — . 

Signature  of  the  officer   I 
giving  the  furlough,    j 

ARTICLE  XXIII. 

COUNCILS  OF  ADMINISTRATION. 

185. — The  commanding  officer  of  every  post  shall,  at  least 
once  in  every  two  months,  convene  a  Post  Council  of  Admin- 
istration, to  consist  of  three  regimental  or  company  officers 
next  in  rank  to  himself;  or,  if  there  be  but  two,  then  the  two 
next ;  if  but  one,  the  one  next ;  and  if  there  be  none  other 
than  himself,  then  he  himself  shall  act. 

1S6. — The  junior  member  will  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  council  in  a  book,  and  submit  the  same  to  the  command- 
ing officer.  If  he  disapprove  the  proceedings,  and  the  coun- 
cil, after  a  reconsideration,  adhere  to  its  decision,  a  copy  of 
the  whole  shall  be  sent  by  the  officer  commanding  to  the  next 
higher  commander,  whose  decision  shall  be  final,  and  entered 
in  the  Council  book,  and  the  whole  bo  published  in  orders  for 
the  information  and  government  of  all  concerned. 

1ST. — The  proceedings  of  Councils  of  Administration  shall 
be  signed  by  the  president  and  recorder,  and  the  recorder  of 
each  meeting,  alter  entering  the  whole  proceedings,  together 
with  the  final  order  thereon,  shall  deposit  the  book  with  the 
commanding  officer.  In  like  manner,  the  approval  or  objec- 
tions of  the  officer  ordering  the  Council  will  be  signed  with 
his  own  hand. 

18S. — The  Post  Council  shall  prescribe  the  quantity  and 
kind  of  clothing,  small  equipments,  and  soldier's  necessaries, 
groceries,  and  all  articles  which  the  sutlers  may  be  required 
to  keep  on  hand ;  examine  the  sutler's  books  and  papers,  and 
fix  the  tariff  of  prices  of  the  said  goods  or  commodities;  inspect 
the  sutler's  weights  and  measurses;  fix  the  laundress  charges, 
and  make  the  regulations  £or  the  post  school. 

189. — Pursuant  to  the  30th  Article  of  War,  commanding 
officers  reviewing  the  proceedings  of  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration will  scrutinize  the  tariff  of  prices  proposed  by  them, 
and  take  care  that  the  stores  actually  furnished  by  the  sutler 
correspond  to  the  quality  prescribed. 


n 

POST    FUND 

190. — A  Post  Fund  shall  be  raised  tit  each  post  by  a  tax  on 
the  sutler;  not  to  exceed  1U  cents  a  month  for  every  officer  and 
soldier  of  the  command,  according  to  the  average  in  eac  i 
month  to  be  ascertained  by  theCouncil,  and  from  the  saving 
on  the  flour  ration*  ordinarily  83  per  cent.,  by  baking  the 
soldiers' bread  at  a  post  bakery.  Provided,  that  when  want 
of  vegetables  or  other  reasons  make  it  necessary,  the  com- 
manding officer  may  order  the  flour  saved,  or  any  part  of  it, 
issued  to  the  men,  after  paying  expenses  of  baking. 

1 01. — The  commanding  officer  shall  designate  an  officer  to 
be  post  treasurer,  who  shall  keep  the  account  of  the  fund, 
subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  Council  and  commanding  of- 
ficer, and  disburse  tin1  fund  on  the  warrants  of  the  command- 
ing officer,  drawn  in  pursuance  of  specific  resolves  of  the  Coun- 
cil. 

L92. — TIk-  following  are  the  objects  of  expenditure  of  the 
posl  fund:  Lst.  expenses  of  the  bake-house  ;  2d.  expenses  of 
the  soldiers'  children  at  the  posl  school. 

i  :*';. — On  the  last  day  of  April,  August,  and  December,  and 
when  relieved  from  the  duty,  the  treasurer  shall  make  out  his 
account  with  the  fund  since  his  last  account,  and  submit  it, 
with  his  vouchers,  to  the  Council  of  Administration,  to  be  ex- 
amined by  them,  and  recorded  in  the  Council  hook,  and  then 
forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer  to  Department  Head- 
Quarters. 

l:»i. — At  each  settlement  of  the  treasurer's  account,  the 
Council  shall  distribute  the  unexpended  balance  of  the  post 
fund  t<>  the  several  companies  and  other  troops  in  the  ratio  of 
their  average  force  during  the  period. 

195. — When  a  company  leaves  the  post,  it  shall  then  receive 
its  distributive  share  of  the  accrued  fund. 

196. — The  regulations  in  regard  bo  a  posl  fund  will,  as  far 
as  practicable,  be  applied  in  the  field  to  a  regimental  fund,  t<^ 
I  c  raised,  administered,  expended,  and  distributed  in  like 
manner,  by  the  regimental  commander,  and  a  regimental 
council. 

I  OXPANT    i  rvi>. 

197.     The  distributions  from  the  post  or    regimental    I 
and  the  savings   from   the   company  rations,   constitute 
<  Company  Fund,  to  he  disbursed  by  the  captain  for  the  benefit 
of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  company,  pursuant   to   resolv 


20 

the  Company  Council,  consisting  of  all  the  company  officers 
present.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  in  the  Council,  the  commander 
of  the  post  shall  decide.  The  Council  shall  be  convened  one  j 
in  two  months  by  the  captain,  and  whenever  he  may  think 
proper. 

198. — Their  proceedings  shall  be  recorded  in  a  book,  signed 
by.  all  the  Council,  and  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of 
the  commander  of  the  post.  Every  four  months,  and  when- 
ever another  officer  takes  command  of  the  company,  and  when 
the  company  leaves  the  post,  the  account  of  the  company 
fund  shall  be  made  up,  audited  by  the  Council,  recorded  in 
the  Council  book,  and  submitted,  with  a  duplicate,  to  the  post 
commander,  who  shall  examine  it  and  forward  the  duplicate 
to  Department  Head-Quarters. 

199.— -The  supervision  of  the  company  fund  by  the  post 
commander  herein  directed  shall,  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the 
commander  of  the  regiment. 

ARTICLE  XXIV.— Omitted. 

CHAPLAINS. 


ARTICLE  XXY. 

SUTL E K S . 

7°-- — Every  military  post  may  have  one  Sutler,  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  recommendation  of 
the  Council  of  Administration,  approved  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

203.— A  Sutler  shall  hold  his  office  for  a  term  of  three  years, 
unless  sooner  removed  ;  but  the  commanding  officer  may,  for 
cause,  suspend  a  Sutler's  privilege  until  a  decision  of  the  War 
Department  is  received  in  the  case. 

204.— In  case  of  vacancy,  a  temporary  appointment  may  be 
made  by  the  commanding  officer  upon  the  nomination  of"  the 
Council  of  Administration. 

205.— Troops  in  campaign,  on  detachment,  or  on  distant 
service,  will  be  allowed  Sutlers,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  every 
regiment,  corps,  or  separate  detachment  ;  to  be  appointed  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  such  regiment,  corps,  or  detach- 
ment upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  general  or  other  officer  in 
command. 

206.— No  tax  or  burden  in  any  shape,  other  than  the  an- 


21 

thorized  assessment  for  the  post  fund,  will  be  imposed  on 
the  Sutler.  If  there  be  a  spare  building,  the  use  of  it  may 
be  allowed  him,  he  being  responsible  that  it  is  kept  in  re- 
pair. If  there  be  no  sueh  building,  he  may  be  allowed  to 
erect  one  ;  but  this  article  gives  the  Sutler  no  claim  to 
quarters,  transportation  for  himself  or  goods,  or  to  any  mili- 
tary allowance  whatever. 

207. — The  tariff  of  prices  fixed  by  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration shall  be  exposed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  Sut- 
ler's store.  No  difference  of  prices  will  be  allowed  on  casl i 
or  credit  sales 

208. — Sutlers  are  not  allowed  to  keep  ardent  spirits  or 
other  intoxicating  drinks,  under  penalty  of  losing  their  situ- 
ations. 

209-  Sutlers  shall  not  farm  out  or  underlet  the  business 
and  privileges  granted  by  their  appointment. 

ARTICLE  XXVI. 

MILITARY    DISCUSS]  >\S     \\D    PUBLICATION'S. 

210. — Deliberations  or  discussions  among  any  class  of 
military  men,  having  the  object  of  conveying  praise,  or  cen- 
sure, or  any  mark  of  approbation  toward"  their  superiors  or 
others  in  the  military  service  ;  and  all  publications  relative 
to  transactions  between  officers  ot  a  private  or  personal  na- 
ture, whether  newspaper,  pamphlet  or  hand-bill,  are  strictly 
prohibited. 

ARTICLE  XXVII. 

AKRLSTS    AND    CoNlTXKMi .\ 

211.— None  but  commanding  officers  have  power  to  place 
officers  under  arrest  except  for  offenses  expressly  designated 
in  the  27th  Article  of  War. 

^  212    -<  racers  are  not  to  be  put  in  arrest  for  light  offenses. 
For  these  the  censure  of  the  commanding  officer   will,   in 
M>wer  fbe  purpose  of  discipline. 
213. —  An  officer  in  arresl   may.  at   the  discretion   of  his 
Landing  officer/ have  larger  limits  assigned  him  than 
at   «T  quarters,  on  written  application  to  that  effect. 
Close  confinement  is  aol  u  be  resorted  to  unless  under  cir- 
istances  of  an  aggravated  character. 
-it.    In  ordinary  cases,  and  where  inconvenience  to  the 
»uld  result  from  it.  a  medical  officer  will  not  bepul 
until  tb«>  court-martial  for  his  trial  convenes. 
215. — The  arrest  of  an  officer,  or  confinement  ot  a  soldier, 


22  ,'     . 

will,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  notified  to  Lis  immediate 
commander. 

210. — All  prisoners  under  guard,  -without  "written  charges, 
will  be  released  by  the  officer  of  the  day  at  guard-mounting, 
unless  orders  to  the  contrary  be  given  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

217.— On  a  march,  company  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  in  arrest  will  follow  in  the  rear  of  their  respective 
companies,  unless  otherwise  particularly  ordered. 

2 1 8. — Field  officers,  commissioned  and  non-commissioned 
staff  officers,  under  the  same  circumstances,  aviII  follow  in 
the  rear  of  their  respective  regiments. 

210. —  An  officer  under  arrest  will  not  wear  a  sword,  or 
visit  officially  his  commanding  or  other  superior  officer,  un- 
less sent  for :  and  in  case  of  business,  lie  will  make  known 
his  object  in  writing. 

ARTICLE  XXVIII. 

HOURS    OF    SERVICE   AND    ROLL-CALLS. 

220. — In  garrison,  reveille  will  be  at  5  o'clock  in  May. 
June,  July, "and  August,  at  0  in  March,  April,  September, 
and  October,  and  at  lialf-past  G  in  November,  December, 
.Fanuaiy,  and  February ;  retreat  at  sunset:  the  troop,  sur- 
geon's call,  signals  for  breakfast  and  dinner  at  the  hours  pre- 
scribed by  the  commanding  officer,  according  to  climate  and 
season.  In  the  cavalry,  stalle-calls  immediately  after  reveille, 
and  an  hour  and  a  half  before  retreat;  water-calls  at  the 
hours  directed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

221. — In  camp,  the  commanding  officer  prescribes  the 
hours  of  reveille,  reports,  roll-calls,  guard-mounting,  meals. 
-table-calls,  issues,  fatigues,  &c. 

222. —  SIGNALS. 

1.  To  go  for  fuel — jwing  stroke  and  ten  stroke  roll. 

2.  To  go  for  water — two  strokes  and  a  flam. 

3.  For  fatigue  party — ■pioneer's  inarch. 

-[.  Adjutant's  ea\\— first  2?art  of  the  troop. 

5.  First  sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  four  taps. 

G.  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  three  taps. 

7.  Corporal's  call — one  'roll  and  two  taps. 

8.  For  the  drummers — the  drummer's  call. 

223.— The  drummer 's  call  shall  be  beat  by  the  drums  of  the 
police  guard  five  minues  before  the  time  of  beating  the  stated 


calls,  when  the  drummers  will  assemble  before  the  colors  of 
their  respective  regiments,  and  as  soon  as  the  beat  begins 
on  the  right,  it  will  be  immediately  taken  up  along  the  line. 


ROLL-CALLS. 


224. — There  shall  be  dailv  at  least  three  stated  roll-calls? 
viz  :  at  reot  Mle,  r<  fr<  at,  ana  tattoo.  They  will  be  made  on  the 
company  parades  by  the  first  sergeants,  superintended  by  a 
commissioned  officer  of  the  company.  The  captains  will  re- 
port the  absentees  without  leave  to  the  colonel  or  command- 
ing officer. 

225. — Immediately  after  reveilk  roll  call  (after  stable-duty 
in  the  cavalry),  the  tents  or  quarters,  and   the  space   around 
thorn,  will  be  put  in  order  by  the  men  of  the  companies,   a 
peri n tended  by  the  chiefs  of  squads,  and  the  guard-house  or 
guard  tent  by  the  guard  or  prisoners. 

226. — The  morning  reports  of  companies,  signed  by  the  Cap- 
tains ami  First  Sergeants,  will  be  handed  to  the  Adjutant  be- 
fore eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  will  be  consolidated  by 
tin'  Adjutant  within  the  next  hour,  for  the  information  of  the 
Colonel  :  and  if  the  consolidation  is  to  be  sent  to  higher  au- 
thority, ir  will  be  signed  by  the  Colonel  and  the    Adjutant. 

ARTICLE  XXIX. 

HONORS    TO    BK    PAU)    BT    THE   TROOPS. 

227.— Tbe  Pi .  sicU  nt  or  Vice  Presidt  nt  is  to  be  saluted  with 
the  highest  honors — all  standards  and  colors  dropping,  officers 
and  troops  Baiuting,  drums  beating  and  trumpets  sounding. 

228. — A  General  commandiruhin-chief  is  to  be  received — 
by  cavalry,  with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  the  march, 
and  all  the  officers  saluting,  standards  dropping;  by  infantry, 
with  drums  beating  the  march,  colbrs  dropping;  officers  salu- 
.  and  arms  presented. 
•  -  .1  Majoi-  General  is  to  be  received— by  cavalry,  with 
sabres  presented,  trumpets  soundingtwice  the  trumpet-flourish. 
and  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  with  three  ruffles,  colors 
dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

230.—  .1  Brigadier- General  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry. 
with  sal  > res  presented)  trumpets  sounding  once  the  trumpet- 
flourish,  ana  officers  saluting ;  by  infantry,  with   two  ruffles, 

on  dropping,  officers  Baiuting,  and  arms  presented. 

281*-   An  AdjiUant-General  ov  Inspectoi  G  .  if  unde 

the  rank  of  a  General  officer,  is  to  be  received  at  a  review   i 
n  of  the  tt pa  under  arm-  —by  cavalry,  with  sabres 


24 

presented,  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  officers  saluting  and 
arms  presented.  The  same  honors  to  be  paid  to  any  field-offi- 
cer authorized  to  review  and  inspect  the  troops.  When  the 
inspecting  officer  is  junior  to  the  officer  commanding  the  pa- 
rade, no  compliments  will  be  paid  :  he  will  be  received  only 
with  swords  drawn  and  arms  shouldered. 

232. — All  guards  are  to  turn  out  and  present  arms  to  Gener- 
al officers  as  often  as  they  pass  them,  except  the  personal 
guards  of  General  officers,  which  turn  out  only  to  the  Gene- 
rals whose  guards  they  are,  and  to  officers  of  superior  rank. 

233.— To  commanders  of  regimen ts,garrisons,or  camps,  their 
own  guards  turn  out,  and  present  arms  once  a  day  ;  after  which, 
they  turn  out  with  shouldered  arms. 

234. — To  the  members  of  the  Cabinet  ;  to  the  Chief  Justice, 
the  President  of  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  ;  and  to 
(rovernors,  within  their  respective  States  and  Territories — the 
same  honors  will  be  paid  as  to  a  General  commanding-in-chief. 

235. — Officers  of  a  foreign  service  may  be  complimented 
with  the  honors  due  to  their  rank. 

236. — American  and  Foreign  Envoys  or  Ministers  will  be 
received  with  the  compliments  due  to  a  Major-General. 

237. — The  colors  of  a  regiment  passing  a  guard  are  to  be 
saluted,  the  trumpets  sounding,  and  the  drums  beating  a  march. 

238. — When  General  officers  or  persons  entitled  to  salute,  pass 
in  the  rear  of  a  guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his  men  stand 
shouldered,  and  not  to  face  his  guard  about,  or  beat  his  drum. 

239. — When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  a  salute, 
pass  guards  while  in  the  act  of  relieving,  both  guards  are  to 
>alute,  receiving  the  word  o.co  mmand  from  the  senior  officer 
of  the  whole. 

240. — All  guards  are  to  be  under  arms  when  armed  parties 
approach  their  posts  ;  and  to  parties  commanded  by  commis- 
sioned officers,  they  are  to  present  their  arms,  drums  beating  vi 
march,  and  officers  saluting. 

241. — No  compliments  by  guards  or  sentinels  will  be  paid 
between  retreat  and  reveille,  except  as  prescribed  for  grand 
rounds. 

242. — All  guards  and  sentinels  are  to  pay  the  same   compli- 
ments to  the  officers  of  the  navy,  marines,  and  militia,  in    the 
^ervice  of  the  Confederate  States,  as  are  directed  to  be  paid  to 
the  officers  of  the  army,  according  to  their  relative  ranks. 


li-tO. — It  is  equally  the  duty  of  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  at  all  times  and  in,  all  situations,  to  pay  the  proper 
compliments  to  officers  of  the  navy  and  marines,  and  to 
officers  of  other  regiments,  when  in  uniform,  as  to  officers  of 
their  own  particular  regiments  and  corps. 

344:. — Courtesy  among  military  men  is  indispensable  to 
discipline.  Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be  confined  to  obe- 
dience on  duty,  but  will  be  extended  to  all  occasions.  It  is 
always  the  duty  of  the  inferior  to  accost  or  to  offer  first  the 
customary  salutation,  and  of  the  superior  to  return  such  com- 
plimentary notice. 

245. — Sergeants,  with  swords  drawn,  will  salute  by  bring- 
in--  them  to  a  present — with  muskets,  by  bringing  the  left  hand 
across  the  body,  so  as  to  strike  the  musket  near  the  right 
shoulder.  Corporals  out  of  the  ranks,  and  privates  not  sen- 
tries, will  carry  their  muskets  at  a  shoulder  as  sergeant,  and 
salute  in  like  manner. 

24G. — When  a  soldier  without  arms,  or  with  side-arms  only, 
meets  an  officer,  he  is  to  raise  his  hand  to  the  right  side  ot 
the  visor  of  his  cap,  palm  to  the  front,  elbow  raised  as  high 
as  the  shoulder,  looking  at  the  same  time  in  a  respectful  and 
soldier-like  manner  at  the  officer,  who  will  return  the  compli- 
ment thus  offiered. 

247. — A  non  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  being  seated, 
and  without  particular  occupation,  will  rise  on  the  approach 
■  if  an  officer,  and  make  the  customary  salutation.  If  standing, 
he  will  turn  toward  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If  the 
parties  remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground,  such 
compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

SALUTES. 

24*. — The  national  salute  is  determined  by  the  number  o\ 
States  composing  the  Confederacy,  at  the  rate  of  one  gun  for 
each  State. 

240. — The  President  of  the  ConfederaU  Smhs  alone  is  to  re- 
a  salute  of  twenty-one  guns. 

250. — The  J  ice  President  is  t<>  receive  a  salute  of  seventeen 

851. — The  Heads  of  tlu  great    Executm    Departments  of  tin 
National  Government ; the  General  commanding  tin-  army;  the 
mors  oj    States  <m<l    Territories,  within  their  respective 
lictions,  tit':,  en  gun-. 
252. — A  Major-General,  thirteen  guns. 


2(i 

253. — A  Brigadier- Genera  I,  eleven  guns. 
^  25-L — Foreign  ships  of  war  will  be  saluted  in  return  for  a 
similar  compliment,  gun  for  gun,  on  notice  being  official! v 
received  of  such  intention.  If  there  be  several  posts  in  siglit 
of,  or  within  six  miles  of  each  other,  the  principal  only  shall 
reciprocate  compliments  with  ships  passing. 

(  255. —  Officers  of  the  Navy  will  be  saluted  according  to  rela- 
tive rank. 

256. — Foreign  Officers  invited  to  visit  a  fort  or  post  may  be 
saluted  according  to  their  relative  rank. 

257. — Envoys  and  Ministers  of  the  Confederate  States  and 
foreign  powers  are  to  be  saluted  with  thirteen  guns. 

25S. — A  General  officer  will  be  saluted  butoncein  a  year  at 
each  post,  and  only  when  notice  of  his  intention  to  visit  the 
post  has  been  given. 

259. — Salutes  to  individuals  are  to  be  fired  on  their  arrival 
only. 

200.     Omitted. 

■ 

ESCORTS  OF  HONOK. 

261. — Escorts  of  honor  may  be  composed  of  cavalry  or  in- 
fantry, or  both,  according  to  circumstances.  They  are  guards 
of  honor  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  escorting  personages 
of  high  rank,  civil  or  military.  The  troops  for  this  purpose- 
will  be  selected  for  their  soldierly  appearance  and  superior 
discipline. 

262. — The  escort  will  be  drawn  up  in  line,  the  centre  op- 
posite to  the  place  where  the  personage  presents  himself,  with 
an  interval  between  the  wings  to  receive  him  and  his  retinue. 
"On  his  appearance,  he  will  be  received  with  the  honors  due 
To  his  rank.  When  he  has  taken  his  place  in  the  line,  the 
whole  will  be  wheeled  into  platoons  or  companies,  as  the  cast- 
may  be,  and  take  up  the  march.  The  same  ceremony  will  be 
observed,  and  the  same  honors  paid,  on  his  leaving  the  escort. 

263. — When  the  position  of  the  escort  is  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  point  where  he  is  expected  to  be  received, 
as,  for  instance,  where  a  court-yard  or  wharf  intervenes,  a 
double  line  of  sentinels  will  be  posted  from  that  point  to  the 
escort,  facing  inward,  and  the  sentinels  will  successively 
salute  as  he  passes. 

264:. — An  officer  will  be  appointed  to  attend  him,  to  be ar 
such  communications  as  he  may  have  to  make  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  escort. 


27 

I  l  XICUAL    HOXOKS. 

205. — On  the  receipt  of  official  intelligence  of  the  death  oi 
the  President  of  the  Confederals  Stales,  at  any  post  or  camp, 
the  commanding  officer  shall,  on  the  following  day,  cause  a 
gun  to  be  fired  at  every  half  hour,  beginning  at  sunrise,  and 
•Milling  at  sunset.  AVhen  posts  are  contiguous,  the  firing  will 
take  place  at  the  post  only  commanded  by  the  superior  officer. 

266. — On  the  day  of  intermentof  a  General  commanding-in- 
.  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  every  half-hour,  until  the  proces- 
sion moves,  beginning  at  sunrise. 

267. — The  funeral  escort  of  a  General  commandina~m-chie1 
shall  consist  of  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squadron  of  cavalry, 
and  six  pieces  of  artillery. 

26S. — That  of  a  Major- General,  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a. 
squadron  of  cavalry,  and  four  pieces  of  artillery, 

209. — That  of  a  Brigadier-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry, 
one  company  of  cavalry,  and  two  pieces  of  artillery. 

270. — That  of  &  Colonel,  a  regiment. 

271. — That  of  a  Lieutenant-Colonel,  six  companies. 

272. — That  of  a  Major,  four  companies. 

27-j — That  of  a  Captain,  one  company. 

274, — That  of  a  Subaltern,  half  a  company. 

275. — The  funeral  escort  shall  always  be  commanded  by  an 
officer  of  the  same  rank  with  the  deceased  ;  or,  if  none 
be  present,  by  one  of  the  next  inferior  grade. 

276. — The  funeral  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  stall' office) 
shall  consist  of  sixteen  rank  and  file,  commanded  by  a  sergeant. 

277. — That  of  a  Sergeant,  of  fourteen  rank  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Sergeant. 

278. — That  <>f  a  Corporal,  of  twelve  rank  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Corporal  :  and, 

•_'7'.'. — Thar  of  a  private,  of  eight  rank  ami  file,  commanded 
by  a  Corporal. 

-  '.—  The  escort  will  be  formed  in  tw<>  ranks,  opposil 
art       or  tent  of  the  deceased,  with  shouldered  arms 
and  bayonets  anfixed  ;  the  artillery  and  cavalry  on  the  righl 
of  the  infantry. 

281. — On  the  appearance  of  the  corpse,  the  officer  com 
manding  the  escorl  will  command, 

Vrueni     A  km-! 

-  due  to  tin'  -.'.ill  be  paid  by  tin 


2S 

drums  and  trumpets.  The  music  will  then  play  an  appropriate 
air,  and  the  coffin  will  then  he  taken  to  the  right,  where  it 
will  be  halted.     The  commander  will  next  order, 

1.  Shoulder  Arms!  2.  By  company  {or  platoon),  left  wheal. 
3.  March.  4.  Reverse  Arms!  5.  Column,  forward.  6. 
Guide  right.    7.  March. 

The  arms  will  be  reversed  at  the  order  by  bringing  the  fire- 
lock under  the  left  arm,  butt  to  the  front,  barrel  downward. 
left  hand  sustaining  the  lock,  the  right  steadying  the  firelock 
behind  the  back ;  swords  are  reversed  in  a  similar  manner 
under  the  right  arm. 

2S2. — The  column  will  be  marched  in  slow  time  to  solemn 
music,  and,  on  reaching  the  grave,  will  take  a  direction  so  a? 
that  the  guides  shall  be  next  to  the  grave.  When  the  centre 
of  the  column  is  opposite  the  grave,  the  commander  will 
order, 

1.  Column.  2.  Halt!     3.   Right  into  line,  wheel.    4.  March! 

The  coffin  is  then  brought  along  the  front,  to  the  opposite  side 
of  the  crave,  and  the  commander  then  orders, 

1.  Shoulder    Arms  !     2.  Present     Arms  ! 

And  when  the  coffin  reaches  the  grave,  he  adds, 

1.  Shoulder    Arms!     2.  Rest  on     Arms! 

The  rest  on  arms  is  dune  by  placing  the  muzzle  on  the  left 
foot,  both  hands  on  the  butt,  the  head  on  the  hands  or  bowed, 
right  knee  bent. 

2S3. — After  the  funeral  service  is  performed,  and  the  coffin 
is  lowered  into  the  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  Attention!  2.  Shoulder  Arms!  3.  Load  at  loill.  4. 
Load! 

When  three  rounds  of  small  arms  will  be  fired  by  the  escort, 
taking  care  to  elevate  the  pieces. 

284. — This  being  done,  the  commander  will  order, 

1,  By  company  [or  platoon),  right  wheel.  2.  March!  3 
Column,  forward.     4.   Guide   left.     5.    Quick     March. 

The  music  will  not  begin  to  play  until  the  escort  is  clear  of 
the  enclosure. 

285. — When  the  distance  to  the  place  of  interment  is  con- 
siderable, the  escort  may  march  in  common  time  and  in 
column  of  route,  after  leaving  the  camp  or  garrison,  and  till 
it  approaches  the  burial  ground. 


29 

280. — The  pall  bearer?,  six  in  number,  will  be  selected  : 
the  grade  of  the  deceased,  or  from  the  grade  or  grades  nexr 
above  or  below  it. 

'2^7  — At  the  funeral  of  an  officer,  as  man}7  in  commission  i 
the  army,  division,  brigade,  or  regiment,  according  to  the 
rank  of  the  deceased,  as  can  conveniently  be  spared  from  other 
duties,  will  join  in  procession,  in  uniform  and  with  side  arms. 
The  funeral  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  private  will  be 
attended,  in  like  manner,  by  the  non-commissioned  officers  or 
privates  of  the  regiment  or  company,  according  to  the  rank  of 
the  deceased,  with  side-arms  only. 

3. — Persons  joining  in  the  procession  follow  the  coffin    in 
the  inverse  order  of  their  rank. 

289. — The  usual  badge  of  military  mourning  is  a  piece  "■' 
black  crape  around  the  left  arm,  above  the  elbow,  and  al><- 
upon  the  sword  hilt  ;  and  will  be  worn  when  in  fall  or  in 
undn 

290. — As  family  mourning,  crape  will  be  worn  by  officers 
(when  in  uniform)  only  around  the  left  arm. 

291. — The  drums  of  a  funeral  escort  will  be  covered 
black  crape,  or  thin  black  serge. 

2(.»'2. — Funeral  honors  will  be  paid  to  deceased  officers  with- 
out military  rank  according  to  their  assimilated  grades. 

AKTICLE  XXX. 

INSPECTIONS   OF   TIIE   TROOPS. 

293.— The  inspection  of  troops,  as  a  division,  regiment,or  oth- 
er body  composing  a  garrison  or  command,  not  less  than  a  com- 
pany, will  generally  be  preceded  by  a  review. 

294. — There  will  be  certain  periodical  inspections,  to  wit  : 

1.  The  commanders  of  regiments  and  posts  will  make  an  in- 

ctionof  their  commands  <>n  the  last  day  of  every  month. 

Mains  will  inspect  their  companies  every  Sunday  morn- 

.—No  soldier  will  be  excused  from  Sunday  inspection 

ept  the  guard,  the  sick,  and  the  necessary  attendants   in 

hospital. 

8,  Medical  officers  having  ehai |  pitals  will  also  make  a 

thorough  inspection  of  them  every  Sunday  morning. 
l.  inspection  when  troops  are  mustered  for  payment 

.—Besides  these  inspections,  frequent  visits  will  be  m 
immanding  officer,  company  and  medical  offi 


:j() 


during  the  month,  to  the  men's  quarters,  the  hospital  guard- 
house, &c. 


FORM    OF    INSPECTION. 


290. — The  present  example  embraces  a  battalion  of  infantry. 
The  inspecting  officer  and  the  held  and  staff  officers  will  be  on 
foot 

297. — The  battalion  being  in  the  order  of  battle,  the  Colonel 
will  cause  it  to  break  into  open  column  of  companies,  right  in 
front.  He  will  next  order  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  when  the 
color- rank  and  color-guard,  under  the  direction  of  the  Adju- 
tant, will  take  post  ten  paces  in  front,  and  the  band  ten  paces 
in  rear  of  the  column. 

298. — The  Colonel,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 
I  .Officers  and  Scrg'ts,  to  the  front  of  your  companies. %.  March. 
The  officers  will  form  themselves  in  one  rank,  eight  paces,  and 
rhe  non-commissioned  officers  in  one  rank,  six  paces,  in  ad- 
vance, along  the  whole  Ironts  of  their  respective  companies, 
from  right  to  left,  in  the  order  of  seniority  ;  the  pioneers  and 
music  of  each  company,  in  one  rank,  two  paces  behind  the 
non-commissioned  officers. 

299.  —The  Colonel  will  next  command, 

Field  and  staff'  to  the  front    March  ! 

The  commissioned  officers  thus  designated  will  form  them- 
selves in  one  rank,  on  a  line  equal  to  the  front  of  the  column, 
six  paces  in  front  of  the  colors,  from  right  to  left,  in  the  order 
of  seniority  ;  and  the  non-commissioned  staff,  in  a  similar 
manner,  two  paces  in  rear  of  the  preceding  rank.  The  Colo- 
nel, seeing  the  movement  executed,  will  take  post  on  the 
right  of  the  Lieutenant-Colonel,  and  wait  the  approach  of  the 
inspecting  officer.  But  such  oi  the  field  officers  as  may  be 
superior  in  rank  to  the  Inspector  will  not  take  post  in  front 
of  the  battalion. 

800. — The  Inspector  will  commence  in  front.  After  in- 
specting the  dress  and  general  appearance  of  the  field  and 
commissioned  staff  under  arms,  the  Inspector,  accompanied 
by  these  officers,  will  pass  down  the  open  column,  looking  at 
every  rank  in  front  and  rear. 

301. — The  Colonel  will  now  command, 

f .   Order  arms.     2.  Rest  ! 
When  the  Inspector  will  proceed  to  make  a  minute  inspection 


of  the  several  ranks  or  divisions,  in  succession,  commencing 
in  front. 

802. — As  the   inspector  approaches  the  non-commissioned 

stall',  color-rank,  the  color-guard,  and  the  band,  the  Adjutant 
will  give  the  necessary  orders  forthe  inspection  of  arms,  oozes, 
and  knapsacks.  The  colors  will  be  planted  firm  in  the  ground, 
to  enable  the  color-bearers  to  display  the  contents  of  their 
knapsacks.  The  non-commissioned  stall"  may  be  dismissed  as 
soon  as  inspected ;  but  the  color-rank  and  color  guard  will 
remain  until  the  colors  are  to  be  escorted  to  the  place  from 
which  they  were  taken. 

::o.">. — As  the  Inspector  successively  approaches  the  coi 
nies,  the  Captains  will  command, 

1.     Attention.     2.   Company.     3   Inspectimi-^-AUMs ! 

The  inspecting  officer  will  then  go  through  the  whole  com. 
pany,  and  minutely  inspect  the  arms,  accoutrements,  and  dress 
of  each  soldier.  After  this  is  done,  the  Captain  will  com- 
mand. 

Open— Boxes. 

When  the  ammunition  and  the  boxes  will  be  exam' 
.".Of. — The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Shoulder — Asms  !  6.   Tothe  rear,  open  order. 

2.  Clos<  order.  7.  March! 

3.  March!  S.  Front  rank  -About— Fa<    ' 

4.  Order     Aj&ms!  Unsling    knapsai 

5.  Stack     A  cms!  10.   Open     knapsack*. 

)!05. — The  Sergeants  will  face  inward  at  the  I'd  command, 
rind  close  upon  the  centre  of  the  3d,  and  stack  their  arms  at 
the  5th  command ;  at  the  6th  command  they  face  outward, 
and  resume  their  positions  at  the  7th.  When  the  ranks  are 
1.  preparatory  to  take  arms^  the  Sergeants  will  also  close 
upon  the  centre,  and  at  the  word,  take  their  arms  and  resume 
their  plate-. 

.—The  knapsacks   will  he  placed  at  the  feet  of  the  men 
the  flap-  from  them,  with  the  ■  ts  on  the  flaps,  and  the 

-;icks  leaning  on   the  great  coats.     In  this  portion  the 
Inspector  will  examine  their  contents,  or  so  may  of  them  as 
ay  think   necessary,  commencing  non-commis- 

sioned officers,  the  men  standing  :\*  attention. 

307. — When  the  [nspect<  through  the  company, 

the  <  aptain  will  command, 


when  each  soldier  will  repack    and  buckle  up  his  knapsack, 

leaving  it  on  the  ground,  the  number  upward,  ruined  from 
him,  and  then  stand  at  rest. 

30S. — The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Attention.     '2.   Company.     3.   Sling — Knapsacks. 

At  the  word  sling,  each  soldier  will  take  his  knapsack,  holding 
it  by  the  inner  straps,  and  stand  erect ;  at  the  last  word  he 
will  replace  it  on  his  back.     The  Captain  will  continue, 

4.  Front  rank — About — Face!  S.  Shoulder — Arms! 

•").  Close  order.  !).  Officers  and   Sergeants* 

6.  March  !  to  your  posts. 

7.  Take—  Arms!  10.  March! 

and  will  cause  the  company  to  file  oft' to  their  tents  and  quar- 
ters, except  the  company  that  is  to  re-escort  the  colors,  which 
will  await  the  further  orders  of  the  Colonel. 

-309. — In  an  extensive  column,  some  of  the  rearmost  com- 
panies may,  after  the  inspection  of  dress  and  general  appear- 
ance, be  permitted  to  stack  arm*  until  just  before  the  Inspector 
approaches  them,  when  they  will  be  directed  to  lake  arms  and 
resume  their  position. 

310. — The  inspection  of  the  troops  being  ended,  the  field 
and  staff  will  next  accompany  the  Inspector  to  the  hospital, 
magazine,  arsenal,  quarters,  sutler's  shop,  guard-house,  and 
such  other  places  as  he  may  think  proper  to  inspect.  The 
Captains  and  subalterns  repair  to  their  companies  and  sections 
to  await  the  Inspector. 

311. — The  hospital  being  at  all  times  an  object  of  particular 
interest,  it  will  be.  critically  and  minutely  inspected. 

312. — The  men  will  be  formed  in  the  company  quarters  in 
front  of  their  respective  bunks,  and  on  the  entrance  of  the 
Inspector  the  word  Attention!  will  be  given  by  the  senior  non- 
commissioned officer  present,  when  the  whole  will  salute  with 
the  hand,  without  uncovering. 

313. — The  Inspector,  attended  by  the  company  officers,  will 
examine  the  general  arrangement  of  the  interior  of  the  quar- 
ters, the  hunks,  bedding,  cooking,  and  table  utensils,  and  such 
(•titer  objects  as  may  present  themselves;  and  afterwards  the 
exterior. 

314. — The  Adjutanl  shall  exhibit  to  the  Inspector  the  regi- 
mental books  and  papers,  including  those  relating  to  the 
transactions  of  the  Council  of  Administration.    The  company 


books  and  papers  will  also  be  exhibited,  the  whole  together, 
generally  at  the  Adjutant's  office,  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
officers  not  otherwise  particularly  eugaged. 

315.— The  Inspector  will  examine  critically  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  administrative  and  disbursing  officers  of  the 
command,  and  the  money  and  property  in  their  keeping. 

•■;i(). — The  inspection  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  conform 
to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  re- 
gard being  had  to  the  system  of  instruction  for  those  am18  of 
sen  ice  respectively. 

ARTICLE  XXXI. 

MUSTERS. 

:>17. — The  musters  will  be  made  by  an  [nspector-General, 
i!  present,  otherwise  by  an  officer  specially  designated  by  the 
Commander  of  the  Army.  Division,  or  Department ;  and  in 
absence  of   either   an    [nspector-Q-eneral  or  officer  specially 

designated,  the  muster  will  be  made  by  the  comma  rider  of  the 
U08t. 

318.— When  one  inspecting  officer  can  not  muster  all  the 
troops  himself  on  the  day  specified,  the   commanding  officer 

will  designate  such  other  competent  officers  as  may  be  neces- 
sary, to  assist  him. 

:;!!>. — All  stated  musters  of  the  1  loops  shall  lie  preceded 
by  ;i  minute  and  careful  inspection  in  the  prescribed  mode  ; 
and  if  the  command  be  more  than  a  company,  by  a  /•<  vu  w,  be- 
fore inspection. 

•'!«(). — The  mustering  officer  having  inspected  the  coinpa- 

*  in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right,  returns  to  the  first 

company  to  muster  it.     The  company  being  at   ordered  arms, 

with  open  ranks,  as  when  inspected,  the  Captain  will,  as  the 

ng  officer  approaches,  command, 

I.  Attention.     ".'.   Company!     '■'<.   Shoulder-    AfiMS ! 

I.   Support — At; ms! 

The  mustering  officer  will  then  call  over  the  uaaneson  the  roll, 

■  ach  man.  as  his  name  is    called,   will    dist  inct  Iv  answer. 

/  and  bring  his  piece  to  j  carry  and  io  an  order. 

1. — After  eacl  i  mustered,  the  Captain  will 

marched  t<>  the  company  parade.  ,- 1 1 1 « 1   there 

to  quarters  to  await  the  Inspector's  visits 

After  mustering  the  companies,  the  mulrerii  g  officer, 


attended  by  the  company  commanders,  will  visit  the  guard 
hospital,  to  verify  the  presence  of  the  men  reported  there. 

323. — The  muster  and  pay  rolls  will  be  made  on  the  printed 
forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  and  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  given  on  them.  On  the  muster-rolls 
companies  are  designated  1>\  the  name  of  the  captain,  whether 
present  or  absent.  The  pay-roll  is  left  blank,  to  be  filled  by 
the  Paymaster 

324. — One  copy  of  each  muster-roll  will  be  transmitted  by 
the  mustering  officer  to  the  Adjutant-Greneral's  office  in  the 
War  Department  within  three  days  after  the  muster. 

ARTICLE  XXA1I. 

FORMS  OF  PARADE. 

325.  On  all  parades  of  ceremony,  such  as  Reviews,  Guard- 
mounting,  at  Troop  or  Retreat  parades,  instead  of  the  word 
"Rest"  which  allows  the  men  to  move  or  change  the  position 
of  their  bodies,  the  command  will  be  "Pal»ade  Rest!"  At 
the  hist  word  of  this  command,  the  soldier  will  carry  the  right 
foot  six  inches  in  the  rear  of  the  left  heel,  the  left  knee  slightly 
bent,  the  body  upright  upon  the  right  leg;  the  musket  rest- 
ing against  the  hollow  of  the  right  shoulder,  the  hands  crossed 
in  front,  the  backs  of  them  outward,  and  the  left  hand  upper- 
most. At  the  won!  "Attention!"  the  soldier  will  resume 
the  correct  position  at  order  arms.  In  the  positions  here 
indicated,  the  soldier  will  remain  silent  and  motionless;  and 
it  is  particularly  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  cause  the  com- 
mands above  given,  on  the  part  of  the  soldier,  to  bo  executed 
with  great  briskness  ;ind  spirit. 

326.  Officers  on  all  duties  under  anus  are  to  have  their 
swords  drawn,  without  waiting  for  any  words  of  command  for 
that  purpose. 

I.  DRESS  PARADE. 

327.  There  shall  be  daily  one  dress  parade,  at  troop  or 
m ,<(it,  as  the  commanding  officer  may  direct. 

32S.  A  signal  will  be  beat  or  sounded  half  an  hour  before 
troop  or  retreat,  for  the  music  to  assemble  on  the  regimental 
parade,  and  each  company  to  turnout  under  arms  on  its  own 
parade,  for  roll-call  and  inspectio   u  y  its  own  officers. 

329.  Ten  minutes  after  that  signal,  the  Adjutant's  cell  will 
be  given,  when  the  Captains  will  march  their  companies  (the 
band  playing)  to  the  regimental  parade,  where  they  take  their 


positions  in  the  order  of  battle.  When  the  line  is  formed,  the 
Captain  of  the  first  company,  on  notice  from  the  Adjutant, 
steps  one  pace  to  the  front,  and  gives  to  his  company  the  com- 
mand, "  Order  Arms!  Parade  Rest!"  which' is  repeated 
by  each  Captain  in  succession  to  the  left.  The  Adjutant  takes 
post  two  paces  on  the  right  of  the  line;  the  Sergeant -major 
two  paces  "ii  the  left.  The  music  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks 
'•u  flic  right  of  the  Adjutant.  The  senior  officer  present  will 
take  the  command  of  the  parade,  and  will  take  post  at  a 
suitable  distance  in  front,  opposite  the  centre,  facing  the  line. 
.".30.  When  the  companies  have  ordered  arms,  the  Adju- 
tant will  order  the  music  to  beat  off,  when  it  will  commence 
•  >n  the  right,  beat  in  front  of  the  line  to  the  h  ft.  and  hack  t<> 
its  place  on  the  right. 

331.  When  the  music  has  ceased,  the   Adjutant  will  step 
t\\<>  paces  to  the  front,  face  to  the  lett,  and  command, 

1.  Attention!     2.   Battalion.     3.  Shoulder     Arms!    f.   Pre- 
pare to  open  ranks  !    .">.  To  the  rear,  open  order  !    6.  March.* 

At  the  sixtli  command,  the  ra'nks  will  bo  opened  according  to 
the  system  laid  down  in  the  Infantry  Tactics,  the  commissioned 
officers  marching  to  the  front,  the  company  officers  four  paces, 
tield  officers  six  paces,  opposite  to  their  positions  in  the  order 
of  battle,   where   they   will    halt  and  dress.    The   Adjutant, 

ng  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 

» 

From  i  ! 

and  march  along  the  front  to  the  centre,  face  to  the  right,  aud 
pa>s  the  line  of  company  officers  eight  or  ten  paces,  where  he 
will  come  to  the  right  about,  and  command. 

Present     Arms! 

when  arms  will  he  presented,  officers  saluting. 

332.  Seeing  this  executed,  lie  will  face  about  to  the  com- 
mandins    officer,   salute,   and   report,  "  Sir,  th*    po 

m,  iiy  The  Adjutant  will  then,  on  intimation  to  thai  effect, 
tab-  in-  station  three  paces  on  the  lefi  of  the  commanding 
officer,  one  pace  retired,  passing  round  his  rear. 

333.  The  commanding  officer  having  acknowledged  the 
,•■  of  the  line  by  touching  his  hat,  will,  after  the  Adjutant 

taken  his  post,  draw  hi-  sword,  and  command, 
1.   Battalion.     2.   ShonH  r     Ar\tr! 


36 

an<l  add  such  exercises  as  he  may  think  proper,  concluding 
with 

Order     Arms  ! 

then  return  his  sword,  and  direct  the  Adjutant  to  receive  the 
reports.  »      . 

334:.  The  Adjutant  Mrill  now  pass  round  the  right  of  the 
commanding  officer,  advance  upon  the  line,  halt  midway  be- 
tween him  and  the  line  of  company  officers,  and  command, 

1.  First  Sergeants,  to  the  front  and  centre.     2.  March. 

At  the  first  command,  they  will  shoulder  arms  as  Sergeants, 
inarch  two  paces  to  the  front,  and  face  inward.  At  the  second 
command,  they  will  march  to  the  centre,  and  halt.  The  Adju- 
tant will  then  order. 

1.  Front — F-ce.     2.  Report. 
At  the  last  word,  each  in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right, 
will  salute  by  bringing  the  left  hand  smartly  across  the  breast 
to  the  right   shoulder,  and  report  the  result  of  the  roll-call 
previously  made  on  the  company  parade. 

335.  The  Adjutant  again  commands, 

I.  First  Sergeants,  outward — Pace!  2.  To  your  [touts — March! 

when  they  will  resume  their  places,  and  order  arms.  The 
Adjutant  will  now  face  to  the  commanding  officer,  salute. 
report  absent  officers,  and  give  the  result  of  the  First  Ser- 
geants' reports.  The  commanding  officer  will  next  direct  the 
orders  to  be  read,  when  the  Adjutant  will  face  about,  and 
announce, 

Attention  to  Orderf. 
Me  will  then  read  the  orders. 

336.  The  orders  having  been  read,  the  Adjutant  will  lace 
to  the  commanding  officer,  salute,  and  report;  when,  on  an 
intimation  from  the  commander,  he  will  face  again  to  the 
line,  and  announce, 

Parade  is  dismissed. 

All  the  officers  will  now  return  their  swords,  face  inward  and 
close  on  the  Adjutant,  he  having  taken  position  in  their  line, 
the  field  officers  on  the  flanks.     The  Adjutant  commands. 

1.  Front — Face!     2.  Forward — March! 
when   they   will    march   forward,  dressing  on  the  centre,  the 
music  playing;  and  when  within  six  paces  of  the  commander, 
the  Adjutant  will  give  the  word, 

Halt ! 


The  officers  will  then  salute  the  commanding  officer  by  raising 
the  hand  to  the  cap,  and  there  remain  until  he  shall  have  com- 
municated to  them  such  instructions^  he  may  have  to  give,  or 
intimates  that  the  ceremony  is  finished.  As  the  officers  dis- 
perse,  the  First  Sergeants  will  close  the  ranks  oftheir  respec- 
tive companies,  and  march  them  to  the  company  parades, 
where  they  will  be  dismissed,  the  hand  continuing  to  play  un- 
til the  companies  clear  the  regimental  parade. 

337.— All  field  and  company  officers  and  men  will  be  pre- 
sent at  dress  parades^  unless  especially   excused,  or  on  some 
duty  incompatable  with  such  attendance. 

338. — A  dress  parade  once  a  day  will  not  he  dispensed  with, 
except  on  extraordinary  and  urgent  occasions. 

II.       REVIEW    OF    A    BATTALION    OF    IMANlltY. 

:..",:<.-  Preparatory  to  a  review,  the  Adjutant  will  cause  a 
camp-color  to  he  placed  80  or  100  paces,  or  more,  according 
to  the  length  of  the  line,  in  front  of,  and  opposite  to.  where 

the  centre  of  the  battalion  will  rest,  where  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer is  supposed  to  take  his  station  ;  ami.  although  he  may 
<  ho<  se  to  quit  that  position,  still  the  color  is  to  he  considered 
as  the  point  to  which  all  the  movements  and  formations  are 

relative. 

340. — The  Adjutant  will  also  cause  points  to  he  marked,  at 
suitable  distances,  for  the  wheelings  of  the  divisions  :  so  that 
their  right  Hanks,  in  marching  past,  shall  only  he  about  four 
paces  from  the  camp-color,  wnere  i',  is  supposed  thereviewin^ 

officer  places  himself  to  receive  the  salute 

-1 1. — The  battalion  being  formed  in  the  order  of  battle,  at 

shouldered arvis,  the  colonel  will  command. 

1.   Battaliom,  prepare  for  review  !  2.    To  tht  rem;  open  order. 

:;.  March  ! 

At  the  word  Mak<  ii.  the  field  and  staff  officers  dismount  ;  the 
company  officers  and  the  color-rank  advance  four  paces  in  front 
cifthe  front  rank,  and  place  themselves  opposite  to  their  resp  ■«•- 
i  ive  places  in  the  order  of  battle.  The  color-gnard  replace  the 
color-rank.    The  staff  officers  place  themselves,  according  t; 

auk.  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  rank  ofcotttpanj  officei*, 
and  one  p;lce  from  ea*h  other  ;  the  music  take*,  post  as  at  pa* 
rmde.     The  non-com  missioned  staff  take  poel  one  pace  fr»m 

.  other,  and  three  paces  on  tUe  right  of  the  front  rai 
the  battalion. 


38 

342. —  When  the  ranks  are  aligned,  the  colonel  will  com- 
mand, 

Front  ! 
and  place  himself  eight  paces,  and  the  Lieutenant- Colonel  and 
Major  will  place  themselves  two  paces,  in  front  of  the  rank  of 
company  officers,  and  opposite  to  their  respective  places  in  the 
order  of  battle,  all  facing  to  the  front. 

343. — When  the  reviewing  officer  presents  himself  before 
the  centre,  and  is  fifty  or  sixty  paces  distant,  the  Colonel  will 
face  about,  and  command, 

Present — Arms  ! 

and  resume  his  front.  The  men  present  arms,  and  the  officers 
->alute,  so  as  to  drop  their  swords  with  the  last  motion  of  the 
firelock.  The  non-commissioned  staff  salute  by  bringing  the 
sword  to  a  poise,  tue  hilt  resting  on  the  breast,  the  blade  in 
front  of  the  face,  inclining  a  little  outward.  The  music  will 
play,  and  all  the  drums  beat,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  re- 
viewing officer.  The  colors  only  salute  such  persons  as,  from 
their  rank,  and  by  regulation,  (See  Article  XXIX,)  are  entitled 
to  that  honor.  If  the  reviewing  officer  be  junior  in  rank  to 
the  commandant  of  the  parade,  no  compliment  will  be  paid 
to  him, -but  he  will  be  received  with  arms  carried,  and  the 
officers  will  not  salute  as  the  column  passes  in  review. 

344. — The  reviewing  officer  having  halted,  and  acknowledg- 
ed the  salute  of  the  line  by  touching  or  raising  his  cap  or  hat, 
the  Colonel  will  face  about  and  command, 

Shoulder — Arms  ! 

when  the  men  shoulder  tht.ii  pieces  ;  the  officers  and  non- 
commissioned staff  recover  their  swords  with  the  last  motion, 
and  the  Colonel  faces  to  the  front. 

345. — The  reviewing  officer  will  then  go  toward  the  right, 
the  whole  remaining  perfectly  steady,  without  paying  any  fur- 
ther compliment,  while  he  passes  along  the  front  of  the  bat- 
talion, and  proceeds  round  the  left  flank,  and  along  the  rear  of 
the  file-closers,  to  the  right.  While  the  reviewing  officer  is 
going  round  the  battalion,  the  band  will  play,  and  will  cease 
when  he  has  returned  to  the  right  flank  of  the  troops. 

346.— -When  the  reviewing  officer  turns  off,  to  place  him- 
self by  the  camp-color  in  front,  the  Colonel  will  face  to  the 
line  and  command, 

1.   Clos,-  Order.  2.  March! 
At  the  first  command,  the  field   and  company  officers    will 


face  to  the  right-about,  and  at  the  second  command  all  persons^ 
except  the  Colonel,  will  resume  their  places  in  the  order  of 
battle  ;  the  field  and  staff  officers  mount. 

:>47. — The  reviewing  officer  having  taken  his  position  near 
the  camp-color,  the  Colonel  will  command, 

1.    By  company,  right  wheel.     3.    Quick     March  !    3.    Pass 

in  review.   4.  Column, forward.   5.  QuicU  right.  6.  March! 

The  battalion,  in  column  of  companies,  right  in  front,  will  then, 
in  common  time,  and  at  shouldered  arms,  he  put  in  motion  ; 
the  Colonel  four  paces  in  front  of  the  Captain  of  the  leading 
company  ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel  on  a  line  with  the  leading 
company  ;  the  Major  on  a  line  with  the  rear  company  ;  the 
Adjutant  on  a  line  with  the  second  Company  ;the  Sergeant- 
Major  on  aline  with  the  company  next  preceding  the  rear — 
each  six  paces  from  the  flank  (left)  opposite  to  the  reviewing 
officer  ;  the  staff  officers  in  one  raid;,  according  the  order  of 
precedency,  from  the  right,  four  paces  in  rear  of  the  column  : 
the  music,  preceded  by  the  principal  musician,  six  paces  before 
the  Colonel  ;  the  pioneers,  preceded  by  a  Corporal,  four  paces 
before  the  principal  musician;  and  the  Quartermaster-Sergeanl 
two  paces  from  the  side  opposite  to  the  guides,  and  in  line 
with  the  pioneers. 

•>4:8. — All  other  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  will 
march  past  in  the  nlaces  prescribed  for  them  in  the  march  of 
an  open  column.  The  guides  and  soldiers  will  keep  their  head? 
steady  to  the  front  in  passing  in  review. 

o4!*. — The  color-hearer  will  remain  in  the  ranks  while  pass* 
ing  ami  saluting. 

350. — The  music  will  begin  lo  play  at  the  command  to 
march,  and  after  passing  the  review  ing  officer,  wheel  to  the 
left  out  of  the  column,  and  take  a  position  opposite  and  facing 
him,  and  wili. continue  to  play  until  the  rear  of  the  column 
shall  have  passed  him,  when  it  will  cease,  and  follow  in  the 
rear  of  the  battalion,  unless  the  battalion  is  to  pass  in  quid 
time  also,  in  which  case  it  will  keep  its  position. 

351. — The  officers  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer  when  they 
arrive  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  recover  their  swords  when 
six  paces  past  him.  All  officers,  in  saluting,  will  cast  their 
toward  the  reviewing  officer. 

352.-  The  Colonel,  when  he  has  saluted  at  the  head  of  the 
battalion,  will  place  himself  near  the  revio  wing  officer,  and  will 
remain  there  until  the  rear  lias  passed,  when  lie  will  rejoin 
the  battalion. 


40 

353.  The  colors  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer,  if  enti- 
tled to  it,  when  with  in  six  paces  of  him,  and  be  raised  when  they 
have  passed  by  him  an  equal  distance.  The  drums  will  beat 
a  inarch,  or  ruffle,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer, at  the  same  time  that  the  colors  salute. 

354. — When  the  column  has  passed  thereviewingofficer,  the 
Colonel  will  direct  it  to  the  ground  it  marched  from  and  com- 
mand, 

Guide    left. 

in  time  for  the  guides  to  cover.  The  column  having  arrived 
on  its  ground,  the  Colonel  will  command. 

1.   Column,     2.  Halt  ! 

form  it  in  order  of  battle,  and  cause  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  as 
in  paragraph  341.  The  review  will  terminate  by  the  whole 
saluting  as  at  the  beginning. 

355. — If,  however,  instructions  have  been  previously  given 
to  march  the  troops  past  in  quick  time  also,  the  Colonel  will, 
instead  of  changing  the  guides,  halting  the'  column,  and  wheel- 
ing it  into  line,  as  above  directed,  give  the  command, 

1.    Quirk  time.     2.   March. 

In  passing  the  reviewing  office)- again,  no  salute  will  be  offer- 
ed by  either  officers  or  men.  The  music  will  have  kept  its 
position  opposite  the  reviewing  officer,  and  at  the  last  com- 
mand will  commence  playing,  and  as  the  column  approaches, 
will  place  itself  in  front  of,  and  march  off  with  the  column,  and 
continue  to  play  until  the  battalion  is  halted  on  its  original 
ground  of  formation.  The  Review  will  terminate  in  the  same 
manner  as  prescribed  above. 

35G. — The  Colonel  will  afterwards  cause  the  troops  to  per- 
form such  exercises  and  manoeuvres  as  the  reviewing  officer 
may  direct. 

357. — When  two  or  more  battalions  are  to  be  reviewed, 
they  will  be  formed  in  parade  order,  with  the  proper  intervals, 
and  will  also  perform  the  same  movements  that  are  laid  down 
for  a  single  battalion,  observing  the  additional  directions  that 
are  given  for  such  movements  when  applied  to  the  line.  The 
Brigadier-General  and  his  staff',  on  loot,  will  place  themselve? 
opposite  the  centre  of  the  brigade  ;  the  Brigadier-General  two 
paces  in  front  of  the  rank  of  Colonels,  his  aid  two  paces  on  his 
right,  and  one  retired  ;  and  the  other  brigade  staff  officer-, 
those  having  the  rank  of  field  officers,  in  the  rank  of  Lieutenant- 


41 

Colonels  and  Majors  ;  and  those  below  thai  rank,  in  the  rank 
of  company  officers. 

358. —  En  passing  in  review,  a  Major-General  will  be  four 
paces  in  front  of  the  Colonel  of  the  Leading  battalion  of  his 
division  ;  and  the  Brigadier-*  General  will  be  on  the  right  of  the 
Colonels  of  the  leading  battalions  of  their  brigades ;  staff  offi- 
cers on  the  left  of  their  Generals. 

359.— When  the  line  exceedstwo  battalions,  the  reviewing 
officer  may  cause  them  to  march  past  in  quick  time  only.  In 
such  eases  the  mounted  officers  only  will  salute. 

360. — A  number  of  companies  less  than  a  battalion  will  be 
reviewed  as  a  battalion,  and  a  single  company  as  if  it  were 
with  the  batallion.  In  the  latter  ease,  the  company  may 
pass  in  column  or  platoons. 

361.-— If  several  brigades  are  to  be  reviewed  together,  or  in 
one  line,  this  further  difference  will  be  observed  :  the  review- 
ing personage,  joined  by  the  General  of  the  division,  on  the 
righl  of  his  division,  will  proceed  down  the  line,  parallel  to 
its  front,  and  when  near  the  Brigadier-Generals  respectively, 
will  be  sainted  by  their  brigades  in  succession.  The  music 
of  each,  after  the  prescribed  salute,  will  play  while  the  review- 
ing personage  is  in  front,  or  in  rear  of  it,  and  only  then. 

302. — In  marching  in  review,  with  several  battalions  in 
common  time,  the  music  of  each  succeeding  battalion  will 
commence  to  play  when  the  music  of  the  preceding  one  has 
ceased,  in  order  to  follow  its  battalion.  When  marching  in 
<|nick  time,  the  nmsic  will  begin  to  play  when  the  rear  com- 
pany of  the  preceeding  battalion  has  passed  the  reviewing 
officer.        • 

303. — The  reviewing  officer  or  personage  will  acknowledge 

the  salute  by  raising,  or  taking  oil'  his  cap  or  hat,  when  the 
commander  of  the  troops  sahites  him  :  and  also  when  the 
colors  pass.  The  remainder  01  the  time  occupied  by  the  pas- 
sihc  of    the  troops,  he  will   be  covered. 

Mi  1. — The  review  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  be  conducted 
on  similar  principles,  ami  according  to  the  systems  of  instruc- 
tion for  those  ami 8  of  the  sen  ice. 

ill.      (.1  \i;i)-.\i(H.\  i  inc. 

365. — Camj)  and  garrison  guards  will  be  relieved  every 
twenty-four  hours.  The  guards al  outposts  will  ordinarily  be 
relieved, in  the  same  manner;  but  this  must  depend  on  their 


distances  from  cam}),  or  other  circumstances,  which  may 
sometimes  require  their  continuing  on  duty  several  days.  In 
such  cases  they  must  be  previously  warned  to  provide  them- 
selves accordingly. 

366. — At  the  first  call  for  guard-mounting,  the  men  warned 
for  duty  turn  out  on  their  company  parades  for  inspection  by 
the  First  Sergeants;  and  at  the  second  call,  repair  to  the  regi- 
mental or  garrison  parade,  conducted  by  the  first  Sergeants. 
Each  detatchment,  as  it  arrives,  will,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Adjutant,  take  post  on  the  left  of  the  one  that  preceded 
it,  in  open  order,  arms  shouldered  and  bayonets  fixed;  the 
supernumeraries  live  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  men  of  their 
respective  companies  ;  the  First  Sergeants  in  the  rear  of  them. 
The  Sergeant-Major  will  dress  the  ranks,  count  the  files,  verify 
the  details,  and  when  the  guard  is  formed,  report  to  the  Adju- 
tant, and  take  post  two  paces  on  the  left  of  the  front  rank. 

367 — The  Adjutant  then  commands  From,  when  the  officer 
of  the  guard  takes  post  twelve  paces  in  front  of  the  centre, 
The  Sergeants  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  offi- 
cers; and  the  Corporals  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of 
the  Sergeants — all  facing  to  the  front.  The  Adjutant  then 
assigns  their  places  in  the  guard. 

368. — The  Adjutant  will  then  command, 

1.   Officer,  and  non-commissioned  officers.     2.  About — Face! 

3.    Inspect  your  guards — MARCH  ! 

The  non-commissioned  officers  then  take  their  posts.  The 
commander  of  the  guard  then  commands, 

1.   Order — Arms!     2.  Inspection — Arms. 

and  inspects  his  guard.  When  there  is  no  commissioned  offi- 
cer on  the  guard,  the  Adjutant  will  inspect  it.  During  in- 
spection, the  band  will  play. 

369. — The  inspection  ended,  the  officer  of  the  guard  takes 
post  as  though  the  guard  were  a  company  of  a  battalion,  in 
open  order,  under  review;  at  the  same  time,  also,  the  officers 
of  the  day  will  take  post  in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  guard  ; 
the  old  officers  of  the  day  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  new 
officer  of  the  day,  one  pace  retired. 

370. — The  Adjutant  will  now  command, 

I.  Parade — Rest  !     2.   Troop — Beat  off'! 
when  the  music,  beginning  on  the  right,  will  beat  down  the 


43 

line  in  front  of  tjie  oflicer  of  the  guard  to  the  left,  and  back 
to  its  place  on  the  right,  where  it  will  cease  to  play. 

:J7I. — Thr  Adjutant  then  commands, 
I.  Attention!     -J.  Shoulder — Arms  !     3.  Close  orfar — Habcu! 
At   the   word   "close  order,"  the  officer  will  face  about ;  at 
"march,"  resume  his  post  in  line.     The  Adjutant  then  com- 
mands, 

Present — Arms! 

At  which  lie  will  face  i<>  the  new  officer  of  the  day,  salute,  and 
report,  "  Sir,  ih<  guard  isjormed."  The  now  officer  of  the  day, 
after  acknowledging  the  salute,  will  direcl  the  Adjutant  to 
inarch  the  guard  in  review,  or  by  (lank  to  its  post.  Bu1  if  the 
Adjutant  he  senior  to  the  officer  of  the  day,  he  will  report 
without  saluting  with  the  sword  then,  or  when  marching  the 
guard  in  review  . 

■  \~.-J. — In  review,  the  mi.it.d  march  pasl  the  officer  of  the 
day,  according  to  the  order  of  review,  conducted  by  the  Adju- 
tant, marching  on  the  left  of  the  first  division  :  the  Sergeant- 
Miijor  on  the  left  oJ    the  last  division. 

:;■;:;. — When  the  column  lias  passed  the  officer  of  the  day, 
the  officer  of  the  guard  marches  it  to  its  post,  tin'  Adjutant 
and  Sergeant-Major  retiring.  The  music  which  has  wheeled 
•  nit  of  the  column,  and  taken  post  opposite  the  officer  of  the 
day,  will  cease,  and  the  old  officer  of  the  day  salute,  and  give 
the  old  or  standing  orders  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day.  The 
supernumeraries,  at  the.  same  time,  will  he  marched  by  the 
First  Sergeants  to  (heir  respective  company  parades,  and 
dismiss!  d. 

'■'.'<  I. — In  bad  weath<  r,orat  night,  or  after  fatiguing  marches, 
the  ceremony  of  turping  off  may  he  dispensed  with,  hut  not 
the  inspection. 

375. — '  fraud  guards,  and  other  brigade  guards,  are  organized 
and  mounted  on  the  brigade  parade  by  the  staff  officer  of  the 
parade,  under  the  direction  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  according  u>  the  principles  hen-  prescribed  for  the 
police  guard  of  a  regiment.     The  detail  of  each  regiment  is 
imbled  on  the  regimental  parade,  verified  by  the  Adjutant, 
and  marched  to  the  brigade  parade  by  the  senior  officer  of  the 
detail.     After  inspection   and   review,  the  officer  of  the  day 
•  t;i I  guards  to  their  respective  posts. 
— The  officer  of  the  old  guard  having  his  guard  paraded, 
«h  of  the  new  guard,  commands, 
/'  Akms! 


44 

377. — The  new  guard  will  inarch,  in  quick  time,  past  the 
old  guard,  at  shouldered  arms,  officers  saluting,  and  take  post 
lour  paces  on  its  right,  where,  being  aligned  with  it,  its  com- 
mander will  order, 

Present — Arms. 
The  two  officers  will  then   approach   each  other,  and  salute. 
Thev  will   then  return  tit  their   respective  guards,  and  com- 
mand, 

J.   Shoulder — Aims!     2.   Order — Arms! 

378. — The  officer  of  the  new  guard  will  now  direct  the 
detail  for  the  advanced  guard  to  be  formed  and  marched  to  its 
post,  the  list  of  the  guard  made  and  divided  into  three  reliefs, 
experienced  soldiers  placed  over  the  arms  of  the  guard  and  at 
the  remote  and  responsible  posts,  and  the  young  soldiers  in 
posts  near  the  guard  for  instruction  in  their  duties,  and  will 
himself  proceed  to  take  possession  of  the  guard-house  or 
guard-tent,  and  the  articles  ami  prisoners  in  charge  of  the 
guard. 

379. — During  the  time  of  relieving  the  sentinels  and  of  call- 
ing in  the  small  posts,  the  old  commander  will  give  to  the  new- 
all  the  information  and  instructions  relating  to  his  post. 

:3S0. — The  first  relief  having  been  designated  and  ordered 
two  paces  to  the  front,  the  Corporal  of  1  he  new  guard  will 
take  charge  of  it,  and  go  to  relieve  the  sentinels,  accompanied 
by  the  corporal  of  the  old  guard,  who  will  take  command  of 
the  old  sentinels,  when  the  whole  are  relieved. 

381. — If  the  sentinels  are  numerous,  the  Sergeants  are  to  be 
employed,  as  well  as  the  Corporals,  in  relieving  th#n. 

362. — The  relief,  with  arms  at  asupport,  in  two  ranks,  will 
march  by  Hank,  conducted  by  the  Corporal  on  the  side  of  the 
leading  front-rank  man:  and  themen  will  be  numbered  alter- 
nately in  the  front  and  rear  rank,  the  man  on  the  right  of  the 
front  rank  being  Xo  1.  Should  an  officer  approach,  the  Cor- 
poral will  command  carry  arms,  ami  resume  the  support  arms 
when  the  officer  is  passed. 

383. — The  sentinels  at  the  guard-house  or  guard-tent  will 
be  the  first  relieved  and  left  behind:  the  others  are  relieved  in 
succession. 

384. — When  a  sentinel  sees  the  relief  approaching,  he  will 
halt  and  face  to  it,  with  his  aims  at  a  shoulder.  At  six  paces. 
rite  Corporal  will  command, 

1.  RelJef.     -2.  Malt. 


15 

when  the  relief  will  halfemd  carry  arms.  The  Corporal  will 
then  add  «  No.  1,"  or  »  No.  2,"  or  "  No.  3,"  according  to  the 

number  of  the  post, 

.[/■ins — Port  ! 

The  two  sentinels  will,  with  arms  Ztport,  then  approach  each 
other,  when  the  old  sentinel,  under  the  correction  of  the  Cor- 
poral, will  whisper  the  instructions  to  the  new  sentinel.  This 
done,  the  Wo  Sentinels  will  shoulder  arms,  and  the  old  senti- 
nel will  pass,  in  quick  time,  to  his  place  in  rear  of  the  relict'. 
The  Corporal  will  then  command, 


1.  SuppoM — Arms  !     2.  Forward.     3.  M 


\RC1I 


and  the  relief  proceeds   in  the  same  manner  until  the   whole 
are  relieved. 

385. — The  detachments  and  sentinels  from  the  old  guard 
having  come  in,  it  will  be  marched,  at  s/ww&fora£«nns,  along 
the  front  of  the  new  guard,  in  quick  time,  the  new  guard 
standing  bX presented  arms  /officers saluting,  and  the  music  oi 
both  guards  beating,  except  at  the  outposts. 

o8G. — On  arriving  at  the  regimental  or  garrison  parade,  the 
commander  of  the  old  guard  will  send  the  detachments  com- 
posing it,  under  charge  of  the  non-commissioned  officers,  to 
their  respective  regiments.  Before  the  men  are  dismissed. 
their  pieces  will  be  drawn  or  discharged  at  a  target.  On  re- 
joining their  companions,  the  chiefs  of  squads  will  examine 
the  arms,  &c,  of  their  men,  and  cause  the  whole  to  the  put 
away  in  good  order. 

">v7. — When  the  old  guard  has  marched  off  fifty  paces,  the 
officer  of  the  new  guard  will  order  his  men  to  stack  their  arm-;, 
or  place  them  in  the  arm-racks. 

388. — The  commander  of  the  guard  will  then  make  him- 
self acquainted  with  all  the  instructions  for  his  post,  visit  the 
sentinels,  and  question  them  and  the  non-commissioned  olficcrs 
relative  to  the  instructions  they  may  have  received  from  other 
persons  of  the  old  guard. 

ARTICLE  XXXIII. 

or  urns. 

389. — Sentinels  will  be  relieved  every  two  hours,  unless  the 
»f  the  weather,  or  other  causes,  should   make  it  necee 
»r  proper  that  it.  be  done  at  shorter  or  longer  intervals. 

390. — Each   relief,    before    mounting,   is  inspected  by  the 


46 

commander  of  the  guard  or  of  its  p<d|     The   Corporal  reports 
to  him,  and  presents  the  old  relief  on  its  return. 

391. — The  countersign,  or  watchword,  is  given  to  such  per- 
sons as  are  entitled  to  pass  during  the  night,  and  to  officers, 
non-commissioned  officers,  and  sentinels  of  the  guard.  Inte- 
rior guards  receive  the  countersign  onlv  when  ordered  by  the 
commander  of  the  troops. 

392. — The  parole  is  imparted  to  such  officers  only  as  have  a 
right  to.  visit  the  guards,  and  to  make  the  grand  rounds  ;  and 
to  officers  commanding  guards. 

393. — As  soon  as  the  new  guard  has  been  marched  off,  the 
officer  of  the  clay  will  repair  to  the  office  of  the  commanding 
officer  and  report  for  orders. 

394. — The  officer  of  the  day  must  see  that  the  officer  of  the 
guard  is  furnished  with  the  parol  and  countersign  before  re*, 
treat. 

395. — The  officer  of  the  day  visits  the  guards  during  the  day 
at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  and  makes  his  rounds 
at  night  at  least  once  after  V2  o'clock. 

390. —  Upon  being  relieved,  the  officer  of  the  day  will  make 
such  remarks  in  the  report  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  as  cir- 
cumstances require,  and  present  the  same  at  head  quarters. 

397. — Commanders  of  guards  leaving  their  posts  to  visit 
their  sentinels,  or  on  other  duty,  are  to  mention  their  inten- 
tion,  and  the  probable  time  of  their  absence,  to  the  next  in 
command. 

398. — The  officers  are  to  remain  constantly  at  their  guards, 
except  while  visiting  their  sentinels,  or  necessarily  engaged 
elsewhere  on  their  proper  duty. 

399. — Neither  officers  nor  soldiers  are  to  take  off  their  clo- 
thing or  accoutrements  while  they  are  on  guard. 

400. — The  officer  of  the  guard  must  see  that  the  counter- 
sign is  duly  communicated  to  the  sentinels  a  ttle  before 
twilight. 

401. — When  a  fire  breaks  out,  or  any  alarm  is  raised  in  a 
garrison,  all  guards  are  to  be  immediately  under  arms. 

402. — Inexperienced  officers  are  put  on  guard  as  supernu- 
meraries, for  the  purpose  of  instruction. 

403. — Sentinels  will  not  take  orders  or  allow  themselves  tr> 
be  relieved,  except  by  an  officer  or  non-commissioned  officer 
of  their  guard  or  party,  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  command- 


ing  officer;  in  which  case  the  orders  will  be  immediately 
notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard  by  the  officer  giving 
them. 

404. — Sentinels  will  report  every  breach  of  orders  or  regu- 
lations they  are  instructed  to  enforce. 

40-"). — Sentinels  must  keep  themselves  on  the  alert,  observ- 
ing every  thing  that  lakes  place  within  Bight  and  hearing  of 
their  post.  They  will  carry  their  arms  habitually  at  support, 
or  on  either  shoulder,  but  will  never  quit  them.  In  wet 
weather,  if  there  be  no  sentry-box,  they  will  secure  arms. 

'KKi. — No  sentinel  shall  quit  his  post  or  hold  conversation 
not  necessary  to  the  proper  discharge  of  Ins  duty. 

407. — All  persons,  of  whatever  rank  in  the  service,  are  re- 
quired to  observe  respect  toward  sentinels. 

40S. — In  case  of  disorder,  a  sentinel  must  call  out  the  guard; 
and  if  a  fire  take  place,  he  must  cry — "Fire!"  adding  the 
number  of  his  post.  If  in  eithercase  the  danger  be  great,  In; 
•mist  discharge  his  firelock  before  calling  out. 

409. — It  is  the  duty  of  a  sentinel    to  repeat  all   calls  made 

from  posts  more  distant  from  the  main  body  oi  the  guard  than 

'.is  own,  and  no  sentinel  will  be  posted  so  distant  as  not  to  be 

ieard  by  the  guard,  either  directly  or  through  other  sentinels. 

410. — Sentinels  will  present  arms  to  general  and  held  offi- 
cers, to  the  officer  of  the  day,  and  to  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  post.     To  all  other  officers  they  will  carry  arms. 

4  I  I. — When  a  sentinel  in  his  sent  iv-box  sees  an  officer  ap- 
proaching, he  will  stand  ar  attention,  and  as  the  officer  passes 
will  salute  him,  by  bringing  the  left  hand  briskly  to  the 
musket,  as  high  as  the  right  shoulder. 

412. — The  sentinel  at  any  post  of  the  guard,  when  he  Been 
any  body  of  troops,  or  an  officer  entitled  to  compliment,  ap- 
proach, must  call  "  Turn  out  the  guard!"  and  announce  who 
approach 

413. — G-uards  do  not  turn  out  as  a  matter  of  compliment 
after  Bunsel ;  but  sentinels  will,  when  officers  in  uniform  ap- 
proach, pay  them  proper  attention,  by  facing  to  the  propei 
front,  and  standing  steady  at  shouldered  arms.  This  will  be 
observed  until  the  evening  i^  so  faradvenced  that  the  senti- 
nels begin  challenging. 

I  II.  -After   retreat    (or    the    hour   appointed    by  the  com 

standing  o    cer),  until  broad  daylight,  a  sentinel  chalh 

i  in  who  approaches  him,  caking,  at   the   ametimea 


48 

the  position  of  arms  port.  He  will  suffer  no  person  to  come 
nearer  than  within  reach  of  his  bayonet,  until  the  person  has 
given  the  countersign. 

415. — A  sentinel,  in  challenging,  will  call  out—"  Who  comes 
there?"  If  answered — "  Friend,  with  the  countersign.,'1''  and  he 
be  instructed  to  passpersons  with  the  countersign,  he  will  reply 
"Advance  friend,  with  the  countersign!"  If  answered — 
"  Friends  !"  he  will  reply,  "  Halt  friends  !  Advance  one,  with 
the  countersign!"  If  answered — "Relief"  "Patrol,"1  or 
"  Grand  rounds"  he  will  reply — " Halt !  Advance,  Sergeant, 
(or  Coi*poral)  with  the  countersign  /"  and  satisfy  himself  that 
the  party  is  what  it  represents  itself  to  be.  If  he  have  no 
authority  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  if  the  wrong 
countersign  be  given,  or  if  the  persons  have  not  the  counter- 
sign, he  will  cause  them  to  stand,  and  call,  "  Cormrcd  of  the 
Guard  !" 

41 G. — In  the  daytime,  when  the  sentinel  before  the  guard 
sees  the  officer  of  the  day  approach,  he  will  call—"  Turn  out 
the  (guard!  Officer  of  the  day."  The  guard  will  be  paraded, 
and  salute  with  presented  arms. 

417. — When  any  person  approaches  a  post  of  the  guard  at 
night,  the  sentinel  before  the  post,  after  challenging,  causes 
him  to  halt  until  examined  by  a  non-commissioned  officer  of 
the  guard.  If  it  be  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  any  other  offi- 
cer entitled  to  inspect  the  guard  and  to  make  the  rounds,  the 
non-commissioned  officer  will  call — "  Turn  out  the  guard  !" 
when  the  guard  will  be  paraded  at  shouldered  arms,  and  the 
officer  of  the  guard,  if  he  thinks  necessary,  may  demand  the 
countersign  and  parole. 

418. — The  officer  of  the  day,  wishing  to  make  the  rounds, 
will  take  an  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  two  men. 
When  the  rounds  are  challenged  by  a  sentinel,  the  Sergeant 
will  answer — "  Grand  rounds  !"  and  the  sentinel  will  reply — 
••  Halt,  grand  rounds  !  Advance,  Sergeant,  with  the  counter- 
sign!" Upon  which  the  Sergeant  advances  and  gives  the 
countersign.  The  sentinel  will  then  cry — "Advance  rounds!" 
and  stand  at  a  shoulder  till  they  have  passed. 

419. — "When  the  sentinel  before  the  guard  challenges,  and 
is  answered — "  Grand  rounds,"  he  will  reply — "Halt,  grand 
rounds!  Turn  out  the  guard  ;  grand  rounds  /"  Upon  which 
the  guard  will  be  drawn  up  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer 
commanding  the  guard  will  then  order  a  Sergeant  and  two 
men  to  advance ;  when  within  ten  paces,  the  Sergeant  chal- 
lenges.   The  Sergeant  of  the  grand  round  answers — "  Grand 


49 


FORM  OF  (}UARD  REPORT. 
Repoi  (  "i  .1  <•'!'  ird  mounted  al ,  on  the ,  and  ivli"\  ••(  on  the- 


Parole. 

a 

a 

- 

V 

a 

bl 

■— 

i- 

- 

0 

e 

c 

'5 

- 

Oh 

"3 

H 

u 

a 
be 
01 
L. 
&t 

"4 

Articles  m 
Charge. 

bJO 

'S 

be 
1) 

a  -.2 

Countersign. 

"9  3     : 

0 

Detail. 

LIST  OF  THE  GUARD. 


Reliefs  aud 


1st    Relief. 

From —  to—  and 

—  to  — 


So.  Name. 

i  C.   D. 

3  E.     P. 

3  <;.   H 


2d  Relief. 

Erom—  to— 

aud—  to— 


.  3d.  Relief. 
From—  to — 
aud —  to — 


Name.  Co.  i  Rt.     Name.  I  Co.  i  Rt. 


Co  R1 

A.  1st  ,    1.  J.  ,  I).  '  3d. 

B.  Ufa     K.  L.    E.  2d. 
('.  6th    M.  N.     F.  5th 


0.  P.      G.    8th 

Q.  R.     11.     9th 
8.  T.  |   I.    10th 


ant  W.  \  .  Co.  .\.,  1st  Artillery. 
2  I  Corporal  W.  X.  Co.  B.,  1st  Infkntry. 
:;  |  Corporal  V   Z  .  Co.  C*.,  3.1  Infantry. 


Where  posted. 


Guard    House. 

Magazine. 
Quarnvr.  Store 
Sergl  Guard. 

cni'i.      '■ 
i   <<         .I 


Remarks 


LIST  OF   PRISONERS. 


It 

a 
o 

5 

» 
Confined. 

Ch:. 

Sentences. 

Remarks. 

When. 

By  W 

1 

- 

b  a, 

Li  i.t.       Reg't. , 

Coramaua 


50 

rounds/"  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  replies — "Advance, 
Sergeant,  with  the  countersign  /"  The  Sergeant  of  the  rounds 
advances  alone,  gives  the  countersign,  and  returns  to  his  round. 
The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  calls  to  his  officer — "  The  counter- 
sign is  right  /"  on  which  the  officer  of  the  guard  calls — "  Ad- 
vance, rounds  !  The  officer  of  the  rounds  then  advances  alone, 
the  guard  standing  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer  of  the 
rounds  passes  along  the  front  of  the  guard  to  the  officer,  who 
keeps  his  post  on  the  right,  and  gives  him  the  parole.  He 
then  examines  the  guard,  orders  back  his  escort,  and,  taking 
a  new  one,  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  to  other  guard*. 
430. — All  material  instructions  given  to  a  sentinel  on  post 
by  persons  entitled  to  make  grand  rounds,  ought  to  be 
promptly  notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

421. — Any  General  officer,  or  the  commander  of  a  post  or 
garrison,  may  visit  the  guards  of  his  command,  and  go  the 
grand  rounds,  and  be  received  in  the  same  manner  as  pre- 
scribed for  the  officer  of  the  day. 

ARTICLE  XXXIV. 

OEDEKS    AND    CORRESPONDENCE. 

423. — The  orders  of  commanders  of  armies,  divisions,  brig- 
ades, regiments,  are  denominated  orders  of  such  army, 
division,  &c,  and  are  either  general  or  special.  Orders  are 
numbered,  general  and  special,  in  seperate  series,  each  begin- 
ning with  the  year. 

423. — General  orders  announce  the  time  and  place  of  issues 
and  payments,  hours  for  roll  calls  and  duties  ;  the  number  and 
kind  of  orderlies,  and  the  time  when  they  shall  be  relieved  ; 
police  regulations,  and  the  prohibitions  required  by  circum- 
stances and  localities;  returns  to  be  made,  and  their  forms  ; 
laws  and  regulations  for  the  army  ;  promotions  and  appoint- 
ments; eulogies  or  censures  to  corps  or  individuals,  and  gene- 
rally, whatever  it  may  be  important  to  make  known  to  the 
whole  command. 

424. — Special  orders  are  such  as  do  not  concern  the  troops 
generally,  and  need  not  be  published  to  the  whole  command ; 
such  as  relate  to  the  march  of  some  particular  corps,  the  estab- 
lishment of  some  post,  the  detaching  of  individuals,  the  grant- 
ing requests,  &c,  &c. 

425. — A  general  order,  and  an  important  special  order,  must 
be  read  and  approved  by  the  officer  whose  order  it  is,  before 
at  is  issued  bv  the  staff  officer. 


5] 

426. — An  order  will  state  at  the  head  the  source,  place  and 
date,  and  at  the  foot,  the  name  of  the  commander  who  givey 
it  ;  as  for  example  : 

Head-Quarters  of  the  First  Brigade,  Second  Division. 
Camp  at ,  IsfJune,  ls<i 

(teneral  Orders,   \ 

Xo. .  / 

By  command  of  Brigadier-General  A.  B. 

C.  D.,  Assistant  Adjutant  General. 

427. — Orders  may  be  put  in  the  form  of  letters,  but  gem 
rally  in  the  strict  military  form,  through  the  office  of  the  Adju- 
tant or  Adjutant-General  of  the  command. 

428. — Orders  arc  transmitted  through  all  the  intermediate 
commanders  in  the  order  of  rank.  When  an  intermediate 
commander  is  omitted,  the  officer  who  gives  the  order  shall 
inform  him,  and  he  who  receives  it  shall  report  it  to  hi*  im- 
mediate superior 

420. — Orders  for  any  body  of  troops  will  be  addressed  to 
the  commander,  and  will  be  opened  and  executed bythe  com- 
mander preseut,  and  published  or  distributed  by  him  when 
necessary  :  printed  orders,  however,  are  generally  distributed 
direct  to  posts  from  the  head  ([nailers  where  issued. 

430. — Orders  assigning  the  stations  ot  officers  of  engineers , 
ordnance,  and  of  the  staff  departments,  except  as  provided  in 
the  regulations  for  troops  in  the  campaign,  will  be  given  by 
the  Secretary  of  War.  through  the  Adjutant-General's  office, 
or"by  commanders  of  geographical  departments,  under  the 
special  authority  of  the  War  Department.  The  commander 
of  a  department,  who,  in  consequence  of  the  movement  o\' 
troops  or  other  necessity  of  the  service,  removes  an  officer 
from  the  station  assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
Bhall  promptly  report  the  ease  to  the  Adjutant  General. 

431. — A  tile  of  the  printed  orders  will  be  kept  with  the 
head-quarters  of  each  regiment,  with  each  company,  and  at 
each  military  post,  and  will  be  regularly  turned  over  by  the 
commander,  when  relieved,  to  his  successor. 

b">2.  :-If  general  orders  are  notreceived  in  regular  succes- 
sion, commanding  officers  will  report  the  missing  numbers 
to  the  proper  head-quarters. 

433. — The  orderly  hours  being  fixed  at  each  head-quarters, 
"the  staff  offices  and  chiefs  of  the  special  services  either  at- 
tend in  person,  or  Bend  their  assistants  to  obtain  the  orders 


52 

of  the  day  ;  and  the  First  Sergeants  of  companies  repair  for 
that  purpose  to  the  regimental  or  garrison  head-quarters. 

434. — During  marches  and  active  operations,  and  w 
the  regular  orderly  hours  cannot  be  observed,  all  orders  wil' 
lie  either  sent  direct  to  the  troops,  or  the  respective  com" 
manders  of  regiments  or  corps  will  be  informed  when  to 
send  to  head-quarters  for  them.  Under  the  same  circum- 
stances, orders  will  be  read  to  the  troops  during  a  halt,  with- 
out waiting  for  the  regular  parades. 

435. — Orders  to  any  officer  to  make  a  tour  of  travel  on  duty, 
as  for  the  inspection  or  payment  of  troops,  &c.,  shall  desig- 
nate the  troops  and  posts  he  shall  visit,  and  the  order  in 
which  he  shall  visit  them,  and  the  route  of  travel. 

436. — Every  commander  who  gives  an  order  involving  an 
expenditure  of  public  money,  shall  send  a  copy,  without  de- 
lay, to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  the  ex- 
penditure appertains  ;  and  if  such  commander  be  serving  in 
a  military  department,  he  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to. 
the  head-quarters  of  the  Department. 

43— -7.1f  a  military  commander  shall  give  to  a  disbursing 
officer  any  order  in  conflict  with  orders  received  by  him  from 
the  officer  in  charge  of  his  department,  at  any  superior  head- 
quarters, such  commander  shall  forthwith  transmit  the  order 
to  such  head-quarters,  with  explanation  of  the  necessity 
which  justifies  it. 

438. — Copies  of  all  orders  of  the  commanders  of  armies, 
departments,  divisions,  and  detached  brigades,  and  of  the  su- 
perintendent of  the  recruiting  service,  will  be  forwarded  at 
their  dates,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  in  separate 
series,  on  full  sheets  of  letter  paper,  or  as  printed,  to  the 
Adjutant-General's  office. 

439. — Written  communications  from  a  commander  to  those 
under  his  command  may  be  made  by  his  staff  officer.  In 
all  other  cases,  by  the  officer  himself. 

440. — In  signing  an  official  communication,  the  writer 
shall  annex  to  his  name  his  rank  and  corps.  When  he- 
writes  by  order,  he  shall  state  by  whose  order. 

441-— Communications  to  a  commanderfrom  those  under  his 
command  are  addressed  to  the  proper  officer  of  his  staff;  to 
the  chief  of  the  Adjutant-Ceneraf  s  Department,  in  what  re- 
lates specially  to  his  bureau,  orto  the  service  generally;  to  the 
chief  of  any  other  departments  of  the  staff,  in  what  relates 
specially  to  his  branch  of  the  service.  Communications  to  the. 


Secretary  of  War  will  be  made  through  the  Adjutant-Gener- 
al's office  of  the  War  Department,  unless  itbe  a  case  of  claim, 
allowance,  or  other  business  specially  appertaining  to  some 
other  bureau;  for  example — claims  of  pay  will  he  transmitted 
through  the  Paymaster-General ;  for  mileage,  or  quarters, 
&e.  through  the  Quartermaster-General.  All  communications, 
except  rolls  ami  stated  returns,  and  accounts,  are  to  he  pa 
through  the  intermediate  commanders.  The  same  rule  gov- 
erns in  verbal  applications;  for  example — a  Lieutenant  seek- 
ing an  indulgence  must  apply  through  his  Captain.  Commu- 
nication from  officers  ofthe  staff  and  administrative  services 
to  their  own  chiefs  do  not  pass  through  the  military  com- 
manders under  whom  the}7  serve,  except  estimates  for  funds 
Or   supplies. 

442.-- Copies  of  all  important  communications  from  the 
bureaus  of  the  War  Department  to  disbursing  officers,  relat- 
ing to  the  service  in  a  military  department,  shall  be  sen: 
from  the  bureau  to  the  department  commander. 

443.~Rolls  and  returns  will  be  accompanied  by  a  letter  of 
transmittal,  enumerating  them,  and  referring  to  no  other 
subject. 

444. --Generally,  officers  who  forward  communications,  in- 
dorse on  them  their  remarks  or  opinion,  without  other  letters 
of  transmittal. 

445.-Official  letters  should  generally    refer  to  one  matter 
only.   In  regard  to  an  enlisted  man,  the  company   and  r<  g 
ment  must  be  stated. 

44»i. -Letters  on  letter  paper  will  be  folded  in  three  folds. 
parallel  with  the  writiug. 

447.— All    communications    on    public    service  are  to 
marked  on  the  cover,  "Official  business." 

ARTICLE  XXXV. 

i:  BT  li:ns    AND    i:  BPOK  I  8. 
KOSTHLY   BETUBN8. 

Hs.~ Commanders   of    regiments,    corps,   Hid  posts,  will 
e  to  the  Adjutant-General's    office  of  the  War  Depart- 
-.  monthly  returns  of  their  respective  regiments,  corps, 
and  postS,  on  the  forms  furnished  from  that  office,  and  a  - 
ng  to  i!  done  express*  d  on  them. 

in  like  manner, Captains  make  monthly  company  retc 
^mental head-quarters.     All  monthly   returns   will  be 
forwarded  on  the  first  day  of  the  next    month, 

tal  returns,  which  are  forward*  p  as  all  r 

any  returns  arc  r< 


449.— If  any  company  be  so  far  from  regimental  head-qur- 
ters  as  to  delay  the  transmittal  of  the  monthly  return  to  the 
10  th  of  the  month,  the  Colonel  will  not  wait  for  the  return 
of  such  company,  but  leave  space  for  it  to  be  entered  at  the 
Adutant-General's  office;  for  which  purpose  the  Captain  will 
transmit  a  copy  of  the  return  direct  to  the  Adjutant  General, 
as  well  as  to'  regimental  head  quarters. 

450. — In  campaign,  monthly  returns  of  divisions  and  de- 
tached brigades  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant-General's 
office.  They  will  exhibit  separately  the'  several  regiments,  and 
detachments,  and  staff  corps,  and  the  strength  of  each  garri- 
son within  the  command.  These  returns,  and  those  of  regi- 
ments, corps,  and  posts,  in  campaign,  will,  unless  otherwise 
ordered,  be  transmitted  through  the  intermediate  command- 
ers. 

451 The  established  printed  forms  and  blanks  of  all  re- 
turns required  from  the  commanders  of  divisions,  brigades, 
regiments,  corps,  companies,  and  posts,will  be  furnished  from 
the  Adjutant-General's  Office  on  their  requisitions  annually 
made,  or  oftener,  if  necessary.  The  receipt  of  these  forms 
and  blanks  will  be  immediately  acknowledged,  afterward 
accounted  for  on  the  next  monthly  returns. 

452. Manuscript  returns,  rolls,  certificates,  and  other  doc- 
uments, are  prohibited,  unless  the  proper  printed  forms 
have  not  been  received  in  time.  Regimental  returns  must 
be  made  out  in  the  name  of  the  Colonel,  whether  he  be 
present  or  absent. 

ANNUAL  RETURN'S CASUALITIES. 

453.  This  return  will  exhibit  the  various  changes  and 
alterations  which  may  have  taken  place  in  the  regiment 
during  the  preceding  twelve  months :  that  is  to  say — a  state- 
ment of  the  number  of  resignations,  transfers,  deaths,  &c. 
of  commissioned  officers  ;  the  number  of  men  joined  by 
enlistment,  transferred  and  discharged  ;  the  number  tried  by 
courts-martial  or  by  the  civil  law,  and  the  nature  of  their 
offenses;  the  number  of  discharges,  deaths,  dismissals,  and 
desertions;  number  joined  from  desertion,  pardc  ned,  &c. 

RETURN  OF   DECEASED  SOLDIERS. 

454.— To  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  Col- 
onels of  regiments,  quarterly.  Also,  a  duplicate  to  the  second 
Auditor  of  the  Treasury. 

FIELD  RETURNS. 

455. --Besides  the  stated  returns  of  the  troops,  such  othei 


fidd  returns  and  reports  will  be  made  as  may  be  necessary  to 
keep  the  government  informed  of  the  condition  and  strength 
of  the  forces. 

4-56.  After  any  action  or  affair,  a  return  of  the  killed 
wounded,  and  missing  will  be  made,  in  which  the  name,  rank. 
-,md  regiment  of  eaeli  officer  and  soldier  will  be  specified,  with 
such  remarks  and  explanations  as  may  be  requisite  lor  the 
records  of  the  Department  of  War,  or  be  necessary  to  estab- 
lish the  just  claims  of  any  individual  who  may  have  been  woun- 
ded, or  of  the  heirs  and  representatives  of  any  killed  in  action 
(taking  care  to  specify  the  nature  of  the  wound,  the  time  andplaa 
of  its  occurrence,  the  company,  regiment,  or  corps,  and  the 
name  of  the  Captain,  Colonel,  or  other  commanding  officer.) 

REPORTS. . 

I"'/. — The  d;\\c  of  appointment,  of  detail,  and  of  removal 
of  all  staff  officers,  orol  officers  selected  for  duty  in  staff  de- 
partments, which  may  entitle  them  to  receive  additional  pay. 
will  be  immediately  reported  by  the  officer  making  such  ap- 
pointment, detail,  or  removal,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  to 
the  Paymaster  of  the  department  or  command  to  which  such 
officers  belong. 

468. — Whenever  any  change  takes  place  in  the  position  or 
Location  of  troops,  the  fact  will  be  immediately  reported  by 
the  commanding  officer  to  general,  division,  and  departmenl 
head-quarters,  specifying  the  date  of  departure  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  troops,  or  of  the  arrival  of  any  detachment;  as 
well  as  all  other  circumstances  connected  with  such  changi  - 
in  the  command.  These  special  reports  will  always  be  ac- 
companied by  an  exact  return  of  the  troops  according  to  the 
established  printed  forms.  A  similar  report  will  be  noted  on 
the  next  ninthly  return  of  the  post  or  station.  II  a  new  posl 
or  position  be  established,  its  situation,  and  the  nearest  po>i- 
office  and  proper  route  to  it  should  be  reported. 

>. — Officers  on  detached  duty  will  make  reports  to 
bead-quarters  of  the  regiments  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adji 
General,  as  often  as  their  stations  may  be  changi  d. 

PBl         I  v,  \':  -CAPTURED  PBOPBKTT. 

. — A  return  of  prisoners,  and  a  rej  orl  of  the  number 
lescription  of  the  killed  and  wounded  of  the  enemy,  will 
be  forwarded  to  the  Adiut-Qeneral's  office,  Montgomery, 
MH.— A  return  of  all  property  captured  will  be  mad< 


56 

the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops  by  whom  such  capture 
was  made,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  at  Montgomery,  in  order 
that  it  ma}r  be  disposed  of  according  to  the  orders  of  the  War 
Department. 

INSPECTION  EEPOETS. 

■U'J-2. — Inspection  reports  will  show  the  discipline  of  the 
troops;  their  instruction  in  all  military  exercises  and  duties; 
the  state  of  their  arms,  clothing,  equipments,  and  accoutre- 
ments of  all  kinds;  of  their  kitchens  and  messes;  of  the  bar- 
racks and  quarters  at  the  post ;  of  the  guard-house,  prisons, 
hospital,  bake-house,  magazine,  store-houses,  and  stores  of  every 
description  ;  of  the  stables  and  horses;  the  condition  of  the 
post-school  ;  the  management  and  application  of  the  post  and 
company  funds ;  the  state  of  the  post,  and  regimental,  and 
company  books,  papers,  and  files;  the  zeal  and  ability  of  the 
officers  in  command  of  troops  ;  the  capacity  of  the  officers  con- 
ducting the  administrative  and  staff  services,  the  fidelity  and 
economy  of  their  disbursements  ;  the  condition  of  all  public 
property,  and  the  amount  of  money  in  the  hands  of  each  dis- 
bursing officer ;  the  regularity  of  issues  and  payments;  the 
mode  of  enforcing  discipline  by  courts-martial,  and  by  the 
authority  of  the  officers  ;  the  propriety  and  legality  of  all  pun- 
ishments inflicted  ;  and  any  information  whatsoever,  concern- 
ing the  service  in  any  matter  or  particular  that  may  merit 
notice,  or  aid  to  correct  defects  or  introduce  improvements. 

463. — Inspctors  are  required  particularly  to  report  if  any 
officer  is  of  intemperate  habits,  or  unfit  for  active  service  by 
infirmity  or  any  other  cause. 

ARTICLE  XXX  VI. 

TROOPS    IN    CAMPAIGN. 
ORGANIZATION  OF  AN  ARMY  IN  THE  FIELD. 

404. — The  formation  by  divisions  is  the  basis  of  the  organ- 
ization and  administration  of  armies  in  the  field. 

465. — A  division  consists  usually  of  two  or  three  brigades, 
cither  of  infantry  or  cavalry,  and  troops  of  other  corps  in  the 
necessary  proportion. 

466. — A  brigade  is  formed  of  two  or  more  regiments.  The 
!irst  number  takes  the  right. 

467. — Mixed  brigades  are  sometimes  formed  of  infantry  and 
light  cavalry,  especially  for  the  advance  guards. 


57 

3. — As  the  troops  arrive  at  the  rendezvous,  the  general 
ponimanding-in-chief  will  organize  them  into  brigades  and 
divisions. 

469. — The  light  cavalry  is  employed  as  flankers  and  parti- 
Bans,  and  generally  for  all  service  out  ot'the  line. 

170 — Heavy  cavalry  belongs  to  the  re  :ervc,  and  is  covered, 
when  necessary,  in  marches,  camps,  or  bivouacs,  by  lighl 

Troops,  or  infantry  of  the  line. 

: . — The  arrangement  of  the  troops  on  parade  and  in  order 
of  battle  is — 1st,  the  light  infantry  ;  2d,  infantry  of  the  line; 
3d,  light  cavalry  ;  4th,  cavalry  of  the  line  ;  5th,  heavy  cavalry. 
The  troops  of  the  artillery  and  engineers  are  in  the  centre  of 
the  brigades,  divisions,  or  corps  to  which  they  are  attached; 
marines  take  the  left  of  other  infantry  ;  volunteers  and  militia 
rake  the  left  of  regular  troops  of  the  same  arm,  and  among 
themselves,  regiments  of  volunteers  or  militia  of  the  same  arm 
take  place  by  lot.  This  arrangement  is  varied  by  the  general 
<  onmiatiding-in-chief,  as  the  circumstances  of  war  render  ex- 
pedient. 

472. — Brigades  in  divisions,  and  divisions  in  the  army,  are 
numbered  from  right  to  left  :  but  in  reports  of  military  opera - 
-.  brigades  and  divisions  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the 
eral  commanding  them. 

473 — The  order  of  regiments  in  brigades  and  of  brigades 
in  divisions  may  be  changed  by  the  commander  of  the  division 
for  important  reasons,  such  as  the  weakness  of  some  corps,  or 
to  relieve  one  from  marching  too  long  at  the  rear  of  the  col- 
umn. Such  changes  must  be  reported  to  the  general  command- 
ing-in-chief. 

47  4.  -Thcgeneral  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  gener- 
divisions  and  of  brigades  to  their  respective  command-. 
the  assignment  is  not  made  by  the  1  department  of  War 

475.-  The  general  of  brigade  inspects  hia  troops  in  detail. 
irapanics,  when  he  take-  the  command  and  at  the  open- 
>f  the  campaign,  and  as  often  as   may   be   necessary  to 
rtain  exactly  their  condition;    The  general  of  divi 
-  similar  inspections  when  he  thinks  proper.     At  I 
tions  the  generals  examine  the  arms,  clothing,  equip- 
ments, harness,  horses,  &c  :  din  ct  the  necessary  repairs,  and 
nate  the  men  and  horses  to  remain  in  depot,  or  march 
o  train. 

rtsofin  made   by  the  general  of 


53 

brigade  to  the  general  of  division,  and  by  the  general  of  divi- 
sion to  the  general  commanding-in-ehicf. 

477. — During  marches  and  all  active  operations,  generals 
of  brigade  keep  themselves  exactly  informed,  by  reports  of 
corps  and  by  their  inspections,  of  the  actual  strength  of  tbe 
regiments,  so  as  always,  and  especially  after  an  engagement, 
to  make  accurate  returns  to  the  general  of  division. 

478. — Staff  officers  and  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  and 
artillery,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  are  assign- 
ed to  the  head-quarters  of  armies  and  divisions,  and  detach- 
ed brigades,  by  order  of  the  general  commanding-m  chief, 
when  the  distribution  of  these  officers  has  not  been  regulat- 
ed by  the  War  Department,  The  necessary  staff  will  be  as- 
signed to  commanders  of  brigades. 

479. — When  an  Engineer  or  other  officer  is  charged  with 
directing  an  expedition  or  making  a  reconnoissance,  without 
having  command  of  the  escort,  the  commander  of  the  escort 
shall  consult  him  on  all  the  arrangements  necessary  to  secure 
the  success  of  the  operation. 

480. — Staff  officers,  and  commanders  of  engineers,  ord- 
nance, and  artillery,  report  to  their  immediate  commanders 
the  state  ot  the  supplies  and  whatever  concerns  the  service 
under  their  direction,  and  receive  their  orders,  and  com- 
municate to  them  those  they  receive  from  their  superiors  in 
their  own  corps. 

481. — The  senior  officer  of  engineers,  of  ordnance,  and  the 
departments  of  the  general  staff  serving  at  the  chief  head- 
quarters in  the  field,  will  transmit  to  the  bureau  of  his  de- 
partment at  Montgomery,  at  the  close  of  the  campaign,  ami 
such  other  times  as  the  commander  in  the  field  may  ap- 
prove, a  full  report  of  the  operations  of  his  department,  and 
whatever  information  to  improve  its  service  he  may  be  able 
to  furnish. 

The  report  of  the  officer  of  engineers  will  embrace  plans  of 
military  works  executed  during  the  campaign,  and.  in  case 
of  siege,  a  journal  of  the  attack  or  defense. 

CONTRIBUTIONS. 

482. — When  the  wants  of  the  army  absolutely  require  it, 
and  in  other  cases,  under  specially  instructions  from  the  War 
Department,  the  general  commanding  the  army  may  levy 
contributions  is  money  or  kind  on  the  enemy's  country  oc- 
cupied by  the  troops.  X6  other  commander  can  levy  such 
contributions  without  written  authority  from  the  general 
commanding- in-chief. 


ORDERLIES. 

(83.— At  the  opening  of  a  campaign,  the  commander  of 
an  arnVj  determines  and  announces  in  orders  the  number  ot 
orderlies,  mounted  or  foot,  for  the  Generals,  and  the  corps 
or  regiments  by  which  they  are  to  be  supplied,  and  the 
periods  at  which  they  shall  be  relieved. 

4S4.— In  marches,  the  mounted  orderlies  follow  the  1 1 
•  rals,  and  perforin  the  duty  ot  escorts,  or  march  with  order- 
■II  foot  at  the  head  ot  the  division  or  brigade. 

485. — Th<  staff  officer  wiio  distributes  the  orderlies  to  their 
ads  with  them  a  note  of  the  time  and  place  of  de- 
parture ;  those  relieved   receive  a    like  note    from  the   staff 
>fficer  ai  head  quarters. 

4s-*'. — Mounted  soldiers  are  to  be  employed  to  carry  dis- 
hes only  in  special  and  urgent  eases. 

487. — The  precise  time  when  the  dispatch  is  sent  oftj  and 
the  rate  at  which  it  is  to  be  conveyed,  are  to  be  written 
dearly  on  the  covers  o\'  all  letters  transmitted  by  a  mounted 
orderly,  and  the  necessary  instructions  to  him,  and  the  rate 
of  travel  goiugand  returning,  are  to  be  distinctly  explained 
'o  him. 

p.  POTS. 

488.— Th<  grand  depots  of  an  army  are  established  where 
ilitary  operations  would  not  expose  them  to  be  broken 
p.     Smaller  depots  are  organized  tor  the  divisions  and  the 
1  arms.     Th  y  are  commanded  by  officers  temporarily 
led  for  field  service,  or  by  other  officers  when  necessary, 
and  comprise,  as  much  as  possible,  th"  hospitals  and  depot-' 
for  convalescents     When  conveniently   placed,  they  servi 
as  points  for  the  halting  and  assembling  of  detachments 
the  disabled    from    the  cups   on   the   march: 
and  the  officers  in  command  ot  the  depots  send  with  the  de- 
tachments to  the  army  those  at  the  depots  who  have  become 
fit  for 

<   AMI'-. 

•?s!». — Camp  is  the    place  where   troo|  Wished  in 

tents,  in  huts,  or  in  bivouac.     Cantonments  are  the  inhabited 

places  which  troops  occupy  for  shelter   when  not  put  in  bar- 
Tic    cam]  tachment  detailed   to 
pare  a  camp. 
490.  — l;                             bould  precede  th. 


6C 

the  camp.  For  a  camp  of  troops  on  the  march,  it  is  only  nec- 
essary to  look  to  the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops,  the 
facility  of  the  communications,  the  convenience  of  wood  and 
water,  and  the  resources  in  provisions  and  forage.  The  groan- 1 
for  an  intrenched  camp,  or  a  camp  to  cover  a  country,  or  one 
designed  to  deceive  the  enemy  as  to  the  strength  of  the  army, 
must  be  selected,  and  the  camp  arranged  for  the  object  in 
view. 

491. — The  camping-party  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the  regi- 
mental Quartermaster  and  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  and  a 
Corporal  and  two  men  per  company.  The  General  decides 
whether  the  regiments  camp  seperately  or  together,  and 
whether  the  police  guard-shall  accompany  the  camping-party, 
or  a  larger  escort  shall  be  sent. 

492. — Neither  baggage  nor  led  horses  are  permitted  to  mov  s 
with  the  camping-party. 

493. — When  the  General  can  send  in  advance  to  prepare 
the  camp,  he  gives  his  instructions  to  the  chief  of  the  quarter- 
master's Department,  who  calls  on  the  regiments  for  their 
camping-parties,  and  is  accompanied,  if  necessary,  by  an  En- 
gineer to  propose  the  defences  and  communications. 

494* — The  watering-places  are  examined,  and  signals  placed 
at  those  that  are  dangerous.  Any  work  required  to  make 
them  of  easier  access  is  done  by  the  police  guard  or  Quarters 
master's  men.  Sentinels,  to  be  relieved  by  the  guards  of  the 
regiment  when  they  come  up,  are  placed  by  the  camping! 
party  over  the  water  if  it  is  scarce,  and  over  the  houses  and 
.stores  of  provisions  and  forage  in  the  vicinity 

495.  —If  the  camping-party  does  not  precede  the  regim< 
the  Quartermaster  attends  to  these  things  as  soon  as  the 
ment  reaches  the  camp. 

496. — On  reaching  the  ground,  the  infantry  form  on  the 
color  front  ;  the  cavalry  in  rear  of  its  camp. 

497. — The  Generals  establish  the  troops  in  camp  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  particularly  after  long,  fatiguing  marches. 

498. — The  number  of  men  to  be  furnished  for  guards,  pick- 
ets, and  orderlies  ;  the  fatigue  parties  to  be  sent  for  applies  ; 
the  work  to  be  done,  and  the  strength  of  the  working^arties  ; 
the  time  and  place  for  issues  ;  the  hour  of  marching,  &c,  are 
then  announced  by  the  Brigadier-Generals  to  the  Colonels, 
and  by  them  to  the  field  officers — the  Adjutant  and  Cap- 
tains formed  in  front  of  the  regiment,  the  First  Sergeants 
taking  post  behind  their  Captains.     The  Adjutant  then  make* 


61 

the  details,  and  the  First  Sergeants  warn  the  men.  The 
regimental  officer  of  the  day   forms  the  picket,  and  sends  the 

guards  to  their  posts.  The  colors  are  then  planted  at  the  cen- 
tre of  the  color  line,  and  the  amis  are  stacked  on  the  line  ;the 
fatigue  parties  to  procure  supplies,  and  the  working  parties 
form  in  rear  of  the  arms;  the  men  not  on  detail  pitch  the 
tents. 

4:99. — If  the  camp  is  near  the  enemy,  the  picket  remains 
under  arms  until  the  return  of  the  fatigue  parties,  and.  if 
necessary,  is  reinforced  by  details  from  each  company. 

500. — In  the  cavalry  each  troop  moves  a  little  in  rear  of  the 
point  at  which  its  horses  are  to  he  secured,  and  forms  in  one 
rank;  the  men  then  dismonnt ;  a  detail  is  made  to  hold  the 
horses;  the  rest  stack  their  arms  and  fix  the  picket  rope  ;  after 
the  horses  are  attended  to,  the  tents  are  pitched,  and  each 
horseman  places  his  carbine  at  the  side  from  the  weather,  and 
hangs  his  sabre  and  bridle  on  it. 

501. — The  standard  is  then  carried  to  the  tent  of  the  Colonel 
502. — The  terms  front,  flank,  right,  left,  file,  and  rank,  have 

the  same  meaning  when  applied   to  camps  as  to  the  order  of 

battle. 

503. — The  front  of  the  camp  is  usually  equal  to  the  front  of 
the  troops.  The  tents  are  arranged  in  ranks  and  files.  The 
number  of  ranks  varies  with  the  strength  of  the  companies 
and  the  size  of  the  tents. 

50-f . — No  officer  will  be  allowed  to  occupy  a  house,  althon  a  I 
vacant  and  on  the  ground  of  his  camp,  except  by  permission 
of  the  commander  of  the  brigade,  win.  shall  report  it  to  the 
commander  of  the  division. 

505. — -The  staff  officer  charged  with  establishing  the  camp 
wili  designate  the  place  for  the  shambles.  The  onal  will  be 
buried. 

i  imp  OF  in:  antkv. 

506. — Each  company  has  its  tents  in  two  files,  facing  on  a 
-licet  perpendicular  to  the  color  line.     The  width  of  tin 

old  on  the  front  of  the  rani]',  but  should  not  be  less  than 

five  paces.  Tin'  interval  between  the  ranks  of  tents  is  two 
ien  the  files  of  tents  of  adjaceut  companies,  two 
■  •en  regiments,  twenty-two  pao 

.. — The  color  line  i>  ten   paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank 


02 

of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  twenty  paces  behind  the  rear  rank 
of  company  tents ;  the  non-commissioned  staff  and  sutler, 
twenty  paces  in  rear  of  the  kitchen  ;  the  company*  officers, 
Twenty  paces  farther  in  rear;  and  the  field  and  staff",  twenty 
paces  in  rear  of  the  company  officers. 

50S. — The  company  officers  are  in  rear  of  their  respective 
companies  ;  the  Captains  on  the  right. 

•309. — The  Colonel  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  are  near  the 
centre  of  the  line  of  field  and  staff;  the  Adjutant,  a  Major  and 
Surgeon,  on  the  right ;  the  Quartermaster,  a  Major  and  Assist- 
ant Surgeon,  on  the  left. 

510. — The  police  guard  is  at  the  centre  of  the  line  of  the 
non-commissioned  staff,  the  tents  facing  to  the  front,  the  stacks 
of  arms  on  the  left.   ' 

5  I  L. — The  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  about  200 
paces  in  front  of  the  color  line,  and  opposite  the  centre  of  the 
regi merit,  or  on  the  best  ground  ;  the  prisoners'  tent  about 
four  paces  in  rear.  In  a  regiment  of  the  second  line,  the  ad- 
vanced post  of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  rear  of  the 
line  of  its  field  and  staff. 

512. — The  horses  of  the  staff  officers  and  of  the  baggage 
train  are  twenty-five  paces  in  rear  of  the  tents  of  the  field  and 
staff;  the  wagons  are  parked  on  the  same  line,  and  the  men 
id' the  train  camped  near  them. 

513. — The  sinks  of  the  men  are  1-50  paces  in  front  of  the 
color  line — those  of  the  officers  100  paces  in  rear  of  the  train. 
Both  are  concealed  by  bushes.  When  convenient,  the  sinks 
of  the  men  may  be  placed  in  the  rear  or  on  the  flank.  A  por- 
tion of  the  earth  dug  out  for  sinks  to  be  thrown  back  occa- 
sionally. 

514. — The  front  of  the  camp  of  a  regiment  of  1000  men  in 
two  ranks  will  be  400  paces,  or  one-fifth  less  paces  than  the 
number  of  files,  if  the  camp  is  to  have  the  same  front  as  the 
troops  in  order  of  battle.  But  the  front  may  be  reduced  to 
190  paces  by  narrowing  the  company  streets  to  five  paces  ; 
and  if  it  be  desirable  to  reduce  the  front  still  more,  the  tents 
of  companies  may  be  pitched  in  single  file — those  of  a  division 
icing  on  the  same  street. 

CAMP    OF    CAVALRY, 

515. — In  the  cavalry,  each  company  has  one  hie  of  tents — 
\he  tents  opening  on  the  street  facing  the  left  of  the  camp. 
916. — The  horses   of  each  company  are  placed  in  a  single 


GU 


file,  lacing  the  opening  of  the  tents,  and  are  fastened  to  pickets 
planted  firmly  in  the  ground,  from  three  to  six  paces  from  the 
tents  of  the  troops. 

§17. — The  interval  between  the  file  of  tents  should  be  such 
that,  the  regiment  being  broken  into  column  of  companies. 
each  company  should  be  on  the  extension  of  the  line  on  which 
the  hoist's  are  to  be  picketed. 

518  —The  streets  separating  the  squadrons  arc  wider  than 
those  between  the  companies  by  the  interval  separating  squad- 
rons in  line;  these  intervals  are  kept  free  from  any  obstruc- 
tion throughout  the  camp. 

519. — The  horses  of  the  rear  rank  are  placed  on  the  left  ol 
those  of  their  file-leaders. 

52Q. — The  horses  of  the  Lieutenants  are  placed  on  the  right 
of  their  platoons;  those  of  the  Captains  on  the  right  of  the 
company. 

52 1  .—Each  horse  occupies  a  space  of  about  two  paces.  The 
number  of  horses  in  the  company  iixes  the  depth  of  the  camp. 
and  the  distance  between  the  files  of  tents ;  the  forage  is  placed 
between  the  tents. 

.vj;_\ — The  kitchens  are  twenty  paces  in  front  of  each  file 
of  tents. 

I. — The  non-commissioned  officers  are  in  the  tents  of  the 
trout  rank.  Camp-followers,  teamsters,  Ac,  are  in  the  rear 
rank.  The  police  guard  in  the  rear  rank,  near  the  centre  of 
the  regiment. 

524.— The  tents  of  the  Lieutenants  are  00  paces  in  rear  of 
the  tile  of  their  company  ;   the  tents  of  the  Captains  30  paces 
11  rear  of  the  Lieutenants. 

525. — The  Colonel's  tent  30  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  Cap- 
tains', near  1  he  cent  re  of  the  regimenl :  the  Lieutenant-ColoneJ 
On  his  right  ;  the  Adjutant  on  his  left  ;  the  Majors  on  the  same 
line,  opposite  the  second  company  on  the  right  and  left;  the 
Surgeon  on  the  led  of  the  Adjutant. 

526. — The  field  and  staff  have  their  horses  on  the  lefl  of 

•heir  tents,  on  the  same  line    with    the  company  horses;   sick 

horses  are  placed  in •  line  nn  the  right  or  left  of  the  camp. 

The  men  who  attend  them  have  a  separate    file  <,f    tents;    the 

-  and  wagons  in  rear  of  this  file.     The  horses  of  the  train 
and  of  camp-followers  are  in  one  or  more  files  extending  to  the 
rear,  behind  the  right  or  lefl  squadron,     The  advanced 
of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  front,  opposite  the  a 

of  th<  l  'it  :    the  horses  iii  one  or  two  fifes. 


64 

527. — The  sinks  for  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front — those 
for  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  camp. 

CAMP    OF    ARTILLERY. 

528. — The  artillery  is  encamped  near  the  troops  to  which 
it  is  attached,  so  as  to  he  protected  from  attack,  and  to  con- 
tribute to  the  defense  of  the  camp.  Sentinels  for  the  park  are 
furnished  by  the  artillery,  and,  when  necessary,  by  the  other 
troops. 

529. — For  a  battery  of  six  pieces,  the  tents  are  in  three 
files — one  for  each  section  ;  distance  between  the  ranks  of 
tents,  15  paces  ;  tents  opening  to  the  front.  The  horses  of 
each  section  are  picketed  in  one  file,  10  paces  to  the  left  of 
the  file  of  tents,  hi  the  horse  artillery,  or  if  the  number  of 
horses  makes  it  necessary,  the  horses  are  in  two  files,  on  the 
.  right  and  left  of  the  file  of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  25  paces 
in  front  of  the  front  rank  of  tents.  The  tents  of  the  officers 
are  in  the  outside  files  of  company  tents,  25  paces  in  the  rear 
of  the  rear  rank — the  Captain  on  the  right,  the  Lieutenants 
on  the  left. 

530. — The  park  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  camp,  40 
paces  in  rear  of  the  officers'  tents.  The  carriages  in  files  four 
paces  apart;  distance  between  ranks  of  carriages  sufficient 
tor  the  horses  when  harnessed  to  them  ;  the  park  guard  is  2-5 
paces  in  rear  of  the  park.  Tin'  sinks  for  trie  men,  150  paces 
in  front;  for  the  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear.  The  harness 
is  in  the  tents  of  the  men. 

BIVOUACS. 

531. — A  regiment  of  cavalry  being  in  order  of  battle,  in 
rear  of  the  ground  to  be  occupied,  the  Colonel  breaks  it  by 
platoons  to  the  right.  The  horses  of  each  platoon  are  placed 
in  a  single  row,  and  fastened  as  prescribed  for  camps ;  near 
the  enemy,  they  remain  saddled  all  night,  with  slackened 
girths.  The  arms  are  at  first  stacked  in  rear  of  each  row  of 
horses;  the  sabres,  with  the  bridles  hung  on  them,  are  placed 
against  the  stacks. 

532. — The  forage  is  placed  on  the  right  of  each  row  of 
horses.     Two  stable-guards  for  each  platoon  watch  the  horses. 

533. — A  tire  for  each  platoon  is  made  near  the  color  line, 
20  paces  to  the  left  of  the  row  of  horses.  A  shelter  is  made 
for  the  men  around  the  fire,  if  possible,  and  each  man  then 
stands  his  arms  and  bridle  against  the  shelter. 

534. — The  fires  and  shelter  for  the  officers  are  placed  in  rear 
of  the  line  of  those  for  the  men. 


65 

535.     The  intervals  between  the  squadrons  must  be  without 

obstruction  throughout  the  whole  depth  of  the  bivouac. 

536. — The  interval  between  the  shelters  should  be  such  that 
the  platoons  can  take  up  a  line  of  battle  freely  to  the  front  or 

rear. 

.  —The  distance  from  the  enemy  decides  the  manner  in 
which  the  horses  are  to  be  fed  and  led  to  water.  When  it  is 
permitted  to  unsaddle  the  saddles,  are  placed  in  the  rear  of  the 
horses. 

538. — In  infantry,  the  fires  are  made  in  rear  of  thscolor  line, 
on  the  ground  that  it  would  be  occupied  by  the  tents  in  camp. 
The  companies  are  placed  around  them,  and,  it  possible,  con- 
struct shelters.  When  liable  to  surprise,  the  infantry  should 
stand  to  arms  at  daybreak,  and  the  cavalry  mount  until  the 
return  of  the  reconnoitering  parties.  If  the  arms  are  to  be 
taken  apart  to  clean,  it  must  be  done  by  detachments,  succes- 
siv  ly. 

CANTONMENTS. 

539. — The  cavalry  should  be  placed  under  shelter  whenever 
the  distance  from  the  enemy,  and  from  the  ground  where  the 
troops  are  to  form  for  battle,  permit  it.  Taverns  and  farm- 
houses, with  large  stables  and  free  access,  are  -elected  for 
ijuartering  them. 

o40. — The  Colonel  indicates  the  place  of  assembling  in 
of  alarm.     It  should  generally   be   outside  the  cantonment: 
the  egress  from  it  should  be  free;  the  retreat   upon    the  other 
positions  secure,  and  roads   leading  to  it  on  the  side   of  the 
enemy  obstructed. 

541. — The  necessary  orders  being  given,  as  in  establish 
camp,  the  picket  and  grand  guards  are  posted.     A  sentinel  may 
l)e  placed  on  a  steeple  or  high  house,  ami  then  the  troops  are 
marched  to  the  quarters.    The  men  Bleep  in  the  stables,  if  it  is 

tight  necessary. 

.. — The  above  applies  in  the  main  t<»  infantay.  Near  the 
enemy,  companies  or  platoons  shonld  be  collected,  as  much  as 

Me,  in  the  same  houses,     [f  companies  mast  1"' 
they  should  be  divided  by  plat  Is.     All  take  arms 

at  daybreak. 

i  cavalry  and  infantry  canton  together,  I  he 

famish  the  guard-  by  nigh',  ami  the  former  By  day. 

'  the  enemy  should  be 

ced  cruards  and  natural  or  artificial 


66 

Cantonments  taken  during  a  cessation  of  hostilities  .  should 
be  established  in  rear  of  a  line  of  defense,  and  in  front  of  the 
point  on  which  the  troops  would  concentrate  to  receive  an  at- 
tack. The  General  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  limits  of 
their  cantonments  to  the  divisions,  the  commanders  of  divisions 
to  brigades,  and  the  commanders  of  brigades  post  their  regi-, 
men'ts.  The  position  for  each  corps  in  case  of  attack  is  care- 
fully pointed  out  by  the  Generals. 

HEAD-QUARTERS. 

545.— Generals  take  post  at  the  centre  of  their  commands, 
on  the  main  channels  of  communication.  If  troops  bivouac 
in  presence  of  the  enemy,  the  Generals  bivouac  with  them. 

MILITARY  EXERCISES. 

546, — When  troops  remain  in  camp  or  cantonment  many 
days,  the  Colonels  require  them  to  be  exercised  in  the  school 
of  the  battalion  and  squadron.  Regiments  and  brigades  en- 
camped by  division  are  not  united  for  drills  without  the  per- 
mission of  the  General  of  division.  The  troops  must  not  be 
exercised  at  the  firings  without  the  authority  of  the  General 
commanding-in-chief.  The  practice  of  the  drums  must  never 
begin  with  the  "general,"  or  the  "march  of  the  regiment  ;" 
nor  the  trumpets  with  the  sound  "to  horse."  The  hour  for 
practice  is  always  announced. 

ORDERS. 

5^-7. — lu  the  field,  verbal  orders  and  important  sealed  orders 
are  carried  by  officers,  and,  if  possible,  by  staff  officers.  When 
orders  are  carried  by  orderlies,  the  place  and  time  of  departure 
will  be  marked  on  them,  and  place  and  time  of  delivery  on 
the  receipt. 

DISrATCIIES. 

548. — Dispatches,  particularly  for  distant  corps,  should  be 
intrusted  only  to  officers  to  whom  their  contents  can  be  con- 
fided. In  a  country  occupied  by  the  enemy,  the  bearer  of  dis- 
patches should  be  accompanied  by  at  least  two  of  the  best 
mounted  men  ;  should  avoid  towns  and  villages,  and  the  main 
roads ;  rest  as  little  as  possible,  and  only  at  out-of-the-way 
places.  Where  there  is  danger,  he  should  send  one  ofthemen 
j  n  advance,  and  be  always  ready  to  destroy  his  dispatches.  He 
^}l0uld  be  adroit  in  answering  questions  about  the   army,  and 

t  to  be  intimidated  by  threats. 


67 

WATCHWORDS. 

549. — The  parole  and  countersign  are  issued  daily  from  the 
principal  head-quarters  of  the  command.    The  countersign  is 

given  to  the  sentinels  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the 
guards;  the  parole  to  the  commissioned  officers  of  guards. 
The  parole  is  usually  the  name  of  a  general,  the  countersign 
of  a  battle. 

550. — When  the  parole  and  countersign  can  not  be  commu- 
nicated daily  to  a  postor  detachment  which  oughl  to  use  the 
same  as  the  main  body,  a  series  of  words  may  be  sent  for  some 

days  in  advance. 

551. — If  the  countersign  is  lost,  or  one  of  the  guard  deserts 
with  it,  the  commander  on  the  spot  will  substitute  another, 
and  report  the  case  at  once  to  the  proper  superior,  that  imme- 
diate notice  may  be  given  to  head-quarters. 

ISSUES. 

552.— At  what  time  and  for  what  period  issues  are  made, 
must  depend  on  circumstances,  and  be  regulated  in  orders. 
When  an  army  is  not  moving,  rations  are  generally  issued  for 
four  days  at  a  time.  Issues  to  the  companies  of  a  regiment, 
and  the  fatigues  to  receive  them,  arc  superintended  by  an 
officer  detailed  from  the  regiment,  [issues  are  made  from  one 
end  of  the  line  to  the  other,  beginning  on  the  right  and  (eft 
alternately.  An  issue  commenced  on  one  regiment  will  nor 
be  interrupted  for  another  entitled  to  precedence  if  it  had  been 
in  place. 

THE    ROSTER,   OB    DETAILS    FOB    SERVICE. 

553. — The  duties  performed  by  detail  are  of  three    clas 
The  first  class  comprises,  1st  -rand  guards  and   outposts  ;  2d, 
interior  guards,  as  of  magazine,   hospital,  &c.;  3d.  orderlies  : 
4th.  police  guards. 

The  second  class  comprises,  1st.  detachments  to  protect  labor- 
u  military  works,   a>   field-works,  communications* 
2d.  working  parties  on  such  works;  3d.  detachments  to  pro- 
tect fatigues. 

The  third  class  arc  all  fatigues,  without  arms,  in  or  oul  of 
camp. 

In  the  cavalry,  stable-guard-  form  a  separate  POSter,  and 
count  before  f&tigi 

554. — Hie  fosters  are  distinct  for  each   class.     Officers  are 

1  on  them  in  t.l rder  of  rank.    The  details  are  taken  in 

••i  in  the  order  of  the  roster,  beginning  at  the  head. 


68 

555. — Lieutenants  form  one  roster,  and  first  and  second 
Lieutenants  arc  entered  on  it  alternately.  The  senior  first 
Lieutenant  is  tlie  first  on  the  roster;  the  senior  second  Lieu- 
tenant is  the  second,  Arc.  The  Captains  form  one  roster,  and 
are  exempt  from  fatigues,  except  to  superintend  issues.  A 
Captain  commanding-  a  battalion  temporarily  is  exempt  from 
detail,  and  duty  falling  to  him  passes.  Lieutenant-Colonels 
and  Majors  are  on  one  roster.  They  may  be  detailed  for  duties 
of  the  first  and  second  classes,  when  the  importance  of  the 
guards  and  detachments  requires  it.  Their  roster  is  kept  at 
division  and  brigade  head-qu  artcrs.  In  the  company,  sergeants, 
corporals  and  privates  form  distinct  rosters. 

556. — Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers  take 
duties  of  the  first  class  in  the  order  stated,  viz,  the  first  for  the 
detail,  takes  the  grand  guards  ;  the  next,  the  interior  guards  ; 
the  last,  the  police  guard  ;  and  the  same  rule  in  regard  to  the 
details  and  duties  of  the  second  class.  In  the  details  for  the 
third  class,  the  senior  officer  takes  the  largest  party.  The  party 
first  for  detail  takes  the  service  out  of  camp . 

557. — When  the  officer  whose  tour  it  is,  is  not  able  to  take 
it,  or  is  not  present  at  the  hour  of  marching,  the  next  after 
him  takes  it.  When  a  guard  has  passed  the  chain  of  sentinels, 
or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post,  the  officer  whose  tour 
it  was  cannot  then  take  it.  He  takes  the  tour  of  the  officer 
who  has  taken  his.  When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness 
from  taking  his  tour,  it  passes.  These  rules  apply  equally  to 
non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers. 

55S. — Duties  ot  the  first  and  second  classes  are  credited  on 
the  roster  when  the  guards  or  detachments  have  passed  the 
chain  of  sentinels,  or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post  ; 
fatigue  duties  when  the  parties  have  passed  the  chain  or  begun 
the  duties  in  camp. 

559. — Every  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  on 
duty  of  the  first  class,  or  who  is  of  the  next  detail  for  such 
duty,  takes  when  relieved,  the  duty  of  the  second  or  third  class 
that  has  fallen  to  him  during  that  time,  unless  he  has  marched 
for  detachment  of  more  than  twenty-four  hours. 

560. — Soldiers  march  with  knapsacks  on  all  duties  of  the 
first  class  ;  and  with  arms  and  equipments  complete  on  all 
working  parties  out  of  the  camp,  unless  otherwise  ordered.  In 
the  cavalry,  horses  are  packed  for  all  mounted  service. 

561. — In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men,  and  those  whose 
horses  are  not  in  order,  are  preferred  for  the  detail  for  dis- 


69 


mounted  service.     Those  who  are  mounted  are  never  employed 
on  those   services,  if  the  number  of  the  other  class  are  suf- 
ficient. 
562. — Every   non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  in  the 

cavalry  detailed  for  dismounted  service  must,  before  he 
marches,  take  to  the  First  Sergeant  of  the  troop,  or  Sergeant 
of  his  squad,  his  horse  equipments  and  his  valise  ready  packed. 
hi  case  of  alarm,  the  First  Sergeant  sees  that  the  horses  of 
•  men  are  equipped  and  led  to  the  rendezvous. 
563. — These  rules  in  regard  to  the  roster  apply  also  to  ser- 
vice in  garrison. 


I '(i LICK    GUARD. 


564.— In  each  regiment  a  police  guard  is  detailed  every  da\ . 
consisting  of  two  Sergeants,  three  corporals,  two  drummers, 
and  men  enough  io  furnish4iie  required  sentraelsAnd  patrols. 
The  men  are  taken  from  all  the  companies,  from  each  in  pro- 
portion to  its  strength.  The  guard  is  commanded  by  a  Lieu- 
tenant, under  the  supervision  of  a  Captain,  as  regimental  offi- 
cer of  the  day.  It  furnishes  ten  sentinels  at  the  camp  :  one 
over  the  arms  of  the  guard ;  onc.it  the  Colonel's  tent ;  three 
on  the  color  front,  one  of  them  over  the  colors;  three,  fifty 
paces  unreal  of  the  field  officers1  tents;  and  one  on  each  flank, 
between  it  and  the  next  regiment.  If  it  is  a  flank  regiment, 
one  more  sentinel  is  posted  on  the  outer  Hank. 

565. — An  advanced  post  is  detached  from  the  police  guard, 
composed  of  a  sergeant,  a  corporal,  a  drummer  and  nine  men 
to  furnish  sentinels  and  the  guard  over  the  prisoners.  The 
men  are  lirst  of  the  guard  roster  from  each  company.  The 
men  of  the  advanced  post  must  not  leave  it  under  any  pn 
Their  meals  are  sent  to  the  post.  The  advanced  post  fur- 
nishes three  sentinels:  two  a  lew  paces  in  front  of  the  post. 
opposite  the  right  and  left  wing  oi  the  regiment,  posted  so  as 
to  see  a-  far  as  possible  to  the  front,  and  one  over  the  arms. 

566. — In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men  are  employed  in 
preference  on  the  police  guard.  The  mounted  men  on  guard 
are  sent  in  succession,  a  part  at  a  time,  to  groom  their  horse-. 
The  advanced  post  is  always  formed  of  mounted  men. 

3 . — In  each  company,  a  corporal  has  charge  of  the  stable- 
guard.  His  tour  begins  at  retreat,  and  ends  at  morning  sta- 
Ide-call.  The  stable-guard  i<  large  enough  to  relieve  the  men 
on  post  every  two  hours.  I  bey  sleep  in  their  lent-,  and  are 
called  by  the  corporal  when  wanted.     At   retreat  be  closes 


70 

the  streets  of  the  camp  with  cords,  or  uses^other  precautions 
to  prevent  the  escape  of  loose  horses. 

568. — The  officer  of  the  day  is  charged  with  the  order  and 
cleanliness  of  the  camp  ;  a  fatigue  is  furnished  to  him  when 
the  number  of  prisoners  is  insufficient  to  clean  the  camp.  He 
has  the  calls  beaten  by  the  drummer  of  the  guard. 

569. — The  police  guard  and  the  advanced  post  pay  the  same 
honors  as  other  guards.  They  take  arms  when  an  armed 
body  approaches. 

570. — The  sentinel  over  the  colors  has  orders  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  moved,  except  in  presence  of  an  escort ;  to  let  no 
one  touch  them  but  the  color-bearer,  or  the  sergeant  of  the 
police  guard  when  he  is  accompanied  by  two  armed  men. 

571. — The  sentinels  on  the  color  front  permit  no  soldier  to 
take  arms  from  the  stacks,  except  by  order  of  some  office]-, 
or  a  non-commissioned  officer  of  the  guard.  The  sentinel  at 
the  Colonel's  tent  has  orders  to  warn  him,  day  or  night,  of 
any  unusual  movement  in  or  about  the  camp. 

572. — The  sentinels  on  the  front,  flanks,  and  rear,  see  that 
no  soldier  leaves  camp  with  horse  or  arms,  unless  conducted 
by  a  non-commissioned  officer.  They  prevent  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers  from  passing  out  at  night,  except 
to  go  to  the  sinks,  and  mark  if  they  return.  They  arrest  at 
any  time,  suspicious  persons  prowling  about  the  camp,  and  at 
night,  every  one  who  attempts  to  enter,  even  the  soldiers  of 
other  corps.  Arrested  persons  are  sent  to  the  officer  of  the 
guard,  who  sends  them,  if  necessary,  to  the  officer  of  the  day. 

-573. — The  sentinels  on  the  front  of  the  advanced  post  have 
orders  to  permit  neither  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers 
to  pass  the  line,  without  reporting  at  the  advanced  post ;  to 
warn  the  advanced  post  of  the  approach  of  any  armed  body, 
and  to  arrest  all  suspicious  persons.  The  sergeant  sends  per- 
sous  so  arrested  to  the  officer  of  the  guard,  and  warns  him  of 
the  approach  of  any  armed  body. 

-574. — The  sentinel  over  the  arms  at  the  advanced  post 
guards  the  prisoners  and  keeps  sight  of  them,  and  suffers  no 
one  to  converse  with  them  without  permission.  They  are  only 
permitted  to  go  to  the  sinks  one  at  a  time,  and  under  a  sentinel. 

-575. — If  any  one  is  to  be  passed  out  of  camp  at  night,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  him  under  escort  to  the  advanced- 
post,  and  the  sergeant  of  the  post  has  him  passed  over  the 
chain. 


!  I 

olu. —  At  retreat,  the  otlice  of  the  guard  has  the  roll  of  li i^ 
guard  called,  and  inspect  arms,  to  see  that  they  are  loaded  and 
in  order;  and  visits  the  advanced  post  for  the  same  purpose. 
The  Sergeant  of  the  police  guard,  accompanied  by  two  armed 
soldiers,  folds  the  colors  and  lays  them  on  the  trestle  in  the 
rear  of  the  arms.  He  sees  that  the  sutler's  stores  are  the  closed, 
and  the  men  leave  them,  and  that  the  kitchen  tires  are  put 
out  at  the  appointed  hour. 

577. —  The  officer  of  the  day   satisfies  himself  frequently 

-luring  the  night,  of  the  vigilance  of  the  police  guard  and  ad- 
vanced post,  lie  prescribes  patrols  and  rounds  to  be  made  by 
the  officer  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the  guard.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  orders  them  when  he  thinks  necessary. 
Jle  visits  the  sentinels  frequently. 

578. — At  reveille,  the  police  guard   takes   arms;  the  officer 
of  the  guard  inspects  it  and  advanced  post.    The  Sergeant  re- 
plants the  colors  in  place.  At  retreat  and  reveille  the  advanced 
takes  arms;  the  Sergeant  makes  his  report   to  the   officer 
of  the  guard  when  he  visits  the  post. 

579. — When  necessary,  the  camp  is  covered  at  night  with 
small  outposts,  forming  a  double  chain  of  sentinels.  These 
poets  are  under  the  orders   of  the   commander  of  the  police 

guard,  and  arc  visited  by  his  patrols  and  rounds. 

580. — The  officer  of  the  guard  makes  his  report  of  his  tour 
of  service,  including  the  advanced  post,  and  sends  it,  after  the 
guard  is  marched  off,  to  the  officer  of  the  day. 

581. —  When  the  regiment  marches,    the   men  of  ti 
guard  return  to  their  companies,  except  those  of  the  advanced 
post.  In  the  cavalry,  at  the  sound  "boot  and  saddle,"  the  officer 
<>f  the  guard  sends  one  half  the  men  to  saddle  and  pack;  when 
regimen!  assembles,  all  the  men  join  it. 

562. —  When  the  camping-party  precedes  the  regiment,  and 
the  new  police  guard  marches  with  the  camping-party,  the 
guard,  on  reaching  the  camp,  forms  in  line  thirty  paces  in 
front  of  the  centre  of  the  ground  marked  for  the  regiment.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  furnishes  the  sentinels  required  by  the 
c  tmmander  of  the  camping-party. 

The  advanced  post  takes  its  station. 

— The  advanced  post   of  the    old    police   guard   takes 
charge  of  the  prisoners  on  the  inarch,  and  marcher.,    bayonets 
\e<l,  at  the  centre  of  the  regiment.    On   reaching   camp,  it 
tarns  ores  the  ]  new  advanced  p 


72 

584. — The  detail  for  the  picket  is  made  daily,  after  the 
details  fur  duty  of  first  class,  and  from  the  next  for  detail  on 
the  roster  of  that  class.  It  is  designed  to  furnish  detachments 
and  guards  unexpectedly  called  for  in  the  twenty-four  hours; 
it  counts  as  a  tour  of  the  first  class  to  those  who  have  marched 
on  detachment  or  guard,  or  who  have  passed  the  night  in 
(bivouac. 

585. — The  officers,  non-commissoned  officers,  and  soldiers 
of  the  picket  are  at  all  times  dressed  and  equipped;  the  horses 
are  saddled,  and  knapsacks  and  valises  ready  to  be  put  on. 

5S6. — Detachments  and  guards  from  the  picket  are  taken 
from  the  head  of  the  picket  roll  in  each  company,  and,  if 
possible,  equally  from  each  company.  The  picket  of  a  regi- 
ment is  composed  of  a  Lieutenant,  twA  Sergeants,  four  Cor- 
porals, a  drummer,  and  about  forty  privates.  For  a  smaller 
force,  the  picket  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  detch- 
ment. 

587.— Officers  and  men  of  the  picket  who  march  on  detach- 
ment or  guard  before  retreat,  will  be  replaced. 

5SS.— The  picket  is  assembled  by  the  Adjutant  at  guard- 
mounting;  it  is  posted  twelve  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  guard, 
and  is  inspected  by  its  own  commander.  When  the  guard  has 
inarched  in  review,  the  commandant  of  the  picket  marches  it 
to  the  left  of  the  police  guard,  where  it  stacks  its  arms,  and 
is  dismissed;  the  arms  are  under  charge  of  the  sentinel  of  the 
police  guard. 

5S9. — The  pickel  is  only  assembled  by  the  orders  of  the 
Colonel  or  officer  of  the  day.    It  forms  on  the  left  of  the  police 

guard. 

590. — The  officer  of  the  day  requires  the  roll  of  the  picket 
to  be  called  frequently  during  the  day;  the  call  is  sounded 
from  the  police  guard.  At  roll-calls  and  inspections,  infantry 
pickets  assemble  with  kinapsacks  on,  cavalry  on  foot.  The 
picket  is  assembled  at  retreat;  the  officer  has  the  roll  called, 
and  inspects  the  arms.  The  picket  sleep  in  their  tents,  but 
without  undressing. 

591.— The  picket  does  not  a  semble  at  night  except  in  cases 
of  alarm,  or  when  the  whole  or  a  part  is  to  march;  then  the 
officer  of  the  day  calls  the  officers,  the  latter  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  these  the  men,  for  which  purpose  each 
ascertains  the  tents  of  those  he  is  to  call;  they  are  assembled 
without  beat  of  drum  or  other  noise.  At  night,  cavalry  pickets 
.assemble  mounted. 


592. — Pickets  rejoin  their  companies  whenever  the  regi- 
ment is  underarms  for  review,  drill,  march,  or  battle. 

BRAND   GUARDS  AND  OTHEK  OUTPOSTS. 

593. — Grand  guards  are  the  advanced  posts  of  a  camp  <>r 
cantonment,  and  should  cover  the  approaches  to  it.  Their 
number,  strength,  and  position  are  regulated  bj  the  com- 
manders of  brigades;  in  detached  corps,  b\  the  commanding 
officer.  When  it  can  be,  the  grand  guards  of  cavaly  and  in- 
fantry are  combined,  the  cava|ry  furnishing  the  advanced  sen- 
tinels. When  the  cavalry  is  weak,  the  grand  guards  are 
infantry,  but  furnished  with  a  few  cavalry  soldiers,  to  gel 
and  carry  intelligence  of  the  enemy. 

594. — The  strength  of  a  grand  guard  of  ;i  brigade  will 
depend  on  its  object  and  the  strength  of  the  regiments,  the 
nature  of  the  country,  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the  dis- 
position of  the  inhabitants.  It  is  usually  commanded  by  a 
( laptain. 

595. — ruder  the  supervisions  of  the  General's  of  Division 
and  Brigade,  the  grand  guards  are  specially  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  field  officer  of  the  day  in  each  Brigade.  In  case  oi 
necessity,  ( Japtains  may  be  added  to  the  roster  of  Lieutenant- 
Colonels  and  Majors  for  this  detail. 

596. — Staff  officers  sent    from  division  head-quarters  toin- 
bhe  posts  of  grand  guardq,  give  them  orders  only  in 
urgenl  cases,  and  in  the  absence  of  the  field  officer  ol  the  day 
of  the  brigade. 

597. — Grand  guards  usually  mount  at  the  same  time  as  the 
other  guards,  but  may  mount  before  daybreak  if  the  General 
of  Brigade  thinks  it  necessary  to  double  the  outposts  at  that 
time.  In  this  case  they  assemble  and  march  without  noise, 
and  during  their  march  throw  out  scouts;  this  precaution 
should  always  betaken  in  the  first  posting  ot  a  grand  guard. 
The  doubling  of  guards  weakens  the  corps  and  fatigues  the 

men.  and    should  seldom  lie  resorted   to.  ami  nevei  when  pre- 
paring to  march  or  fight. 

598. — A  grand  guard  is  conducted  to  his  port  in  the  first 
instance,  by  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  guided  by  a  staff  officer 
who  accompanied  by  the  General  in  his  reconnoisance. 
the  post  has  been   established,  the  commander  sends  to  the 
field:  officer  of  the  day,  when  i,  .  .,  soldier  of  the  guard 

to  guide  the  relieving  guard  to   the  post     !!<•  da  to 

him  in  the  evening  a  corporal  or  trusty  man  of  the  guard  for  the 
• 


'/ 1 

note  containing  the  parole  and  countersign,  and  sends  them 
before  dark  to  the  detached  posts.  He  will  not  suffer  his  guard 
to  be  relieved  except  by  a  guard  of  the  brigade,  or  by  special 
orders. 

599. — If  there  is  no  pass  to  be  observed  or  defended,  the 
grand  guards  are  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  ground  they  are 
to  observe,  on  sheltered,  and,  if  possible,  high  ground,  the  bet- 
ter to  conceal  their  strength  and  observe  the  enemy  ;  they 
ought  not  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  a  wood.  When, 
during  the  day,  they  are  placepl  very  near  or  in  sight  of  the 
enemy,  they  fall  back  at  night  on  posts  selected  farther  to  the 
rear. 

000. — In  broken  or  in  mountainous  countries,  and  partic- 
ularly if  the  inhabitants  are  ill-disposed,  intermediate  posts 
must  be  established  when  it  is  necessary  to  post  the  grand 
guard  distant  from  the  camp. 

601. — Grand  guards  are  chiefly  to  watch  the  enemy  in  front ; 
their  flanks  are  protected  by  each  other,  and  the  camp  must 
furnish  posts  to  protect  their  rear  and  secure  their  retreat- 

602. — Grand  guards  are  seldom  intrenched,  and  never  with- 
out the  orders  of  the  General,  except  by  a  barricade  or  ditcli 
when  exposed  in  a  plain  to  attacks  of  cavalry. 

003. — The  General  of  Division,  if  he  thinks  proper,  changes 
the  stations  and  orders  of  these  guards,  and  establishes  posts 
to  connect  the  brigades  or  protect  the  the  exterior  flanks. 

004. — After  a  grand  guard  is  posted,  the  first  care  of  the 
commander  and  of  the  tield  officer  of  the  day  is  to  get  news 
of  the  enemy  ;  then  to  reconnoitre  his  position,  and  the  roads, 
bridges,  fords,  and  defiles.  This  reconnoisance  determines  the 
force  and  position  of  the  small  posts  and  their  sentinels  day 
and  night.  These  posts,  according  to  their  importance,  are 
commanded  by  officers  or  non-commissioned  officers;  the  cav- 
alry posts  may  be  relieved  every  four  or  eight  hours. 

005. — The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  receives  detailed 
instructions  from  the  general  and  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  and  instructs  the  commanders  of  the  small  posts  as 
te  their  duties  and  the  arrangements  for  defense  or  retreat. 
The  commanders  of  grand  guards  may,  in  urgent  cases,  change 
the  positions  of  the  small  posts.  If  the  small  posts  are  to 
change  their  positions  at  night,  they  wait  until  the  grand 
guard  have  got  into  position  and  darkness  hides  their  move- 
ments from  the  enemy  ;  then  march  silently  and  rapidly  under 
the  charge  of  an  officer. 


tiOS. — In  detached  corps,  small  posts  of  picked  Qien  are  at 
night  sent  forward  on  the  roads  by  which  the  ftnemy  may  at- 
tack, or  turn  the  position.  They  watch  the  forks  of  the  roads, 
keep  silence,  conceal  themselves,  light  no  fires,  and  often 
change  place.  They  announce  the  approach  of  the  enemy 
by  signals  agreed  upon,  and  retreat,  by  routes  examined  during 
the  day,  to  places  selected,  and  rejoin  the  guard  at  daybreak. 

607. — Grand  guards  have  special  orders  in  each  ease,  and 
the  following  in  all  cases  :  to  inform  the  nearest  posts  and  the 
held  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  General  of  Brigade,  of  the  march 
and  movements  of  the  enemy,  and  of  the  attacks  they  receive 

or  fear;  to  examine  every  person  passing  near  the  post,  par- 
ticularly those  coming  from  without ;  to  arrest  suspicions  per- 
sons, and  all  soldiers  and  camp-followers  who  try  to  pass  out 
without  permission,  and  to  send  to  the  General,  unless  other- 
wise directed.  ;i!l  country  people  who  come  in. 

60S. — All  out-guards  stand  to  arms  at  night  on  the  approach 
of  patrols,  rounds,  or  other  parties,;  the  sentinel  oyer  the  arms 

has  orders  to  call  them  out. 

609. — Advanced  posts  will  not  take  arms  for  inspection  or 
ceremony  when  it  would  expose  them  to  the  view  of  the 
enemy. 

610. — Grand  guards  are  often  charged  with  the  care  and 

working  of  telegraphic  signals. 

61  I. — The  sentinels  and  vedettes  are  placed  on  points  from 
which  they  can   see  farthest,  taking   care  not  to  break  then 

connection  with    each   other  or  with    their   posts.     The] 

aled  from    the    enemy  as  much  as   possible  by  walls,   01 

or  elevated  mound.  It  is  general!)  even  of  more  ad- 
vantage not  to  he  Been  than  to  see  far.  They  should  not  be 
placed  near  covers,  where  the  enemy  may  capture  them. 

612. — A  sentinel  should  always  he  ready  i<»  lire,  vedetto  - 

carry  their  pistols  or  carbines  in  their  bands.     A  sentinel  must 

ire  of  the  presence  of  an  enemy  before  he  (ires;  once 

satined  of  that,  he  must  lire,  though  ail  defense  on  his  part 

the  safety  of  the  post  may  depend  on  it.     Seuti- 

fire  <»n  all  persona  deserting  t<«  the  enemy. 

613. — If  the  post  mu8l    he    where  a  sentinel  on   it  can  not 

communicate  with  the  guard,  a  corporal  and  three  men  arc 

detai  it,  or  i!i«'  sentinels  are  doubled,  that  one. may 

Qunicate  with  the  guard,     lairing  the  da 
nication  may  be  made  b;  ich  as  ra 


handkerchief.     At  night  sentinels  are  placed  on  low  ground, 
the  better  to  see  objects  against  the  sky. 

614. — To  lessen  the  duty  of  rounds,  and  keep  more  men  on 
the  alert  at  night,  sentinels  are  relieved  every  hour.  To  pre- 
vent sentinels  from  being  surprised,  it  is  sometimes  well  to 
precede  the  countersign  by  signals,  such  as  striking  the  mus- 
ket with  the  hand,  striking  the  hands  together,  &c. 

615. — On  the  approach  of  any  one  at  night,  the  sentinel 
orders — "Halt!"  If  the  order  is  not  obeyed  after  once  re- 
peated, he  fires.  If  obeyed,  he  call — "  Who  goes  there?"  If 
answered — "  Rounds"  or  "  Patrol"  he  says — "  Advance  with 
the  countersign."  If  more  than  one  advance  at  the  same  time, 
or  the  person  who  advances  fails  to  give  the  countersign  or 
signal  agreed  on,  the  sentinel  fires,  and  falls  back  on  his  guard. 
The  sentinel  over  the  arms,  as  soon  as  his  hail  is  answered, 
turns  out  the  guard,  and  the  Corporal  goes  to  reconnoitre. 
When  it  is  desirable  to  hide  the  position  of  the  sentinel  from 
the  enemy,  the  hail  is  replaced  by  signals ;  the  sentinel  gives 
the  signal,  and  those  approaching  the  counter  signal. 

61G. — With  raw  troops,  or  when  the  light  troops  of  the 
enemy  are  numerous  or  active,  and  \f  hen  the  country  is  broken 
or  wooded,  the  night  stormy  ox  dark,  sentinels  should  be 
doubled.  In  this  case,  while  one  watches,  the  other  called  a 
Hying  sentinel,  motes  about,  examing  the  paths  and  hollows. 

617. — The  commandants  of  grand  guards  visit  the  sentinels 
often  ;  change  their  positions  when  necessary ;  make  them  re- 
peat their  orders ;  teach  them  under  what  circumstances  and 
at  what  signals  to  retire,  and  particularly  not  to  fall  back 
directly  on  their  guard  if  pursued,  but  to  lead  the  enemy  in 
a  circuit. 

61S. — At  night,  half  the  men  of  the  grand  guard  off  pt  tet 
watch  under  arms,  while  the  rest  lie  down,  arms  by  their  side. 
The  horses  are  always  bridled  ;  the  horsemen  hold  the  reins, 
and  must  not  sleep. 

619. — When  a  grand  guard  of  cavalry  is  so  placed  as  not  to 
he  liable  to  a  sudden  attack  from  the  enemy,  the  General  may 
permit  the  horses  to  be  fed  during  the  night,  unbridling  for 
this  purpose  a  few  at  a  time — the  horsemen  being  vigilant  to 
prevent  them  from  escaping. 

620. — An  hour  before  break  of  day,  infantry  grand  guards 
stand  to  arms,  and  cavalry  mount.     At  the  advanced  posts. 


77 

some  of  the  infantry  are  all  night  underarms,  some  of  the  cav- 
alry on  horseback. 

021. — The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  regulates  the  num- 
bers, the  hours,  and  the  march  of  patrols  and  rounds,  accord- 
ing to  the  strength  of  his  troop  and  the  necessity  for  precau- 
tion; and,  accompanied  by  those  who  are  to  command  the 
patrols  and  rounds  during  the  night,  he  will  reconnoitre  all 
the  routes  they  are  to  follow. 

622. — Patrols  and  rounds  march  slowly,  in  silence,  and  with 
great  precaution;  halt  frequently  to  listen  and  examine  the 
ground.  The  rounds  consist  of  an  officer  or  Qon-commissioned 
officer  and  two  or  three  men. 

683. — Toward  the  break  of  day  the  patrols  ought  to  be  more 
frequent,  and  sent  to  greater  distances.  They  examine  the 
hollow-ways,  and  ground  likely  to  conceal  an  enemy,  but  with 
great  caution,  to  avoid  being  cut  off,  or  engaged  in  aji  une- 
qual combat;  if  they  meet  the  enemy,  they  lire  and  attempt 
to  stop  his  march.  While  the  patrols  are  out  the  posts  arc 
under  arms. 

624. — Cavalry  patrols  should  examine  the  country  to  a 
greater  distance  than  infantry,  and  report  to  the  infantry 
^nard  every  thing  they  observe.  The  morning  patrols  and 
scouts  do  not  return  until  broad  daylight;  and  when  thev 
return,  the  night  sentinels  are  withdrawn,  and  the  posts  for 
the  day  resumed. 

625. — When  patrols   are  sent    beyond  the   advanced  | 
the  posts  and  sentinels  should  be  warned. 

626. — On  their  return,  commanders  of  patrols  report  in  re- 
gard to  the  ground  and  every  thing  they  have  observed  of  the 

movements  of  the  enemy,  or  of  his   posts,  and  the    command- 
ant of  the  grand  guard  reports  to  the  held  officer  of  the  da  v. 

627. — The  fires  of  the   grand  guards  should  be  hidden  bv  a 
wall,  or  ditch  or  other  screen.     To  deceive    fie  enemy,    hree 
■metimes   made  on  ground  not  occupied.     Fires  are  nol 
oitted  at  small  posts  liable  to  surprise. 

628. — The  horses  of  cavalry  guards  are  watered  or  fed  b) 
detachments;  during  which  the  reel  are  ready  to  mount. 

629. — If  a  body  of  troops  attempt  to  enter  the  camp  at 
night,  unless  their  arrival  has  been  announced,  or  the  com- 
mander i-^  known  to,  or  is  the  hi  arer  of  a  written  order  to  the 
commander  of  the  grand g  e  Btops  them,  and  sends  the 


78 

commander  under  escort  to  the  field  o  ..icer  of  the  day,   and 
warns  the  post  near  him. 

630. — Bearers  of  flags  arc  not  permitted  to  pass  the  outer 
chain  of  sentinels ;  their  faces  are  turned  from  the  post  or  army  ; 
if  necessary  their  eyes  are  bandaged ;  a  non-commissioned 
officer  stays  with  them  to  prevent  indiscretion  of  the  senlinels. 

631. — The  commandant  of  the  grand  guard  receipts  for  dis- 
patches, and  sends  them  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day  or  Gen- 
eral of  Brigade,  and  dismisses  the  bearer  ;  but  if  he  has 
discovered  what  ought  to  be  concealed  from  the  enemy,  he  is 
detained  as  long  as  necessary. 

632. — Deserters  are  disarmed  at  the  advanced  posts,  and 
sent  to  the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  who  gets  from 
them  all  the  information  he  can  concerning  his  post.  If  many 
come  at  night  they  are  received  cautiously,  a  few  at  a  time. 
They  are  sent  in  the  morning  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day, 
or  to  the  nearest  post  of  camp,  to  be  conducted  to  the  Gen- 
eral of  the  brigade.  All  suspected  persons  are  searched  by 
commanders  of  the  posts. 

633. — When  an  enemy  advances  to  an  attack,  unless  he  is 
in  too  great  force,  or  the  grand  guard  is  to  defend  an  in- 
trenched post  or  a  defile,  it  will  take  positions  and  execute  the 
movemenls  to  check  the  enemy,  acting  as  skirmishers,  or 
fighting  in  close  or  open  order,  as  may  be  best.  The  guard 
joins  its  corps  when  in  line,  or  when  a  sufficient  number  of 
troops  have  reached  the  ground  it  defends. 

ENTRENCHED  POSTS. 

634. — Unless  the  army  be  acting  on  the  defensive,  no  post 
should  be  intrenched,  except  to  cover  the  weak  parts  of  the  line, 
or  at  points  which  the  enemy  cannot  avoid,  or  in  mountain 
warfare,  or  to  the  close  of  a  defile,  or  to  cover  winter  quarters. 

635.— Posts  connected  with  the  operations  of  an  army  are 
intrenched  only  by  order  of  the  General  commanding  in-chief 
or  a  General  of  Division. 

636. — Any  intrenchment  that  requires  artillery  is  consid- 
ered as  a  post,  and  a  guard  or  garrison  and  commander  are 
assigned  to  it. 

637. — The  General  who  establishes  an  intrenched  post  gives 
to  its  commander  detailed  instructions  in  regard  to  its  defense, 
and  the  circumstances  under  which  the  defense  should  cease. 


638. — The  commander  reconnoiters  his  post ;  distributes  the 
toops ;  posts  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  :  forms 
a  reserve  ;    gives  orders  for  all  contingencies  he  can  foresee ; 
suppose  an  attack,  and  arrange  his  troops  for  defence,  so 
prepare  them  for  an  attack,  day  or  night. 

639  — In  dark  weather  he  redoubles  his  vigilance,  and  chan- 
ges the  hours  and  direction  of  the  rounds  and  parols.  He  per- 
mits no  flags  of  truce,  deserters  or  strangers  to  enter.  If  a  flag 
ought  to  pass  his  post,  he  bandages  his  eyes.  He  refuses 
admittance  to  a  relief  or  any  other  party  until  ho  lias  carefully 
examined  them.  In  case  of  an  attack,  he  does  not  wait  for 
orders  or  hold  a  council.  Having  defended  his  post  to  the 
last  extremity,  or  till  the  purpose  of  the  defense,  according  to 
his  instructions,  is  answered,  he  may  then  spike  his  guns  and 
rejoin  the  army  under  cover  of  night,  or  by  cutting  .  his  way 
through  the  enemy. 

DETACHMENTS. 

<>  10. — When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  the  differ- 
ent regiments  of  a  brigade,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  of 
the  brigade  assembles  it.  and  turns  it  over  to  the  commander. 

641. — When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  different 
brigades,  the   Assistant    Adjutant-General  in  each  form- 
contingent  of  the  brigade,  and  sends  it  to  the  place  of  ass 
bling. 

642.— Detachments  are  generally  formed  by  taking  fa 
ions,  squadrons,    companies,   platoons  in  turn,    according  to 
the  roster  for  sucli  detail. 

643. — When  the  detachment  is  to  consist  of  men  from  every 
company  or  troop,  the  first  on  the  roster  for  guard  are  taken. 

644. — Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers, 
whose  tour  it  is  to  go  on  detachment,  if  employed  otherwise 
at  the  time,  are  relieved  from  the  duty  they  are  on.  if  they 
can  reach  the  camp  in  time  to  march  with  the  detachment. 

645. — When  detachments  meet,  the  comrrffend  is  regulated 
while  they  serve  together  as  if  they  formed  one  detachment 
But  the  senior  officers  cannot  prevent    the  coi  inlander  of  any 
liment  from  moving,  when  he  thinks  proper,  to  execute 
the  orders  he  has  received. 

646. — On  the  return  of  a  detachment,  the  commander 
reports  to  the  head-quarters  from  which  he  received  his.»rders. 

BJ  UfCEfl 

6  17. — Near  an  enemy,  daily  recoi.  -.-s  are  made  t       ] 

o 


so 

serve  the  ground  in  front,  and  todiscover  whether  the  advanced 
guards  of  the  enemy  have  been  increased  or  put  in  motion,  or 
any  other  sign  of  his  preparation  for  march  or  action. 

648. — They  are  made  by  small  parties  of  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry, from  the  brigade,  under  direction  of  the  General  of 
Division  or  the  General  of  a  separate  brigade,  and  to  less 
distance  by  the  patrols  of  the  grand  guard,  and  are  not  re- 
peated at  the  same  hour  or  by  the  same  route.  On  the  plain, 
reconnoisance  are  made  by  cavalry ;  among  mountains,  by 
infantiy,  with  a  few  horsemen  to  carry  intelligence. 

649, — Reconnoitering  parties  observe  the  following  precau- 
tions :  to  leave  small  posts,  or  sentinels  at  intervals,  to  trans- 
mit intelligence  to  the  advanced  posts  of  an  army,  unless  the 
return  is  to  be  by  a  different  route  ;  to  march  with  caution,  to 
avoid  fighting  ;  and  see,  if  possible,  without  being  seen  ;  to 
keep  an  advanced  guard  ;  to  send  well  mounted  men  ahead  of 
the  advanced  guard  ;  and  on  the  flank  of  the  party ;  to  instruct 
the  scouts  that  no  two  should  enter  a  defile  or  mount  a  hill 
together,  but  to  go  one  at  a  time,  while  one  watches  to  carry 
the  news  if  the  other  is  taken. 

650. — Before  daybreak  the  advanced  guard  and  scouts  are 
drawn  closer ;  the  party  then  march  slowly  and  silently,  stop 
frequently  to  listen,  and  keep  the  horses  that  neigh  in  the 
rear.  The  party  should  enter  no  wood,  defile,  village,  or  in- 
closure,  until  it  has  been  fully  examined  by  the  scouts. 

65J. — Special  reconnoisances  are  made  under  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  General  in  command,  by  such  officers  and  with 
such  force  as  he  may  direct. 

652. — Offensive  or  forced  reconnoissances  are  to  ascertain 
with  certainty  points  in  the  enemy's  position,  or  his  strength. 
They  are  sometimes  preludes  to  real  actions,  and  sometimes 
only  demonstrations.  They  drive  in  his  outposts,  and  some- 
times engage  special  corps  of  his  line.  They  are  only  made 
by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief,  or  the  com- 
mander of  an  isolated  corps. 

653. — In  all  reports  of  reconnoissances,  the  officer  making 
them  shall  distinguish  expressly  what  he  has  seen  from  the 
accounts  he  has  not  been  able  to  verify  personally. 

654. — In  special  and  offensive  reconnoissances,  the  report 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  field-sketch  of  the  localities,  the 
dispositions  and  defences  of  the  enemy. 


81 
PARTISANS  AND  FLANKERS. 

655. — The  operations  of  partisan  corps  depend  on  the  nature 
nnd  theatre  oi'  the  war:  they  enter  into  the  general  plan  of 
operations,  and  are  conducted  under  the  orders  of  the  General 
commanding  in-chief. 

656. — The  composition  and  strength  of  partisan  corps  and 
detachment  of  flankers  depend  on  the  object,  the  difficulties 
the  distance,  and  the  probable  time  of  the  expedition. 

657. — The  purpose  of  these  isolated  corps  is  to  reconnoitre 
at  a  distance  on  the  flanks  of  the  army,  to  protect  its  opera- 
tions, to  deceive  the  enemy,  to  interrupt  his  communications,, 
to  intercept  his  couriers  and  his  correspondence,  to  threaten 
or  destroy  his  magazines,  to  carry  off  his  posts  and  his  convoys, 
•  >r,  at  all  events,  to  retard  his  march  by  making  him  detach 
largely  for  their  protection. 

658. — While  these  corps  fatigue  the  enemy  and  embarrass 
Ilia  operations,  they  endeavor  to  inspire  confidence  and  secure 
the  good  will  of  the  inhabitants  in  a  friendly  country,  and  to 
held  them  in  check  in  an  enemy's  country. 

659. — They  move  actively,  appear  unexpectedly  on  different 
points,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  estimate 
their  force,  or  to  tell  whether  they  are  irregular  forces  or  an 
advanced  guard. 

660. — These  operations  require  vigilance,  secrecy,  energy, 
and  promptness.  The  partisan  commander  must  frequently 
supply  by  Stratagem  and  audacity  what  he  wants  in  numbers. 

661. — These  detachments  are  sometimes  composed  of  dif- 
ferent arms,  but,  the  service;  belongs  more  particularly  to  the 

light  cavalry,  which  can  move  to  a  distance  by  rapid  inarches 
surprise  the  enemy,  attack  unexpectedly,  and  retire  as 
promptly. 

—Stormy  weather,  fogs,  extreme  heat,  and  the  night 
above  all,  are  favorable  to  the  success  of  ambuscades  :  when 
the  enemy  are  careless,  the  break  of  day  is  the  best  time.  A 
partisan  commander  should  communicate  to  his  second  in  com- 
mand, his  secret  orders,  the  direction  and  object  of  the  expedi- 
tion, and  the  different  points  of  juni  tion  with  the  army. 

mides  of  the  country  and  spies  are  often  necessary 
to  the  partisan.  They  mined  separately,  and  confronted 

if  their  account-  differ.  When  there  is  but,  one  guide,  he 
marches  with  the  advanced  guard,  guarded  by  two  men,  and 
bound  i  idlers  and  smugglers   ar<    specially 

Buitabft  for  s] 


66 i. — xl  fit  time'  to  attack  a  convoy  is  at  a  halt,  or  wher. 
they  begin  to  park,  or  when  they  are  watering,  passing  a  wood 
or  a  defile  ;  at  a  bend  of  the  road,  a  bridge  or  steep  ascent. 

665. — The  attacking  party  may  be  principally  cavalry,  with 
seme  infantry.  The  first  object  is  to  disperse  the  escort.  A 
part  of  the  detachment  attacks  the  main  body  of  the  escort, 
another  the  wagons,  and  a  third  is  in  reserve  ;  skirmishers  line 
the  road,  and  try  to  cut  the  traces,  and  to  seize  the  front  and 
rear  wagons,  and  turn  them  across  the  road,  to  prevent  the 
train  from  advancing  or  retreating. 

66Q. — If  the  convoy  is  parked,  the  cavalry  surrounds  it, 
assails  the  escort,  and  tries  to  draw  it  away  from  the  train. 
The  infantry  then  engage  the  troops  remaining  at  the  park, 
slip  under  the  wagons,  and  get  into  the  park.  "When  the  cavalry 
is  alone  and  the  enemy  are  shaken,  they  dismount  a  portion 
of  the  men  to  supply  the  want  of  infantry. 

667. — If  it  is  a  large  convoy,  the  principal  attack  is  made 
on  the  centre;  the  most  valuable  wagons  are  also  selected, 
and  additional  horses  are  put  to  them  if  the  attack  is  success- 
ful.    Those  that  cannot  be  carried  off  are  burned. 

MARCHES. 

(5(58, — The  object  of  the  movement  and  the  nature  of  the 
ground  determine  the  order  of  march,  the  kind  of  troops  ia 
each  column,  and  the  number  of  columns. 

669. — The  force  is  divided  into  as  many  columns  as  circum- 
stances permit,  without  weakening  any  one  too  much.  They 
ought  to  preserve  their  communications,  and  be  within  sup- 
porting distance  of  each  other.  The  commander  of  each  colunm 
ought  to  know  the  strength  and  direction  of  the  others. 

670. --The  advance  and  rear  guards  are  usually  light  troops  ; 
their  strength  and  composition  depend  on  the  nature  of  the 
ground  and  the  position  of  the  enemy.  They  serve  to  cover 
the  movements  of  the  army,  and  to  hold  the  enemy  in  check 
until  the  General  has  time  to  make  his  arrangements. 

671. — The  advance  guard  is  not  always  at  the  head  of  the 
column  ;  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  it  takes  such  positions  as  cover 
the  movement.  Sappers  are  attached  to  the  advanced  guard, 
if  required. 

672. — The  "general"  sounded  one  hour  before  the  time  of 
marching,  is  the  signal  to  strike  tents,  to  load  the  wagons,  and 


pack  horses,  and  send  them  to  the  place  of  assembling.  The 
rires  are  then  put  out,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  burning  straw, 
(fec.,01'  giving  to  the  enemy  any  other  indication  of  the  move- 
ment. 

673. — The  "march,"1  will  be  heat  in  the  infantry,  and  the 
,v  advance''  sounded  in  the  cavalry,  in  succession,  as  each  is 
ike  its  place  in  the  column. 

ti74. — When  the  army  should  form  suddenly  to  meet  the 
emy,  the  "  long  roll"  is  beat,  and  "tohorsf  sounded.  The 
troops  form  rapidly  in  front  of  their  camp. 

675. — Batteries  of  artillery  and  their  caissons  move  with 
the  corps  to  which  they  are  attached  ;  the  Held  train  and 
ambulances  march  at  the  rear  of  the  column  ;  and  the  bag- 
gage with  the  rear  guard. 

-Cavalry  and  infantry  do  net  march  together,  unless 
the  proximity  of  the  enemy  makes  it  necessary. 

677. — In  cavalry  marches,  when  distant  from  the  enemy. 
b  regiment,  and.  if  possible,  each  squadron,  forms  a  sepa- 
rate column,  in  order  to  keep  up  the  same  gait  from  front  to 
rear,  and  to  trot,  when  desirable,  on  good  ground.  In  such 
rases,  the  cavalry  may  leave  camp  later,  and  can  give  more 
rest  to  the  horses,  and  more  attention  to  the  shoeing  and  har- 
ness.    Horses  are  not  bridled  until  the  time  to  start. 

078. — When  necessary,  the  orders  specify  the  rations  the 
men  arc  to  carry  in  their  haversacks.  The  field  officers  and 
Captains  make  inspections  frequently  during  the  march  ;  at 
halts  they  examine  the  knapsacks,  valises  and  haversacks, 
and  throw  away  all  articles  not  authorized.  The  officers  and 
non-commissioned  officers  of  cavalry  companies  attend  per- 
sonally to  the  packs  and  girths. 

679. — When  it  can  be    avoided,  troops  should  not  be 
bled  on  high  roads  or  other  places  where  they  interrupt  the 
communication. 

.  -General*  of  Division  and  commanders  of  detached 

corp>  .-end  a  sialf  officer  to  the  rendezvous,   in  advance,  to 

rcreive   the  troops,   who,   on  arriving,  take  their  place  in  the 

order    of   battle,  and  form   in  close  Column,   unless  otherwise 

'  d.       Artilery,  or  trains  halted  on  the  roads,  form  in  file 

■ 

.-  The    execution    of  marching  orders    must  not  be  de- 
■    commai  der  i-  not  at   the   head  of  his  troops 
•hey  are  to  march,  the  next  in  rank  putt  the  column  in 
on. 

imenl 


-  ! 

of  sappers,  to  remove  obstacles  to  the  march,  aided,  when  ne- 
cessary, by  infantry,  or  the  people  of  the  country.  The  de- 
tachment is  divided  into  two  sections  :  one  stops  to  remove 
the  first  obstacle,  the  other  moves  on  to  the  next. 

683; — In  night  marches,  and  at  bad  places,  and  at  cross- 
roads, when  necessary,  intelligent  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers are  posted  to  show  the  way,  and  are  relieved  by  the  regi- 
ments as  they  come  up. 

684. — On  the  march,  no  one  shall  fire  a  gun,  or  cry  "halt,'' 
or  "march"  without  orders. 

685. — Soldiers  are  not  to  stop  lor  water  ;  the  canteens  should 
be  filled  before  starting. 

686. — It  is  better  to  avoid  villages  ;  but  if  the  route  lies 
through  them,  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  are  to  be 
vigilent  to  prevent  straggling.  Halts  should  not  take  place  at 
villages. 

687. — Besides  the  rear  guard,  the  General  sometimes  takes 
a  detachment  from  the  last  regiment,  and  adds  to  it  non-com- 
missioned officers  from  each  regiment,  to  examine  villages  and 
all  hiding-places  on  the  route,  to  bring  up  stragglers  and  seize 
marauders. 

<i8S. — In  night  marches,  the  Sergeant- Major  of  each  regi- 
ment remains  at  the  rear  with  a  drummer,  to  give  notice  when 
darkness  or  difficulty  stops  the  march.  In  cavalry,  a  trumpet 
is  placed  in  rear  of  each  squadron,  and  the  signal  repeated  to 
the  head  of  the  regiment. 

689. — The  General  and  field  officers  frequently  stop,  or  send 
officers  to  the  rear,  to  see  that  the  troops  march  in  the  prescri- 
bed order,  and  keep  their  distances.  To  quicken  the  march, 
the  General  warns  the  Colonels,  and  may  order  a  signal  to  be 
beat.    It  is  repeated  in  all  the  regiments. 

690. — In  approaching  a  defile,  the  Colonels  are  warned  ; 
they  close  their  regiments  as  they  come  up  ;  each  regiment 
passes  separately,  at  an  accelerated  pace,  and  in  as  close  or- 
der as  possible.  The  leading  regiment  having  passed,  and 
Left  room  enough  for  the  whole  column  in  close  order,  then 
halts,  and  moves  again  as  soon  as  the  last  regiment  is  through. 
In  the  cavalry,  each  squadron,  before  quickening  the  pace  to 
rejoin  the  column,  takes  its  original  order  of  march. 

691. — When  the  distance  from  the  enemy  permits,  each 
regiment,  after  closing  up  in  front  and  rear  of  the  defile,  stacks 
arms. 


692. — Halts  to  rest  and  re-form  the  troops  are  frequent 
during  the  day,  depending  on  the  object  and  length  of  the 
march.  They  are  made  in  preference  after  the  passage  of  de- 
files. 

693. — No  honors  arc  paid  by  troops  on  the  inarch  or  at 
halts. 

694. — The  sick  march  with  the  wagons. 

695. — Led  horses  of  officers,  and  the  horses  of  dismounted 
men,  follow  their  regiment.  The  baggage  wagons  never  march 
in  the  column.  When  the  General  orders  the  field  train  and 
ambulances  to  take  place  in  the  colnmn,  lie  designates  the  po- 
sition they  shall  take. 

696. — If  two  corps  meet  on  the  same  road,  they  pass  to  the 
right,  and  both  continue  their  march,  if  the  road  is  wide 
enough  ;  if  it  is  not,  the  first  in  the  order  of  battle  takes  the 
road,  the  other  halts. 

697. — A  corps  in  march  must  not  be  cut  by  another,  [f  two 
corps  meet  at  cross-roads,  that  which  arrives  last  halts  if  the 
other  is  in  motion.  A  corps  in  march  passes  a  corps  at  a  halt, 
if  it  has  precedence  in  the  order  of  battle,  or  if  the  halted  corps 
is  not  ready  to  move  at  once. 

698. — A  column  that  halts  to  let  another  column  pass  re- 
mmes  the  march  in  advance  of  the  train  of  this  column.  If  a 
column  has  to  pass  a  train,  the  train  must  halt,  if  necessary, 
rill  the  column  passes.  The  column  which  has  precedence 
must  yield  it  if  the  commauder,  on  seeing  the  orders  of  the 
other,  finds  it  for  the  interest  of  the  service. 

BATTLE^. 

♦  i'.t'.'. — Dispositions  tor  battle  depend  on  the  number,  kind. 
and  quality  of  the  troops  opposed,  on  the  ground,  and  on  the- 
objects  of  the  war  ;  but  the  following  rules  are  to  be  observed 
generally  : 

700. — In  attacking,  the  advanced  guard  endeavors  to  cap- 
ture the  enemy's  outposts,  or  cut  them  off  from  the  main  body. 
Having  done  so,  or  driven  them  in,  it  occupies,  in  advancing, 
all  the  points  thai  can  cover  or  facilitate  the  march  of  the  armv. 
<>r  secure  its  retreat,  such  as  bridges,  defiles,  woods,  and  heights; 
it  then  makes  attacks,  to  occupy  the  enemy,  without  riskin_: 
too  much,  ami  to  deceive  them  ;i-  to  the  march  and  project> 
of  the  army. 

701. — When  the  enemy  is  hidden  by  a  curtain  of  advanced 
troops,  the  commandant  of  the  advanced  guard  sends  scoutn, 


86 

under  intelligent  officers,  to  the  right  and  left,  to  ascertain  his 
position  and  movements.  If  he  does  not  succeed  in  this  way, 
he  tries  to  unmask  the  enemy  by  demonstrations;  threatens  to 
cut  the  advance  from  the  main  body  ;  makes  false  attacks; 
partial  and  impetuous  charges  in  echelon  ;  and  if  all  fail,  he 
makes  a  real  attack  to  accomplish  the  object. 

702. — Detachments  left  by  the  advanced  guard  to  hold  points 
in  the  rear,  rejoin  it  when  other  troops  come  up.  If  the  army 
takes  a  position,  and  the  advanced  guard  is  separated  from  it 
by  defiles  or  heights,  the  communication  is  secured  by  troops 
drawn  from  the  main  body. 

703. — At  proper  distance  from  the  enemy,  the  troops  are 
formed  for  the  attack  in  several  lines  ;  if  only  two  can  be 
formed,  some  battalions  in  column  are  placed  behind  the  wings 
of  the  second  line.  The  lines  may  be  formed  of  troops  in  co- 
lumn or  in  order  of  battle,  according  to  the  ground  and  plan 
of  attack. 

704. — The  advanced  guard  may  be  put  in  the  line  or  on 
The  wings,  or  other  position,  to  aid  the  pursuit  or  cover  the  re- 
treat. 

705. — The  reserve  is  formed  of  the  best  troops  of  foot  and 
horse,  to  complete  a  victory  or  make  good  a  retreat.  It  is 
placed  in  the  rear  of  the  centre,  or  chief  point  of  attack  or 
defence. 

706. — The  cavalry  should  be  distributed  in  echelon  on  the 
wings  and  at  the  centre,  on  favorable  ground. 

707. — It  should  be  instructed  not  to  take  the  gallop  until 
within  charging  distance  ;  never  to  receive  a  charge  at  a  halt, 
but  to  meet  it,  or,  if  not  strong  enough,  to  retire  manoeuvring; 
and  in  order  to  be  ready  for  the  pursuit,  and  prepared  against 
a  reverse,  or  the  attacks  of  the  reserve,  not  to  engage  all  its 
squadrons  at  once,  but  to  reserve  one  third,  in  column  or  in 
echelon,  abreast  of  or  in  the  rear  of  one  of  the  wings  ;  this  ar- 
rangement is  better  than  a  second  line  with  intervals. 

708. — In  the  attack,  the  artillery  is  employed  to  silence  the 
batteries  that  protect  the  position.  In  the  defence,  it  is  better 
to  direct  its  fire  on  the  advancing  troops.  In  either  case,  as 
many  pieces  are  united  as  possible,  the  fire  of  artillery  being 
formidable  in  proportion  to  its  concentration. 

709. — In  battles  and  military  operations  it  is  better  to  assume 
the  offensive,  and  put  the  enemy  on  the  defensive ;  but  to  be 
safe  in  doing  so  requires  a  larger  force  than  the  enemy,  or 
better  troops,  and  favorable  ground.     When  obliged  to  acton 


the  defensive,  the  advantage  of  position  and  of  making  the 

attack  may  sometimes  be  secured  by  forming  in  rear  of 
the  ground  on  which  we  are  to  light,  and  advancing  at  the 
moment  of  action.  In  mountain  warfare,  the  assailant  lias 
always  the  disadvantage  ;  and  even  in  offensive  warfare,  in  the 
open  field,  it  may  frequently  be  very  important,  when  the 
artillery  is  well  posted,  and  any  advantage  of  the  ground  may 
cured,  to  await  the  enemy  and  compel  him  to  attack. 

7  10. — The  attack  should  be  made  with  a  superior  force  on 

The  defensive  point  of  the  enemy's  position,  by  masking  this 

by  false  attacks  and  demonstrations  on  other  points,  and  by 

concealing  the  troops  intended  for  it  by  the  ground  or  by 

i  troops  in  the  front. 

711. — Besides  the  arrangements  which  depend  on  the  sup- 
posed plan  of  the  enemy,  the  wings  must  be  protected  by  the 
ground,  or  supported  by  troops  in  echelon  ;  if  the  attack  of 
the  enemy  is  repulsed,  the  offensive  must  a1  mice  be  taken,  to 
inspire  the  troops,  to  disconcert  the  enemy,  and  often  to  decide 
the  action.  In  thus  taking  the  offensive,  a  close  column  should 
be  pushed  rapidly  on  the  wing  or  flank  of  the  enemy.  The 
divisions  of  this  column  form  in  the  line  of  battle  successively, 
and  each  division  moves  to  the  front  as  soon  as  formed,  in  order. 
by  a  rapid  attack  in  echelon,  to  prevent  the  enemy  from 
changing  front  or  bringing  up  his  reserves.  In  all  arrangements, 
•  specially  in  those  for  attacks,  it  is  most  important  to  conceal 
tne  design  until  the  moment  of  execution,  and  then  to  execute 
it  with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  night,  therefore,  is  preferred 
for  the  movement  of  troops  on  the  flank  or  rear  of  the  enemy, 
otherwise  it  is  necessary  to  mask  their  march  by  a  grand  move- 
ment in  front,  or  by  taking  a  wide  circuit. 

7  1;?. — In  making  an  attack,  the  communications  to  the  real 

and  for  retreat  must  be  secured,  and  the  General   must  give 
beforehand  all  necessary  orders  to  provide  for  that  event. 

713. — When  a  success  is  gained,  the  light  troops  should 
pursue  the  enemy  promptly  and  rapidly.  The  other  troops 
will  restore  order  in  their  columns,  then  advance  from  position 
to  positi always  prepared  for  an  attack  or  to  support  the 

troopfl  engaged. 

714. —  Before  the  action,  the  Generals  indicate  the  placet 

where  they  will  be ;  if  they  change  position,  they  give  notice 

.  oi  leave  ■  staff  officer  to  show  where  they  have  gone. 

Daring  the  fight  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 

the  men  in  the  ranks,  and  enforce  obedience  it 


necessary.  Soldiers  must  not  be  permitted  to  leave  the  ranks 
to  strip  or  rob  the  dead,  nor  to  assist  the  wounded,  unless  by  ex- 
press permission,  which  is  only  to  be  given  after  the  action  is 
decided.  The  highest  interest  and  duty  is  to  win  the  victory, 
which  only  can  insure  proper  care  of  the  wounded. 

716. — Before  the  action,  the  Quartermaster  of  the  division 
makes  all  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  transportation  of 
the  wounded.  He  establishes  the  ambulance  depots  in  the 
rear,  and  gives  his  assistants  the  necessary  instruction  for  the 
service  of  the  ambulance  wagons  and  other  means  of  remov- 
ing the  wounded. 

717. — The  ambulance  depot,  to  which  the  wouuded  are 
carried  or  directed  for  immediate  treatment,  is  generally 
established  at  the  most  convenient  building  nearest  the  field 
of  battle.  A  red  fag  marks  its  place,  or  the  way  to  it,  to  the 
conductors  of  the  ambulances  and  to  the  wounded  who  can 
walk. 

718. — The  active  ambulances  follow  the  troops  engaged  to 
succor  the  wounded  and  remove  them  to  the  depots;  for  this 
purpose  the  conductors  should  always  have  the  necessary 
assistants,  that  the  soldiers  may  have  no  excuse  to  leave  the 

ranks  for  that  object. 

710. — The  medical  director  of  the  division,  after  consulta 
tion  with  the  Quartermaster-General,  distributes  the  medica 
officers  and  hospital  attendants  at  his  disposal,  to  the  depots 
and  active  ambulances.  He  will  send  officers  and  attendant* 
when  practicable,  to  the  active  ambulances,  to  relieve  the 
wounded  who  require  treatment  before  being  removed  from 
the  ground.  lie  will  see  that  the  depots  and  ambulances  are 
provided  with  the  necessary  apparatus,  medicines  and  stores. 
Tie  will  take  post  and  render  his  professional  services  at  the 
principal  depot. 

720. — If  the  enemy  endanger  the  depot,  the  Quartermaster 
takes  the  orders  of  the  General  to  remove  it  or  strengthen 
its  guard. 

721. — The  wounded  in  the  depots  and  the  sick  are  removed 
as  soon  as  possible  to  the  hospitals  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Quartermaster-General  of  the  army  on  the  flanks  or 
rear  of  the  army. 

722. — After  an  action,  the  officers  of  ordnance  collect  the 
munitions  of  war  left  on  the  field,  and  make  a  return  of  them 
to  the  General.     The  Qurtermaster's  Department  collects  this 


89 

r^st  of  the  public  property  captured,  and  makes  the" returns  to 
head-quarters. 

72:5. — Written  reports  for  the  General  commandiug-in-  chief 
;ire  made  by  commandants  of  regiments,  batteries,  and  sep- 
arate squadrons,  and  by  all  commanders  of  a  higher  grade, 
each  in  what  concerns  his  own  command,  and  to  his  im- 
mediate commander. 

724. — When  an  officer  or  soldier  deserves  mentioD  torcon- 
duct  in  action,  a  special  report  shall  be  made  in  his  case, 
and  the  General  commanding-in-chief  decides  whether  to 
mention  him  in  his  report  to  the  government  and  in  his  orders. 
But  he  shall  not  be  mentioned  in  the  report  until  he  has  been 
mentioned  in  the  orders  to  the  army.  These  Bpecial  reports 
are  examined  with  care  by  the  intermediate  commanders,  te 
verity  the  facts,  and  secure  commendation  and  rewards  to 
the  meritorious  only. 

72.~>. — The  report  of  battles,  which  must  frequently  be 
made  before  these  special  reports  of  persons  are  scrutinized, 
is  confined  to  general  praise  or  blame,  and  an  account  ottfae 
operations. 

PRISONERS    OF    WAR. 

72<i. — Prisoners  ot  war  will  be  disarmed  and  sent  to  the 
rear,  and  reported  as  soon  us  practicable  to  the  head- quarters. 
The  return  of  prisoners  from  the  Head-Quarters  of  the  Army 
to  the  War  Department  will  specify  the  number,  rank,  and 
cor})- 

727. — The  private  property  of  prisoners  will  he  duly  re- 
spected, and  each  shall  he  treated  with  the  regard  due  to  his 
•auk.  They  are  to  obey  the  necessary  orders  given  them. 
They  receive  for  subsistence  one  ration  each,  without  regard 
to  rank  :  and  the  wounded  are  to  he  treated  with  the  same 
care  as  the  wounded  of  the  army.  Other  allowances  to  them 
will  depend  on  conventions  with  the  fcnemy.  Prisoner's 
horses  will  he  taken  for  the  army. 

728. — Exchanges  of  prisoners  and  release  of  officers  on  pa- 
role depend  on  the  orders  of  the  Genera]  commanding*in- 
chief,  under  the  instructions  of  government 

OONVOtS    wn   THK1B    I 

7_".' — The  strength  and  composition  of  thi  a 

\  <tv  depend  mi  the  country,  the  nature  and  value  of  the 
voy,  and  the  dangers   it    may   incur.     A  larger  est 
quired  for  a  convoy  of  powder,  that  th<  may  □ 

near  the  train. 


90 

730- — Cavalry  is  employed  in  escorts  chierlj  to  reconnoitre; 
the  proportion  is  larger  as  the  country  is  more  open. 

731. — Pioneers  or  working  parties  are  attached  to  convoys 
to  mend  roads,  remove  obstacles,    and  erect  defenses.     The 
voys  should  always  be  provided  with  spare  wheels,  poles, 
axles,  &c. 

732. — The  commandimtot  the  escort  should  receive  de- 
tailed instructions  in  writing. 

733. — As  far  as  the  defense  permits,  the  commander  of  the 
rt  shall  refer  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  convoy  for  the 
hoars  of  departure,  the  halts,  the  parking  and  order  of  the 
train,  and  the  precautions  against  accidents. 

704. — Officers  who  accompany  the  convoy,  but  do  not  be- 
long to  the  escort,  shall  exercise  no  authority  in  it  except  by 
consent  of  the  commander.  If  these  officers  are  junior  to  the 
commander,  he  may  assign  them  to  duty  if  the  defense  re- 
quires it. 

735. — Large  convoys  are  formed  into  divisions,  each  with  a 
conductor.  The  distance  between  the  wagons  is  four  paces. 
A  small  party  of  infantry  is  attached  to  each  division. 

736. —  Generally,  munitions  of  war  are  at  the  head  of  the 

onvoy,  subsistence  next,  and  then  other  military  stores  ;  the 

sutler  last.     But  always  that  part  of  the  convoy  which    is 

most  important  to  the  army  shall  be  where  it -is  most  secure 

from  danger. 

737. — The  commandant  should  send  out  reconnoitering 
parties,  and  never  put  the  convoy  in  motion  until  their  re- 
ports have  been  received.  He  always  forms  an  advance  and 
rear  guard,  and  keeps  the  main  body  under  his  immediate 
order  at  the  most  important  point,  with  small  guards  or  posts 
at  other  points. 

738. — In  an  open  country  the  main  body  marches  by  the 
side  of  the  road,  opposite  the  centre  of  the  convoy  ;  in  other 
cases  at  the  head  or  rear  of  the  column,  as  the  one  or  the 
other  is  more  exposed. 

739. — The  advance  guard  precedes  the  convoy  far  enough 
to  remove  all  obstacles  to  its  advance.  It  examines  the  woods, 
defiles,  and  villages,  and  by  mounted  men  gives  information 
to  the  commander,  and  receives  his  orders.  It  reconnoitres 
places  for  halts  and  parks. 

.    740. — If  the  head  of  the  column  is  threatened,  the  advanced 
guard  seizes  the  defiles  and  places  which  the  enemy  might  oc- 


91 

cupy,  and  hold  them  until  the  main  body  advances  to  the 

front  and  relieves  it ;  the  main  body  holds  the  positions  until 
the  head  of  the  convoy  arrives,  and  then  leaves  detachments 
which  are  relieved  by  the  parties  marching  with  the  divisions; 
the  posts  arc  not  abandoned  until  the  whole  convoy  has 
passed  and  the  position  is  no  longer  important. 

741. — When  the  rear  is  threatened,  like  measures  are  taken; 
the  rear  guard  defends  the  ground  and  retards  the  enemy  by 
breaking  the  bridges  and  blocking  the  road. 

742. — If  the  flanks  are  threatened,  and  the  ground  ia 
broken,  and  many  defiles  are  to  be  passed,  the  defense  of  the 
convoy  becomes  more  difficult;  the  advance  and  rearguards 
must  be  reduced,  the  flanks  strengthened,  and  positions 
which  will  cover  the  march  of  the  convoy  must  be  occupied 
by  the  main  body  of  the  troops  before  the  head  of  the  convoj 
reaches  them,  and  until  it  lias  passed. 

74 '..—If  the  convoy  is  large  and  has  to  pass  places  that 
the  force  and  position  of  the  enemy  make  dangerous,  the  loss 
of  the  whole  convoy  must  not  be  risked  ;  it  must  pass  bydiv  - 
sions,  which  reunite  after  the  passage.  In  this  cas 
greater  part  of  the  troops  guard  the  first  division  :  theyseize 
the  important  points,  and  cover  them  with  light  troops,  or, 
if  necessary,  with  small  posts,  and  hold  them  until  all  the 
divisions  have  passed. 

744. — If  there  is  artillery  in  the  convoy,  the  commander  or 
the  escort  uses  it  for  the  defense. 

74"). — To  move  faster  and  make  the  defense  e 
wagons  move  in  double  file  whenever  the  road  allows  it.  If 
a  wagon  breaks,  it  is  at  once  removed  from  the  road:  when 
repaired,  it  takes  the  rear:  when  it  cannot  be  repaired,  its 
load  and  horses  are  distributed  to  some  of  the  other  wagons 
kept  in  the  rear  for  that  purpi 

746. — Convoys  by  water  are  escorted  on  the  same  princi- 
ples. Bach  boat  has  a  small  infantry  guard  ;  one  portion  of 
the  escort  precedes  or  follows  the  convoy  in  boats.  The 
cavalry  march  opposite  the  convoy;  the  advance  and  rear  guard 
by  land,  and  all  are  connected  by  Hankers  with  the 
convoy.  Where  a  river  runs  through  a  narrow  vally, 
body  of  the  infantry  moves  by  land  to  prevent  the  enemv 
from  occupying  the  heights  and  disturbing  the  convoy. 

747. — Oonvoye  nail  every  hour  to  let  the  horsea 
and  the  wagone  close  Dp.      Long  halts  are  made  but- seldom, 
and  only  in  place-  that  have  been  reconno  and  found 


CJ2 

favorable  for  defense.  At  night  the  park  is  arranged  for 
defense,  and  in  preference  at  a  distance  from  inhabited  places, 
if  in  an  enemy's  country. 

748. — The  wagons  are  usually  parked  in  ranks,  axle  against 
axle,  the  poles  in  the  same  direction,  and  with  sufficient  space 
between  the  ranks  for  the  horses.  It  an  attack  is  feared,  they 
are  parked  in  square,  the  hind  wheels  outside,  and  the  horses 
inside. 

740. — On  the  appearance  of  the  enemy  during  the  march, 
the  commander  oh  ses  up  the  Wagons  and  continues  his  march 
in  order;  he  avoids  righting  ;  but  if  the  enemy  seizes  a  po- 
rtion that  commands  his  road,  he  attacks  vigorously  with  the 
mass  ot  his  force,  but  is  not  to  continue  the  pursuit  farf.om 
the  convoy.  The  convoy  halts,  and  resumes  the  march  when 
the  position  is  carried. 

750. — AY  hen  the  enemy  is  too  strong  to  be  attacked,  the 
convoy  is  parked  in  square  if  there  is  room ;  if  not  closed  up 
in  double  file;  at  the  front  and  rear  the  road  is  blocked  by 
wagons  across  it.  The  drivers  are  dismounted  at  the  heads 
of  the  horses.  They  are  not  permitted  to  make  their  escape. 
The  light  troops  keep  the  enemy  at  a  distance  as  long  as 
possible,  and  are  supported  when  necessary,  but  prudently, 
as  the  troops  must  be  kept  in  hand  to  resist  the  main  attack. 

751. — If  a  wagon  takes  fire  in  the  park,  remove  it  if  pos- 
sible ;  if  not,  remove  first  the  amuuition  wagons,  then  those 
to  leeward  of  the  fire. 

752. — When  a  whole  convoy  can  not  be  saved,  the  most 
valuable  part  may  sometimes  be  by  abandoning  the  rest.  If 
all  efforts  fail,  and  there  is  no  hope  of  succor,  the  convoy 
must  be  set  on  fire  and  the  horses  killed  that  cannot  bo 
saved;  the  escort  may  then  cut  its  way  through. 

753. If  the  convoy  is  of  prisoners  of  war,  every  effort 

should  be  made  to  reach  a  village  or  strong  building  where 
they  may  be  confined ;  if  forced  to  fight  in  the  field,  the  pris- 
oners must  be  secured  and  made  to  lie  down  umil  the  action 
is  over. 

BAGGAGE  TRAINS. 

754. — The  baggage  train  of  general  head-quarten  and  the 
trains  of  the  several  divisions  are  each  under  the  charge  of  an 
officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  These  officers 
command  and  conduct  the  trains  under  the  orders  they  receive 
from  their  respective  head-quarters.    AY  he  i  the  trains  of  dif- 


ferent  divisions  march  together,  or  the  train  of  a  division  mar- 
ches with  the  train  of  general  head-quarters,  the  senior  Quar- 
termaster directs  the  whole. 

755. — The  regimental  Quartermaster  has  charge  of  the  wa- 
gons, horses,  equipments,  and  all  means  of  transport  employed 
in  the  service  of  the  regiment.  Under  the  orders  of  the  Colo- 
nel, he  assembles  them  for  the  march,  and  maintains  the  order 
and  police  of  the  train  in  park  and  on  the  march.  ( )n  marches, 
the  regimental  trains  are  under  the  orders  of  the  Quartermast- 
er of  the  division.  When  the  march  is  by  brigade,  the  senior 
Regimental  Quartermaster  in  the  brigade,  or  the  Quartermast- 
er of  the  brigade  has  the  direction  of  the  whole.  The  nccessa' 
iv  wagon-masters,  or  non-commissioned  officers  to  act  as  such, 
are  employed  with  the  several  trains. 

756. — None  but  the  authorized  wagons  arc  allowed  to  march 
with  the  train.  The  wagons  of  the  several  head-quarters,  the 
regimental  wagons,  and  the  wagons  of  sutlers  authorized  by  or- 
ders from  head-quarters  to  march  with  the  train,  are  all  to  be 
conspicuously  marked. 

757. — When  the  train  of  head-quarters  is  to  have  a  guard, 
the  strength  of  the  guard  is  regulated  by  the  General.  Gene- 
rals of  Brigade  guard  their  trains  by  the  men  attached  to  the 
train  of  the  first  regiment  of  their  brigades.  The  regimental 
trains  are  loaded,  unloaded,  and  guarded,  as  far  as  practicable, 
by  convalescents  and  men  not  effective  in  the  ranks;  in  the 
cavalry,  by  dismounted  men.  When  the  guard  of  a  train  is 
the  escort  for  its  defense,  the  regulations  in  regard  to  convoye 
and  escorts  take  effect. 

758. — Habitually  each  division  is  followed  by  its  train,  the 
n  gimental  trains  uniting  at  the  brigade  rendezvous.  When 
I'therwise,  the  order  for  the  movement  of  the  divisions  brig- 
ades, and  regiments  contains  the  necessary  directions  in  re- 
gard to  the  assembling  and  marching  of  the  respective  trams. 
The  several  trains  march  in  an  order  analogous  to  the 
rank  of  the  generals,  and  the  order  of  battle  of  the  troops 
to  which  they  belong.  Trains  are  not  allowed  in  any  case  to 
be  in  the  midst  of  the  troops,  or  to  impede  the  inarch  of  the 
troops. 

759. — The  wagon-masters,  under  the  orders  of  the  officers 
of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  exercise  the  necessary  re- 
straints over  the  teamsters  and  servants  who  leave  their  teams, 
or  do   not   properly   conduct    them  J  Of   who   ill-treat  their 

horses,  or  wfa  pt  to  pil  run  awav  in   <•: 

attack. 


94 

760. — The  General  commanding  the  army  and  the  Generals 
of  Division  will  not  permit  any  general  or  staff  officer,  or  re- 
giment under  their  orders,  or  any  person  whatsoever,  attach- 
ed to  their  command,  to  have  more  than  the  authorized  amount 
or  means  of  transportation.  For  this  purpose  they  will  them- 
selves make,  and  cause  to  be  made,  frequent  reviews  and  in- 
spections of  the  trains.  They  will  see  that  no  trooper  is  em- 
ployed to  lead  a  private  horse,  no  soldier  to  drive  a  private  ve- 
hicle, and  that  no  trooper  is  put  on  foot  to  lend  his  horse  to  an 
officer.  They  will  not  permit  the  wagons  of  the  artillery  or  of 
the  train  to  be  loaded  with  anything  foreign  to  their  proper 
service,  nor  any  public  horse,  for  any  occasion,  to  be  harness- 
ed to  a  private  carriage. 

761. — The  officeis  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  the 
wagon  masters,  and  all  conductors  of  trains,  are  charged  with 
watching  that  the  regulations  respecting  transportation  allow- 
ances are  strictly  observed. 

GENERAL   POLICE. 

762. — When  necessary,  the  General-in-chief  or  General  of 
Division  may  appoint  a  provost  marshal  to  take  charge  of  pris- 
oners, with  a  suitable  guard,  or  other  police  force. 

763. — Private  servants,  not  soldiers,  will  not  be  allowed  to 
wear  the  uniform  of  any  corps  of  the  army ;  but  each  will  be 
required  to  carry  with  him  a  certificate  from  the  officer  who 
employs  him,  verified,  for  regimental  officers,  by  the  signature 
of  the  Colonel ;  for  other  officers  under  the  rank  of  Colonel,  by 
the  chief  of  their  corps  or  department. 

764. — Laundresses  permitted  to  follow  the  army  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates,  signed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
and  no  woman  of  bad  character  will  be  allowed  to  follow  the 
army.  Other  persons  with  the  army,  not  officers  or  soldiers, 
such  as  guides  of  the  country,  interpreters,  &c,  will  carry 
about  them  similar  certificates  from  the  head-quarters  that  em- 
ploys them. 

765. — Deserters  from  the  enemy,  after  being  examined,  will 
be  secured  for  some  days,  as  they  may  be  spies  in  disguise  ;  as 
opportunities  offer,  they  will  be  sent  to  the  rear  ;  after  which, 
if  they  are  found  lurking  about  the  army,  or  attempting  to  re- 
turn to  the  enemy,  they  will  be  treated  with  severity. 

766 — The  arms  and  accoutrements  of  deserters  will  be 
turned  over  to  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  their  horses  to 
the  corps  in  want  of  them,  after  being  branded  with  the  let- 


95 


ters  "C.S."  The  compensation  to  be  accorded  to  deserters,  fot 
such  objects,  will  be  according  to  appraisement,  made  under  the 
direction  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  The  enlistment 
of  deserters,  without  express  permission  from  General  head- 
quarters, is  prohibited. 

767. — It  is  forbidden  to  purchase  horsts  without  ascertaining 
the  right  of  the  party  to  sell.  Stolen  horses  shall  be  restored"! 
Estrays,  in  the  enemy's  country,  when  the  owner  is  not  discov- 
ered, are  taken  for  the  arm}*. 

768. — Plundering  and  marauding,  at  all  times  disgraceful 
to  soldiers,  when  committed  on  the  persons  or  property  of  those 
whom  it  is  the  duty  of  the  army  to  protect,  become  crimes 
of  such  enormity  as  to  admit  of  no  remission  of  the  awful  pun- 
ishment which  the  military  law  awards  against  offenses  of  this 
nature. 


SAFEGUARDS. 


769. — Safeguards  are  protections  granted  to  persons  or  prop- 
erty in  foreign  parts  by  the  commanding  general,  or  by  other 
commanders  within  the  limits  of  their  command. 

770. — Safeguards  are  usually  given  to  protect  hospitals,  pub- 
lic establishments,  establishments  of  religion,  charity,  or  in- 
struction, museums,  depositories  of  the  arts,  mills,  post-offices, 
and  other  institutions  of  public  benefit  ;  also  to  individuals 
whom  it  may  be  the  interest  of  the  army  to  respect. 

771. — A  safegard  may  consist  of  one  or  more  men  of  fideli- 
ty and  firmness,  generally  non-effective  non-commissioned  of- 
iicers,  furnished  with  a  paper  setting  out  clearly  the  protection 
and  exemptions  it  is  intended  to  secure,  signed  by  the  com- 
mander giving  it,  and  his  staff  officer;  or  it  may  consist  of  such 
paper,  delivered  to  the  party  whose  person,  family,  house  and 
property  it  is  designed  to  protect.  These  safeguards  must  be 
numbered  and  registered. 

772. — The  men  left  as  safeguards  by  one  corps  may  b< 
placed  by  another.    They  are  withdrawn  when  the  country  is 
evacuated;  but  if  not,  they  have  orders  to  await  the  arrival  of 
the  enemy's  troops,   and  apply  to  the  commander  for  a  safe- 
conduct  to  the  OUtpOE 

?7-"..—  Form  of  b  safeguard  : 
By  authori  t  y  of , 

i,ar'1  kfl  B ,  or  the  house 

and  famil  B ,  or  the  c  property, 

stating  pn  lie  place,  nature,  and  description  of  tie 


96 

8on,  property,  or  buildings].  All  officers  and  soldiers  belong- 
ing to  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  are  therefore  com- 
manded to  respect  this  safeguard,  and  to  afford,  if  neces- 
sary, protection  to  [the  person,  family,  or  property  of , 

as  the  case  may  be.] 

Given  at  Head-Quarters,  the day  of . 

A.  B ,  Major- General  commanding-in-chief. 

Ey  command  of  the  General. 

C.  D ,  Adjutant-General. 

55th  Article  of  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War. 

"  Whosoever  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Confederate 
IStates,  employed  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suffer  death."' 

SIEGES. 

774-. — In  the  following  regulations  the  besieging  force  is  sup- 
posed to  be  two  divisions  of  infantry  and  a  brigade  of  cavalry. 
The  same  principles  govern  in  other  cases. 

775. — Tlie  Brigadier-Generals  of  infantry  serve,  in  turn,  as 
Generals  of  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  of  them  are  detailed 
daily,  according  to  the  front  and  number  of  attacks  ;  they  su- 
perintend the  operations,  and  dispose  the  guards  of  the  trench- 
es to  repulse  sorties  and  protect  the  works.  Officers  of  the 
general  staff  are  assigned  to  them  to  transmit  their  orders  and 
attend  to  the  details  or  service. 

776. — The  Colonels  and  Lieutenant-Colonels  of  infantry  al- 
ternate for  duty  in  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  are  detailed 
dail}r ;  they  superintend  the  service  of  the  guards  and  workmen 
in  the  part  of  the  work  to  which  the  general  of  the  trenches 
assigns  them,  being  posted  with  troops  of  their  own  regiments 
in  preference.  The  commandant  of  the  siege  may  place  the 
Colonels  on  the  roster  with  the  Brigadier-Generals. 

777.  — The  commandants  of  engineers  and  artillery  accompa- 
ny the  first  troops  before  the  place  to  examine  the  works  and 
the  approaches.  When  the  engineers  have  completed  the  rc- 
connoissance  of  the  works,  and  of  each  front  as  far  as  practica- 
ble, the  commandant  of  engineers  makes  a  plan  of  the  wTorks 
as  exact  and  detailed  as  possible,  and  under  the  instructions  of 
the  General  commanding  the  siege,  draws  up  the  general  plan 
of  the  siege,  and  discusses  it  with  the  commandant  of  artillery 
in  regard  to  the  best  employment  of  that  arm.  These  officers 
then  submit  their  joint  or  separate  opinions  to  the  General, 
who  decides  on  the  plan  of  the  siege,  and  gives  the  orders  for 
the  execution.  The  commandant  of  engineers  directs  the  con- 
struction of  all  the  works  of  the  siege,  under  the  authority  of 


97 

the  General,  and  lavs  before  him  every  day  a  report  of  his 
operations,  and  a  plan  showing  the  progress  of  the  attack. 
The  commandant  of  artillery  also  makes  daily  reports  to  the 
General  of  all  that  relates  to  his  branch  of  the  service. 

778. — The  Quartermaster-General  establishes  the  hospital^ 
and  organizes  the  means  for  transporting  the  wounded  to 
them. 

779. — The  commanding  General  appoints  a  field  officer  of 
the  trenches,  who  is  aided  by  one  or  two  Captains  or  Lieu- 
tenants. 

780. — The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  is  charged  with  all 
the  details  relative  to  the  assembling  of  the  guards  and  the 
workmen.  lie  distributes  the  guards^n  the  different  points 
of  the  attack  agreeably  to  the  orders  of  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  forms  the  detachments  of  workmen  for  the 
engineers  and  artillery  ;  that  he  may  be  prepared  for  this 
distribution,  he  receives  every  day  from  the  Adjutant-Gene 
ral  a  statement  of  the  details  for  the  next  day. 

781. — On  the  arrival  of  the  General  of  the  trenches,  the 
field  officer  of  the  trenches  gives  him  all  the  information 
necessary  to  enable  him  to  station  the  troops,  attends  him 
in  his  visit  to  the  trenches,  and  takes  his  orders  on  the  changes 
to  be  made  in  the  position  of  the  troops.  The  execution  is 
intrusted  to  the  commandants  of  the  troops. 

782.-- -The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  sees  that  men  and 
litters  are  always  ready  to  bring  off  the  wounded.  One  or 
more  companies  of  the  guards  of  the  trenches  are  put  under 
his  immediate  orders  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  police 
in  the  trenches. 

783 — The  divisions,  brigades,  regiments,    and  battalions, 
are  encamped  during  the  siege  in"  the  order  of  battle.     The 
ice  of  camp  is  conducted  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

784. ----The  infantry  has  two  kinds  of  si.  ge  Berviee — the 
guard  of  the  trenches  and  the  work  of  the  trenches. 

785. — The  guards  of  the  trenches  mounl  every  day  by  bat- 
talions, in  such  order  of  detail  that  all  the  troops  may  take 
an  equal  Bhare,  and  no  pari  of.the  line  be  left"  too  weak.  If 
only  one  battalion  is  required,  each  division  furnishes  it 
alternately  ;  if  two  are  required,  each  division  gives  one;  if 
three,  one  division  furnishes  two,  the  other  one,  alternately. 
The  two  battalions  of  the  same  <livMun-  are  not  taken  fn 
the  same  brigade. 

—The  detail  for  work  of  the  trenches  is  by  company, 


9S 

from  all  the  regiments  at  one  time,  or  in  turn,  and  continues 
generally  twelve  hours.  The  detail  from  any  regiment  should 
never  be  less  than   a   company.     If  only  half  a   company 
would  be  needed  from  all  the  regiments  at  a  time,every 
other  regiment  furnishes  a  full  company  alternately. 

787. — The  battalions  for  guard  are  detailed  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  advance  ;  they  furnish  no  other  details  during  this 
tour.  If  the  whole  regiment  is  called  out,  it  leaves  a  suf- 
ficient police  guard  in  camp. 

788. — Twenty-four  hours,  or  twelve  at  least,  before  mount- 
ing guard  in  the  trenches,  the  battalions  detailed  for  guard  do 
not  furnish  workmen  ;  and  the  companies  of  these  battalions 
whose  tour  it  would  have  been  to  work  in  the  trenches,  do  not 
go  there  for  twenty -fafcr  hours  after  guard,  if  possible,  or  at 
the  least  twelve. 

789. — The  workmen  who  are  required  for  other  work  than 
that  of  the  trenches  are  taken  from  the  roster  for  fatigue  from 
the  battalions  and  companies  not  employed  in  the  trenches. 

790. — The  battalions  first  for  detail  for  guard  of  the  trenches, 
and  the  companies  first  for  detail  for  work  in  the  trenches, 
furnish  no  other  details,  and  are  held  on  picket,  ready  to  march 
at  the  call  of  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches. 

791. — Materials  for  the  siege,  such  as  fascines,  gabions, 
hurdles,  pickets.  &c,  are  furnished  by  the  different  corps,  in 
the  proportion  ordered  by  the  General. 

792. — Guards  aud  workmen  going  to  the  trenches  march 
without  beat  of  drum  or  music. 

793. — At  all  times,  and  especially  on  the  day  the  trenches 
are  opened,  every  thing  is  avoided  likely  to  attract  the  atten- 
tion of  the  enemy.  With  this  view  the  General  may  vary  the 
hour  of  relieving  guards. 

79tt. — The  chiefs  of  engineers  and  artillery  make  requisitions 
for  workmen  in  advance,  that  the  details  may  be  made  in  time 
to  prevent  any  delay  in  the  work.  They  should  exceed  the 
number  strictly  required,  that  there  may  be  a  reserve  for  un- 
foreseen wants.  If  this  reserve  is  found  insufficient,  the  Gene- 
ral directs  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  to  call  on  the  picket. 

795. — Before  the  guards  and  workmen  march,  the  field  officer 
of  the  trenches  arranges  them  so  that  each  detachment  can 
reach  its  ground  without  confusion.  The  troops  are  posted  in 
the  trenches  according  to  the  position  of  their  regiments  in  the 
order  of  battle,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the  companies  of  work- 
men in  like  order.     The  reserves  of  workmen  are  placed  at  the 


99 

depot  of  the  trenches,  or  the  nearest  suitable  place  to  the 
works. 

796. — The  workmen  leave  their  knapsacks  and  BWOrds  in 
camp,  and  march  with  their  firearms  and  cartridge-boxes, 
which  they  place  near  them  while  at  work.  The}-  always 
carry  their  overcoats,  to  cover  them  iiT  resting  or  when 
wounded. 

797. — The  guards  always  enter  the  trenches  with  arms 
trailed,  and  the  workmen  also,  unless  they  carry  materials  or 
tools,  when  the  arms  arc  in  the  sling. 

798. — The  guards  and  detachments  of  workmen  scud  a 
Corporal  to  the  openings  of  the  trenches  to  guide  the  relief. 
They  march  out  of  the  trenches  by  the  flank,  with  trailed 
arms. 

799. — Sand-bags,  forming  loop-holes,  are  placed  at  inter- 
vals on  the  parapet  to  cover  the  sentinels  ;  they  are  more  nu- 
merous than  the  sentinels,  so  that  the  enemy  may  not  know 
where  the  sentinels  are  placed. 

SOO. — When  detachments  are  placed  at  night  in  advance 
of  the  trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen,  the  men  sit  or  lie 
down,  with  their  firearms  in  their  hands,  to  hide  themselves 
better  from  the  enemy ;  the  sentinels  put  their  ears  to  the 
ground  frequently,  that  they  may  hear  troops  coming  out  of 
the  place.  To  prevent  mistakes,  the  workmen  are  told  what 
*roops  cover  them. 

801. — Xo  honors  are  paid  in  the  trenches.  When  the  Gene- 
ral c<r  andingthe  siege  visits  them,  the  guards  place  them- 
seh  rear  of  the  banquette,  and  rests  on  their  arms.    The 

color?  are   never  carried   to  the  trenches  unless  the  whole 
•  giment  marches  to  repulse  a  sortie  or  make  an  assault. 
Even  in  this  case  they  are  not  displayed  until  the  General 
commanding  the  seige  gives  a  formal  order. 

802. — The  materials  of  the   seige  of  all  kinds,  together 
with  the  tools,  are  collected  in   part  at  the  depots  of  the 
trenches,  and  in  part  at  the  opening  of  the  trenches,  or  in 
E    ch  other  place  as  has  been    appointed  tor  the  convenience 
the  service  by  the  field  officers  of  the  trenches,  on  the  ad- 
vice  of  the   chiefs  of  artillery  and   engineers.     They  are  in 
iharge  of  officers  of  engineers  and  of  artillery,  with  guards 
or  non-commissioned  officers  of  both  corps.    But  if  these 
:orps  cannot  furnish  them,  the  chiefs  apply  for  assistance 

m  the  infantry. 

— The  workmen,  in  going  to  the  trenches,  carry  such 
and  materials  as  are  required  by  the  artillery  and  engi- 
■      -.     In  this  <•;!-<•.  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  has  notice 
and  superintend  - 


100 

S04. — The  soldiers  sent  to  the  trenches  go  with  their  cart- 
ridge-boxes rilled.  Cartridges,  when  needed,  are  sent  to  the 
trenches  on  the  requisition  of  commanders  of  battalions,  ap- 
proved by  the  General  of  the  trenches. 

805. — In  the  case  of  a  sortie,  the  guards  move  rapidly  to  the 
places  that  have  been  designated  by  the  General  of  the  trenches, 
and  which  afford  the  best  defense  for  the  head  of  the  works, 
the  batteries,  the  communications,  or  the  flanks,  or  best  enable 
them  to  take  the  sortie  itself  in  flank  or  reverse.  Having  lined 
the  banquette  to  fire  on  the  enemy,  the  troops  form  on  the  re- 
reverse  of  the  trench  to  receive  him.  The  workmen  take  arms, 
retain  their  positions,  or  retire  with  their  tools,  as  ordered. 
The  officers  commanding  the  detachments  of  workmen  see  that 
their  movements  are  made  promptly  and  in  good  order,  so -as 
to  avoid  all  confusion  in  the  communications. 

SOG. — The  troops  that  advance  beyond  the  trenches  to  re- 
pulse the  sortie,  must  not  follow  in  pursuit.  The  General 
takes  care  that  they  return  to  the  trenches  before  the  retreat 
of  the  sortie  allows  the  artillery  of  the  place  to  open  on  them. 
When  the  workmen  return,  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  of  the  detachments  call  the  roll  without  interrupting 
the  work,  which  is  immediately  resumed. 

807. — When  it  is  necessary  to  dismount  cavalry  and  send 
them  to  the  trenches,  they  should  be  employed  as  near  their 
camp  as  possible,   and  posted   between  the  detachments  of 
infantry. 

808. — Men  belonging  to  the  cavalry  may,  in  assaults,  be 
employed  in  carrying  fascines  and  other  materials  to  fill  ditches 
and  make  passages. 

S09. — The  general  officers  of  cavalry  are  more  particularly 
employed  in  the  service  of  posts  and  detachments  placed  in 
observation  to  protect  the  siege.  They  and  the  field  officers 
of  this  arm  are  employed  in  the  command  of  escorts  to  convoys, 
of  whatever  arms  the  escorts  may  be  composed.  When  these 
duties  are  not  sufficient  to  employ  them,  they  take  their  share 
of  the  duty  of  the  trenches. 

S10. — The  officers  of  engineers  and  artillery  of  the  trenches 
make  to  the  General  of  the  trenches  a  return  of  all  losses  in 
their  troops,  and  such  other  reports  on  the  work  as  he  requires, 
in  addition  to  the  reports  direct  to  their  respective  chiefs  on 
the  details  of  the  service. 

811. — At  the  end  of  each  tour,  the  field  officer  of  the 
trenches  draws  up  a  report  for  the  twenty-four  hours  to  the 


101 

General  of  the  trenches.  The  General  of  the  trenches  reports 
to  the  General  commanding  the  siege. 

S12. — The  commanders  of  the  several  corps  in  the  trenches 
report,  when  relieved,  to  their  respective  head-quarters  the 
losses  during  the  tour,  and  the  conduct  of  the  officers  and  men. 

S13. — However  practicable  the  breach  may  appear,  or  how- 
ever ruined  the  work  in  rear  of  it,  the  heads  of  columns  must 
always  be  supplied  with  ladders  to  get  over  unexpected  ob- 
stacles. 

S14. — The  General  commanding  the  siege  designates  picked 
companies  to  protect  property  and  persons,  and  prevent  pillage 
and  violence,  from  the  moment  the  place  is  carried.  The  oiti- 
cers  exert  themselves  to  restr  in  the  men. 

Sl-5. — The  general  designates  the  places  requiring  particular 
protection,  such  as  churches,  asylums,  hospitals,  colleges, 
schools  and  magazines.  The  order  of  their  protection  should 
remind  the  soldiers,  at  the  time,  of  the  penalty  of  disobeying  it. 

S1G. — Whether  the  place  be  taken  by  assault  or  by  capitula- 
tion, the  provisions  and  military  stores,  and  the  public  funds. 
are  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  army. 

817. — The  commander  of  engineers  will  keep  a  journal  of 
the  siege,  showing  the  operations  of  each  day  in  detail,  the  force 
employed  on  the  work,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  materials  used 
in  them,  &c.  lie  will  also  mark  on  a  plan  of  the  ground  the 
daily  progress  of  the  works,  and  make  the  necessary  drawings 
explanatory  of  their  construction. 

S18. — The  commander  of  the  artillery  will  keep  a  daily 
journal  of  the  operations  under  his  direction,  showing — the 
number  and  kind  of  pieces  in  battery,  the  force  employed  in 
serving  them,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ammunition  expended, 
the  number  of  rounds  fired  from  each  piece  of  ordnance,  the 
effect  of  the  fire,  and  all  other  particulars  relative  to  his  branch 
of  the  service. 

819. — These  journals  and  drawings  will  be  sent,  after  the 
siege,  with  the  report  of  tin-  <  leneral,  to  the  War  Department. 

DEFENSE  ok  FORTIFIED  PLACES. 

820.— Ito  war,  every  con  nn  under  of  a   fortified  place   shall 
always  hold  himself  prepared   with  his  plan  of  defense,    • 
at  anytime  liable  to  attack.     He  arranges  this  plan  according 
to  the  probable  mode  <>t  attack;  determines  the  posts  of  the 
troops  in  the  several  parts  of  the  works,  the  reliefs,  the  rea 
and  the  details  of   service   in  all  the  corps.     He  draw  i 


102 

instructions  for  a  case  of  attack,  and  exercises  the  garrison 
according  to  his  plan  of  defense.  In  sea-coast  works  he  pro- 
vides the  instructions  for  the  different  batteries  on  the  approach 
of  ships. 

\  S2J. — In  framing  his  plan,  he  studies  the  works  and  the 
exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack  and  investment,  the  strength 
of  the  garrison,  the  artillery,  the  munitions  of  war,  subsistence 
and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  and  takes  immediate  measures  to 
procure  whatever  is  deficient  of  troops  or  supplies,  either  by 
requisition  on  the  government  or  from  the  means  put  at  his 
disposal. 

S22. — On  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  he  removes  all  houses 
and  other  objects,  within  or  without  the  place,  that  cover  the 
approaches,  or  interrupt  the  fire  of  the  guns  or  the  movements 
oi'  the  troops.  He  assures  himself  personally  that  all  posterns, 
outlets,  or  embrasures,  &c,  are  in  proper  state  of  security. 

S23. — He  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Department  of  War 
with  a  plan  of  the  works,  showing  all  the  details  of  the  forti- 
fications and  of  the  exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack  ;  with 
a  map  of  the  environs  within  the  radius  of  investment ;  with 
a  map  of  the  vicinity,  including  the  neighboring  works,  roads, 
water-channels,  coasts  &c. ;  with  a  memoir  explaining  the  situ- 
ation and  defense  of  the  place,  and  the  relations  and  bearings 
of  the  several  works  on  each  other,  and  on  the  approaches  by 
land  and  water — all  which  he  carefully  preserves,  and  com- 
municates only  to  the  council  of  defense. 

S24. — He  consults  his  next  in  rank,  and  the  senior  officer  of 
the  engineers  and  of  the  artillery,  either  separately  or  as  a 
council  of  defense.  In  the  latter  case  he  designates  an  officer 
to  act  as  secretary  to  the  council,  and  to  record  their  proceed- 
ings and  their  joint  or  separate  opinions,  which  are  to  be  kept 
secret  during  the  siege.  The  members  may  record  their  opin- 
ions under  their  own  signature.  In  all  cases,  the  commander 
decides  on  his  own  responsibility. 

S25. — The  commander  of  the  place,  and  the  chiefs  of  en- 
gineers and  of  artillery,  shall  keep  journals  of  the  defense,  in 
which  shall  be  entered,  in  order  of  date,  without  blank  or  in- 
erlineation,  the  orders  given  or  received,  the  manner  in 
which  they  are  executed,  their  results,  and  every  event  and 
circumstance  of  importance  in  the  progress  of  the  defense. 
Thesejournals  and  the  proceedings  of  the  council  of  defense, 
shall  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  of  War. 

S2G. — There  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  commandant 


103 

of  the  place,  to  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  ol 
War,  a  map  of  the  environs,  apian  of  the  fortifications,  and  a 
special  plan  of  the  front  of  attack,  on  which  the  chief  engineer 
will  trace,  in  succession,  the  positions  occupied,  and  the  works 
executed  by  the  enemy  from  the  investment :  and  also  the 
works  of  counter  approach  of  defense,  and  the  successive  po- 
sitions of  the  artillery  and  other  troops  of  the  garrison  during 
the  progress  of  the  siege. 

S27. — The  commander  shall  defend  in  succession  the  ad- 
vanced works,  the  covered  way  and  outworks,  the  body  of  tin 
work,  and  the  interior  entrenchments.  He  will  not  be  content 
with  dealing  away  the  foot  of  the  breaches,  and  defending 
them  by  abattis,  mines,  and  all  the  means  used  in  sieges;  but 
he  shall  begin  in  good  time,  behind  the  bastions  or  front  of 
attack,  the  necessary  entrenchments  to  resist  assaults  on  the 
main  work. 

S2S. — He  shall  use  his  means  of  defense  in  such  manner  as 
always  to  have  a  reserve  ol'  fresh  troops,  chosen  from  his  best 
soldiers,  to  resist  assaults,  retake  the  outworks,  and  especially 
to  resist  the  assaults  on  the  body  of  the  place ;  and  a  reserve 
>t  provisions  for  the  last  period  of  the  siege,  and  of  ammuni- 
tion for  the  last  attacks. 

829. — He  must,  in  every  case,  compel  the  besieging  force 
ro  approach  by  the  slow  and  successive  works  of  siege,  and 
must  sustain  at  least  one  assault  on  a  practicable  breach  in 
the  body  of  the  place. 

S30. — When  the  comn  ader  thinks  that  the  end  of  the  de- 
has  come,  he  shall  still  consult  the  council  of  defense  on 
the  means  that  may  remain  to  prolong  the  seige.  But  in  all 
cases  he  alone  will  decide  on  the  time  manner,  and  terms  of 
the  surrender.  In  the  capitulation,  he  shall  notseek  or  accept 
better  terms  for  himself  than  for  the  garrison,  but  shall  share 
their  fate,  and  exert  his  best  endeavors  lor  the  care  of  the 
troops,  and  especially  ofthe  sick  and  wounded. 

831. — No  commander  in  the  Held  shall  withdraw  troops  oi 
supplies  from   any  fortified   place,  or  exercise  any  authority 
over  its  commandant,  unless  it  has  been   put   subject  to  his 
-  by  competent  authority. 

ARTICLE  XXXVII. 

TROOPS   <>N    BOARD   OF   TBAX8POET8. 

— Military  commanders  charged  with  the  embarkation 


104 

of  troops,  and  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
intrusted  with  the  selection  of  the  transports,  will  take  care 
that  the  vessels  are  entirely  seaworthy  and  proper  for  such 
service,  and  that  suitable  arrangements  are  made  in  them  for 
the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops. 

833. — If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  commanding  the  troops 
to  be  embarked,  the  vessel  is  not  proper  or  suitably  arranged, 
the  officer  charged  with  the  embarkation  shall  cause  her  to  be 
inspected  by  competent  and  experienced  persons. 

834.— Immediately  after  embarking,  the  men  will  be  assigned 
to  quarters,  equal  parties  on  both  sides  of  the  ship,  and  no  man 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  or  sleep  on  the  opposite  side.  As  far 
as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  company  will  be  assigned  to 
the  same  part  of  the  vessel,  and  the  squads,  in  the  same  man- 
ner, to  contiguous  berths. 

835. — Arms  will  be  so  placed,  if  there  be  no  racks,  as  to  be 
secure  from  injury,  and  enable  the  men  to  handle  them 
promptly — bayonets  unfixed  and  in  scabbard. 

83G. — Ammunition  in  cartridge-boxes  to  be  so  placed  as  to 
be  entirely  secure  from  fire ;  reserve  ammunition  to  be  reported 
to  the  master  of  the  transport,  with  request  that  he  designate 
a  safe  place  of  deposit.  Frequent  inspections  will  be  made  of 
the  service  ammunition,  to  insure  its  safety  and  good  condition. 

S37. — No  officer  is  to  sleep  out  of  his  ship,  or  to  quit  his 
ship,  without  the  sanction  of  the  officer  commanding  on  board. 

S3S. — The  guard  will  be  proportioned  to  the  number  of  sen- 
tinels required.  At  sea,  the  guard  will  mount  with  side-arms 
only.     The  officer  of  the  guard  will  be  officer  of  the  day. 

S39. — Sentinels  will  be  kept  over  the  fires,  with  buckets  of 
water  at  hand,  promptly  to  extinguish  fires.  Smoking  is  pro- 
hibited between  decks  or  in  the  cabins,  at  all  times  ;  nor  shall  any 
lights  be  allowed  between  decks,  except  such  ship  lanterns  as 
the  master  of  the  transport  may  direct,  or  those  carried  by  the 
officer  of  the  day  in  the  execution  of  his  duty. 

S40. — Regulations  will  be  adopted  to  enable  companies  or 
messes  to  cook  in  turn ;  no  others  than  those  whose  turn  it  is 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  round  or  approach  the  galleys  or 
other  cooking  places. 

841. — The  commanding  officer  will  make  arrangements,  in 
concert  with  the  master  of  the  vessel,  for  calling  the  troops  to 
quarters,  so  that  in  case  of  alarm,  by  storm,  or  fire,  or  the  ap- 
proach of  the  enemy,  every  man  may  repair  promptly  to  his 


1 05 

station.  But  he  will  take  care  not  to  crowd  the  deck.  The 
troops  not  wanted  at  the  guns  or  to  assist  the  sailors,  and  those 
who  cannot  be  advantageously  employed  with  small  arms, 
will  be  formed  as  a  reserve  between  decks. 

842. — All  the  troops  will  turn   out   at .  a.  m.,  without 

arms  or  uniform,  and  (in  warm  weather)  without  shoes  or 
stockings;  when  every  individual  will  be  clean,  his  hands,  face 
and  feet  washed,  and  his  hair  combed.  The  same  personal  in- 
spection will  be  repeated  thirty  minutes  before  sunset.  The 
cooks  alone  will  be  exempted  from  one  of  these  inspections  per 
day,  if  necessary. 

S43. — Recruits  or  awkward  men  will  be  exercised  in  the 
morning  and  evening  in  the  use  of  arms,  an  hour  each  time 
when  the  weather  will  permit. 

844. — Officers  wilPenforce  cleanliness  as  indispensable  to 
health.  When  the  weather  will  permit,  bedding  will  be  brought 
on  deck  every  morning  for  airing.  Tubs  may  be  fixed  on  the 
forecastle  for  bathing, "or  the  men  may  be  placed  in  the  chains 
and  have  buckets  ofwater  thrown  over  them. 

845. — Between  decks  will  not  be  washed  oftener  than  once  a 
week,  and  only  when  the  weather  is  fine.  The  boards  of  the 
lower  berths  will  be  removed  once  or  twice  a  week  to  change 
the  straw.  Under  the  direction  of  the  Surgeon  and  the  officer 
of  the  day,  frequent  fumigations  will  be  performed  between 
decks.  The  materials  required  are — common  salt,  four  ounces; 
powdered  oxide  of  manganese,  one  ounce  ;  sulphuric  acid,  one 
ounce,  diluted  with  two  ounces  ofwater.  The  diluted  acid  is 
poured  over  the  other  ingredients  in  a  basin  placed  in  a  hot 
sand-bath.  Solutions  of  chloride  of  lime  and  chloride  of  zinc- 
are  excellent  disinfecting  agents. 

846. — During  voyages  in  hot  weather,  the  master  of  the 
vessel  will  be  desired  to  provide  wind-sails,  which  will  be  kept 
constantly  hung  up,  and  frequently  examined,  to  see  that  they 
draw  well  and  are  not  obstructed. 

847. — During  cooking  hours,  the  officers  of  companies  visit 
the  caboose,  and  see  that  the  messes  arc  well  prepared.  The 
coppers  and  other  cooking  utensils  are  to  be  regularly  and  well 
washed,  both  before  and  after  use. 

848. — The  bedding  will  he  replaced  in  the  berths  at  sunset, 
or  at  an  earlier  hour  when  there  is  a  prospect  of  bad  weather  : 
and  at  i^it/jo  every  man  not  on  duty  will  bu  in  his  berth.  To 
injure  the  execution  of  this  regulation,  the  officer  of  the  day. 
with  a  lantern,  will  make  a  tour  between  deck-. 


106 

^19. — Lights  will  be  extinguished  at  tattoo,  except  such  as  are 
placed  under  sentinels.  The  officer  of  the  day  will  see  to  it, 
and  report  to  the  commanding  officer.  The  officers'  lights 
will  be  extinguished  at  10  o'clock,  unless  special  permission  be 
given  to  continue  them  for  a  longer  time,  as  in  case  of  sick- 
ness or  other  emergency. 

850. — For  the  sake  of  exercise,  the  troops  will  be  occasion- 
ally called  to  quarters  by  the  beat  to  arms.  Those  appointed  to 
the  guns  will  be  frequently  exercised  in  the  use  of  them.  The 
arms  and  accoutrements  will  be  frequently  inspected.  The 
metallic  parts  of  the  former  will  be  often  wiped  and  greased 
again. 

Sol. — The  men  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  on  deck  in  hot 
weather  or  in  the  sun  ;  they  will  be  encouraged  and  required 
to  take  exercise  on  deck,  in  squads  by  succession,  when  neces- 
sary. 

S52. — At  morning  and  evening  parades,  the  Surgeon  will 
examine  the  men,  to  observe  whether  there  be  any  appearance 
of  disease. 

S53. — The  sick  will,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  separated  from 
the  healthy  men.  On  the  first  appearance  of  malignant  con- 
tagion, a  signal  will  be  made  for  the  hospital  vessel  (if  there  be 
one  in  company),  and  the  diseased  men  removed  to  her. 

So-i. — A  good  supply  of  hospital  stores  and  medicines  will 
be  taken  on  each  vessel,  and  used  only  for  the  sick  and  conva- 
lescent. 

S55. — The  Surgeon  will  guard  the  men  against  costiveness 
on  approaching  a  hot  climate.  In  passing  through  the  West 
Indies,  to  the  southern  coast,  for  instance,  and  for  some  weeks 
after  landing  in  those  latitudes,  great  care  is  required  in  the 
use  of  fruit,  as  strangers  would  not  be  competent  to  judge  of 
it.  and  most  kinds,  after  long  voyages,  are  prejudicial. 

856. — In  harbor,  where  there  is  no  danger  from  sharks,  the 
men  may  bathe  ;  but  not  more  than  ten  at  a  time,  and  attend- 
ed by  a  boat. 

857.— In  fitting  up  a  vessel  for  the  transportation  of  horses, 
care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  requisite  arrangements  are  made 
for  conveniently  feeding  and  cleaning  them,  and  to  secure  them 
from  injury  in  rough  weather  by  ropes  attached  to  breast-straps 
and  breeching,  or  by  other  suitable  means  ;  and  especially  that 
proper  ventilation  is  provided  by  openings  in  the  upper  deck, 


107 

wind-sails,  &C.  The  ventilation  of  steamers  may  be  assisted 
by  using  the  engine  for  that  purpose. 

S5S. — Horses  should  not  be  put  on  board  after  severe  exer- 
cise or  when  heated.  In  hoisting  them  on  board,  the  slings 
should  be  made  fast  to  a  hook  at  the  end  of  the  fall,  or  the 
knot  tied  by  an  expert  seaman,  so  that  it  may  be  well  secured 
and  easily  loosened.  The  horse  should  be  run  up  quickly  to 
prevent  him  from  plunging,  and  should  be  steadied  by  guide 
ropes.  A  halter  is  placed  on  him  before  he  is  lifted  from  the 
ground. 

S59. — On  board,  care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  horses  are  not 
over-fed  ;  bran  should  form  part  of  their  ration.  The  face,  eves, 
and  nostrils  of  each  horse  are  to  be  washed  at  the  usual  stable 
hours,  and  occasionally,  the  mangers  should  be  washed  and 
the  nostrils  of  the  horse  sponged  with  vinegar  and  water. 

sen. — In  loading-vessels  with  stores  for  a  military  expedition, 
the  cargo  of  each  should  be  composed  of  an  assortment  ot 
such  stores  as  may  be  available  for  service  in  ease  of  the  non- 
arrival  of  others,  and  they  should  be  placed  on  board  in  such 
a  manner  that  they  maybe  easily  readied,  in  the  order  in 
which  they  are  required  for  service.  Each  store-ship  should 
be  marked,  at  the  bow  and  stern,  on  both  sides,  in  large  char- 
acters, with  a  distinctive  letter  and  number.  A  list  is  to  be 
made  of  the  stores  on  board  of  each  vessel,  and  of  the  place 
where  they  are  to  be  found  in  it  ;  a  copy  of  this  list  to  be  senl 
to  the  chief  officer  of  the  proper  department  in  the  expedition, 
or  at  the  place  of  destination. 

ARTICLE  XXXVIII. 

COUKTS-MAKTIAL. 

86 1 . — In  appointing  a  general  court-martial,  as  many  mem- 
bers will  be  detailed,  from  five  to  thirteen  inclusive,  as  car 
be  assembled  without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

\ — The  decision  ofthe  officer  appointing  the  court. ,  a 
the  number  that  can   be  assembled   without    manifest  injury 
to  the  service,  is  conclusive. 

— A  President  ofthe  court  will  not  be  appointed.     The 
officer  highest  in  rank  present  will  be  President. 

364.— Form  of  Order  appointing  court-martial ;  the  last 
paragraph  omitted  when  the  conn  can  be  kept  up  with  thir- 
teen infinite, 

Bead-Quarters,  &c. 

A  General   Court-martial  is  hereby  appointed  tome. 
,  on  the    day.-i        ,  0i         in  thereafter  as  pract 


K)S 

ble,  for  the  trial  of  ,  and  such  other  prisoners  as  may 

be  brought  before  it. 

Detail  for  the  Court  : 

1 S 

2 •  9 

3 10 

-A U 

5 12 

6 13. 

7 Judge  Advocate. 

No  other  officers  than  those  named  can  be  assembled  with- 
out manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

By  order  of ,  commanding 

,  Assistant  Adjutant  General. 

§65. — In  the  detail  the  members  will  be  named,  and  they 
will  take  place  in  the  court,  in  the  order  of  their  rank.  A  de- 
cision of  the  proper  authority  in  regard  to  the  rank  of  the  mem- 
bers cannot  be  reversed  by  the  court. 

§66. — The  place  of  holding  a  court  is  appointed  by  the 
authority  convening  it. 

§67. — Application  for  delay  or  postponement  of  trial  must 
when  practicable,  be  made  to  the  authority  convening  the 
court.  When  made  to  the  court,  it  must  be  before  plea,  and 
will  then,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  well  founded,  be  re- 
ferred to  the  authority  convening  the  court,  to  decide  whether 
the  court  shall  be  adjourned  or  dissolved,  and  the  charges  re- 
served for  another  court. 

§68. — Upon  application  by  the  accused  for  postponement  on 
the  "'round  of  absence  of  a  witness,  it  ought  distinctly  to 
appear  on  his  oath,  1st,  that  the  witness  is  material,  and  how  ; 
2d,  that  the  accused  has  used  due  diligence  to  procure  his 
attendance  ;  and  3d,  that  he  has  reasonable  ground  to  believe, 
and  does  believe,  that  he  will  be  able  to  procure  such  attend- 
ance within  a  reasonable  time  stated. 

§69. — The  President  of  a  court-martial,  besides  his  duties 
and  privileges  as  member,  is  the  organ  of  the  court,  to  keep 
order  and  conduct  its  business.  He  speaks  and  acts  for  the 
court  in  each  case  where  the  rule  has  been  prescribed  by  law, 
regulation,  or  its  own  resolution.  In  all  their  deliberations 
the  law  secures  the  equality  of  the  members. 

S70. — The  76th  Article  of  War  does  not  confer  on  a  court- 
martial  the  power  to  punish  its  own  members.  For  disorderly 
conduct,  a  member  is  liable  as  in  other  offenses  against  mili- 


109 

tary  discipline ;' improper  words  are  to  be  taken  down,  and 
any  disorderly  conduct  of  a  member  reported  to  the  authority 
convening  the  court. 

871. — The  JudgeAdvocate  shall  summon  the  necessary  wit- 
nesses for  the  trial ;  but  he  shall  not  summon  any  witness  at  the 
expense  of  the  Confederate  States,  nor  any  officer  of  the  army, 
without  the  order  of  the  court,  unless  satisfied  that  his  testimony 
is  material  and  necessary  to  the  ends  of  justice. 

>72. — Every  court-martial  shall  keep  a  complete  and  accu- 
rate record  of  its*  proceedings,  to  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
natures of  the  President  and  Judge  Advocate  ;  who  shall  also 
certify,  in  like  manner,  the  sentence  pronounced  by  the  court 
in  each  case.  The  record  must  show  that  the  court  was  or- 
ganized as  the  law  requires  ;  that  the  court  and  Judge  Advo- 
cate were  duly  sworn  in  the  presence  of  the  prisoner  ;  that  he 
was  previously  asked  whether  he  had  objection  to  any  member, 
and  his  answer  thereto.  A  copy  of  the  order  appointing  the 
court  will  be  entered  on  the  record  in  each  case. 

v7-">. — Whenever  the  same  court-martial  tries  more  prisoners 
than  one,  and  they  are  arraigned  on  separate  and  distinct 
charges,  the  court  is  to  be  sworn  at  the  commencement  of  each 
trial,  and  the  proceedings  in  each  case  will  be  made  up  sepa- 
rately. 

v71. — The  record  shall  be  clearly  and  legibly  written  ;  as 
far  as  practicable,  without  erasures  or  interlineations.  The 
pages  to  be  numbered,  with  a  margin  of  one  inch  on  the  left 
side  of  each  page,  and  at  the  top  of  the  odd  and  bottom  of 
the  even  pages  ;  through  this  last  margin  the  sheets  to  be 
stitched  together  ;  the  documents  accompanying  the  proceed- 
-  to  be  noted  and  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to  afford  an 
.•  reference. 

S75. — No  recommendation  will  be  embraced  in  the  bodyoi 

the  sentence.     Those  members  only  who  concur  in  the  recom- 
mendation will  sign  it. 

876. — The  legal  punishments  for  soldiers  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial  according  i<>  the  offense,  and  the  jurisdiction  "I 


" ■ — ©  —  — —     ~j 

the  court,  are — death:  corporal  punishment  by  flogging;  con- 
finement ;  confinement  on  bread  and  water dief  :  BoTitary 
finement  ;  hard  labor  ;  ball  and  chain  ;  forfeiture  of  pay  and 
allowances:  dischargee  from  service ;  and  reprimands.  Soli- 
tary confinement,  or  confinement  on  bread  and  water.  Bhall  not 
i  fourteen  days  at  a  time,   with  intervals  between  the 


110 


periods  of  such  confinement  not  less  than  such  periods  ;  and 
not  exceeding  eighty  four  days  in  one  year. 

877. — The  Judge  Advocate  shall  transmit  the  proceedings, 
without  delay,  to  the  officer  having  authority  to  confirm  the 
sentence,  who  shall  state,  at  the  end  of  the  proceedings  in  each 
case,  his  decision  and  orders  thereon. 

378. — The  original  proceedings  of  all  general  courts-martial, 
after  the  decision  on  them  of  the  reviewing  authority,  and  all 
proceedings  that  require  the  decision  of  the  President  under 
the  65th  and  89th  Articles  of  war,  and  copies  of  all  orders  con- 
firming or  disproving,  or  remitting  the  sentences  of  courts- 
martial,  and  all  official  communications  for  the  Judge  Advocate 
of  the  army,  will  be  addressed  to  "  The  Adjutant- General  of 
the  Army,  War  Department"  marked  on  the  cover,  "  Judge 
Advocate." 

879. — The  proceedings  of  garrison  and  regimental  court-- 
martial will  be  transmitted  without  delay  by  the  garrison  or 
regimental  commander  to  the  department  head-quarters  for  tie 
supervision  of  the  department  commander. 

380. — The  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  the  punishment  or- 
dered by  a  court-martial,  is  vested  in  the  authority  confirming 
the  proceedings,  andin  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States. 
A  superior  military  commander  to  the  officer  confirming  the 
proceedings  may  suspend  the  execution  of  the  sentence  when, 
in  his  judgment,  it  is  void  upon  the  face  of  the  proceedings, 
or  when  he  sees  a  fit  case  for  executive  clemency.  In  such 
cases,  the  record,  with  his  order  prohibiting  the  execution, 
shall  be  transmitted  for  the  final  orders  of  the  President. 

881. — When  a  court-martial  or  court  of  inquiry  adjourn-, 
without  day,  the  members  will  return  to  their  respective  posts 
and  duties,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

8S2. — When  a  court  adjourns  for  three  days,  the  Judge  Ad- 
vocate shall  report  the  fact  to  the  commander  of  the  post  or 
troops,  and  the  members  belonging  to  the  command  will  be 
liable  to  duty  during  the  time. 

ARTICLE  XXXIX. 

WORKING-PARTIES. 

883. — When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  the  army  at  work  on 
fortifications,  in  surveys,  in  cutting  roads,  and  other  constant 
labor  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  the  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers  so  employed  are  enrolled  as  extra-duty  men,  and 


Ill 

are  allowed  twenty-live  cents  8  day  when  employed  as  laborer* 
and  teamsters,  and  forty  cents  a  day  when  employed  as  me- 
chanics, at  all  stations  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  thirty- 
five  and  fifty  cents  per  day,  respectively,  at  all  stations  wesl 
of  those  mountains. 

984. — Enlisted  men  of  the  Ordnance  and  Engineer  Depart- 
ments, and  artificers  of  artillery,  are  not  entitled  to  this  allow- 
ance when  employed  in  their  appropriate  work. 

385. — Soldiers  will  not  be  employed  as  extra-duty  men  for 

any  labor  in  camp  or  garrison  which  can  properly  be  performed 
by  fatigue  parties.  • 

886. — No  extra-duty  men,  except  those  required  for  the  or- 
dinary service  of  the  Quartermaster,  Commissary  and  Medical 
Departments,  and  saddlers  in  mounted  companies,  will  be 
employed  without  previous  authority  from  department  head- 
quarters, except  in  case  of  necessity,  which  shall  be  promptly 
reported  to  the  department  commander. 

387. — Extra-duty  pay  of  a  saddler  in  a  mounted  company 

will  be  charged  on  the  company  muster-roll,  to  be  paid  by  the 
Paymaster  and  refunded  by  the  ( )rdnance  Department.  Extra- 
duty  pay  of  cooks  and  nurses  in  the  hospital  service  will  be 
paid  by  the  Quartermaster,  in  the  absence  of  a  medical  dis- 
bursing officer,  and  refunded  by  the  Medical  Department. 

S88. — The  officer  commanding  a  working  party  will  conform 
to  the  directions  and  plans  of  the  engineer  or  other  officer 

directing  the  work,  without  regard  to  rank. 

889.     A  day's  work  shall  not  exceed  ten  hours  in  summer. 
•  ight  in  winter.     Soldiers  are  paid  in  proportion  lor  any 
greater  number  of  hours  they  are  employed  each  day.     Sum- 
mer is  considered  n<  commence  on  the  1st  of  April,  and  wintei 
on  the  1st  of  <  October. 

890. — Although  the  necessities  of  the  service  may  require 

soldiers  to  be  ordered  on  Workiuir-pai  t  ies  ,is  a  dutv,  couilnand- 
fficers  are  io  bear  in  mind  that  fitness  for  military  sen  :■  i 
by  instruction  and  discipline  is  the  object  for  which  the  : 

>:  on    foot,  and  that  they    are  not  to  employ    the  troop* 
when  not  in  the  held,  and  especially  the   mounted  troops,   in 
labors  that  interfere  with  their  military  duties  and  exen 
except  in  i    -  immediate  necessity,  which  shall  be  forth- 

with reported  tor  the  orders  el  the  War  Department. 

8 


\12 

ARTICLE  XL. 

PUBLIC    PROPERTY,  MONEY,  AND    ACCOUNTS. 

891. — All  officers  of  the  Pay,  Commissary  and  Quartermas- 
ter's Departments,  and  military  store-keepers,  shall,  previous 
to  their  entering  on  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices,  give 
good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  Confederate  States,  fully  to 
account  for  all  monies  and  public  property  which  tney  may 
receive,  in  such  sums  as  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  direct ;  and 
the  officers  aforesaid  shall  renew  their  bonds  every  four  years, 
and  oftener  if  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  so  require,  and  when- 
ever they  receive  a  new  commission  or  appointment. 

892. — The  sureties  to  the  bond  shall  be  bound  jointly  and 
severally  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  bond,  and  shall  satisfy 
the  Secretary  of  War  that  they  are  worth  jointly  double  the 
amount  of  the  bond,  by  the  affidavit  of  each  surety,  stating 
that  he  is  worth,  over  and  above  his  debts  and  liabilities,  the 
-amount  of  the  bond,  or  such  other  sum  as  he  may  specify,  and 
each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

893. — The  chiefs  of  disbursing  departments  who  submit 
requisitions  for  money  to  be  remitted  to  disbursing  officers, 
shall  take  care  that  no  more  money  than  is  actually  needed  is 
in  the  hands  of  any  officer. 

894. — The  Treasury  Department  having  provided,  by  ar- 
rangement with  the  assistant  Treasurers  at  various  points,  se- 
cure depositories  for  funds  in  the  hands  of  disbursing  officers, 
all  disbursing  officers  are  required  to  avail  themselves,  as  far 
as  possible,  of  this  arrangement,  by  depositing  with  the  assist- 
ant treasurers  such  funds  as  are  not  wanted  for  immediate  use, 
and  drawing  the  same  in  convenient  sums  as  wanted. 

S95. — No  public  funds  shall  be  exchanged  except  for  gold 
and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished  are  gold  and  silver,  all 
payments  shall  be  in  gold  and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished 
are  drafts,  they  shall  be  presented  at  the  place  of  payment, 
and  paid  according  to  law;  and  payments  shall  be  made  in  the 
funds  so  received  for  the  drafts,  unless  said  funds  or  said  drafts 
can  be  exchanged  for  gold  and  silver  at  par.  If  any  disbursing 
officer  shall  violate  any  of  these  provisions,  he  shall  be  sus- 
pended by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  reported  to  the  Presi- 
dent, and  promptly  removed  from  office  or  restored  to  his  trust 
and  duties  as  to  the  President  may  seem  just  and  proper.  (Act 
August  6,  1846.) 

896. — No  disbursing  officer  shall  accept,  or  receive,  or  trans- 


L13 

mit  to  the  Treasury  to  be  allowed  in  his  favor,  an y  receipt  or 
voucher  from  a  creditor  of  the  Confederate  States  without  hav- 
ing paid  to  such  creditor,  in  such  funds  as  he  received  for  dis- 
bursement^ such  other  funds  as  he  is  authorized  by  the  preced- 
ing article  to  take  in  exchange,  the  lull  amount  specified  in 
such  receipt  or  voucher  ;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  a  conversion  to  his  own  use  of  the  amount  specified  in 
such  receipt  or  voucher.  And  no  officer  in  the  military  ser- 
vice charged  with  the  safe-keeping,  transfer,  or  disbursement 
of  public  money,  shall  convert  to  his  own  use,  or  invest  in  any 
kind  of  merchandise  or  property,  or  loan  with  or  without  in- 
terest, or  deposit  in  any  bank,  or  exchange  for  other  funds, 
except  as  allowed  in  the  preceding  article,  any  public  money 
entrusted  to  him  ;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
felony  and  an  embezzlement  of  so  much  money  as  may  be  so  ta- 
ken, converted,  invested,  used,  loaned,  deposited,  or  exchang- 
ed.    (Act  August  6,  1846.) 

8*0 T. — Any  officer  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  self  or 
dispose  of,  for  a  premium,  any  treasury  note,  draft,  warrant, 
or  other  public  security  in  his  hands  for  disbursement,  or  sell 
or  dispose  of  the  proceeds  or  avails  thereof  without  making  re- 
turns of  such  premium  and  accounting  therefor  by  charging 
it  in  his  accounts  to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States, 
will  forthwith  be  dismissed  by  the  President  (Act  August  6, 
1846.) 

898. — H  any  disbursing  officer  shall  bet  at  cards  or  any  game 
of  hazard,  his  commanding  officer  shall  suspend  his  functions, 
and  require  him  to  turn  over  all  the  public  funds  in  his  keep- 
ing, and  shall  immediately  report  the  case  to  the  proper  bureau 
of  the  War  Department. 

S99. — All  officers  are  forbid  to  give  or  take  any  receipt  in 
blank  for  public  money  or  property  :  but  in  all  cases  the  vouch- 
er shall  be  made  out  in  full,  and  the  true  date,  place,  and  exact 
amount  i  f  money,  in  words,  shall  bo  written  out  in  the  receipt 
before  it  is  signed. 

900. — When  a  signature  is  not  written  by  the  hand  of  the 
party,  it  must  be  witnessed. 

901.  No  advance  of  public  money  shall  be  made,  except 
advances  to  disbursing  officers,  and  advances  by  order  of  the 
War  Department  to  officers  on  distant  stations,  where  they  can 
reive  their  pay  and  emoluments  regularly  ;  but  in  all 
of  contracts  fpr  the  performance  of  any  service,  «>r  the 
delivery  of  articles  of  any  description,  payment  shall  not 
ceed  the  value  of  the  service  rendered,  orof  the  articles  deliv- 
ered, previously  to  such  payment. 


114 

902. — No  officer  disbursing  or  directing  the  disbursement  of 
money  for  the  military  service  shall  be  concerned,  directly  or 
indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale,  for  commercial  purposes,  of  , 
any  article  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to 
the  department  of  the  public  service  in  which  he  is  engaged, 
nor  shall  take  or  apply  to  his  own  use  any  gain  or  emolument 
for  negotiating  or  transacting  any  public  business  other  than 
what  is  or  may  be  allowed  by  law. 

903. — No  wagon-master  or  forage-master  shall  be  interested 
or  concerned,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  wagon  or  other 
means  of  transport  employed  by  the  Confederate  States,  nor  in 
the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  property  procured  for  or  belonging 
to  the  Confederate  States,  except  as  the  agent  of  the  Confede- 
rate States. 

90-i. — No  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall  pur- 
chase from  any  other  person  in  the  military  service,  or 
make  any  contract  with  any  such  person  to  furnish  supplies  or 
services,  or  make  any  purchase  or  contract  in  which  such  per- 
son shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part,  or  to  any  benefit  to 
arise  therefrom. 

905. — No  person  in  the  military  service  whose  salary,  pay, 
or  emoluments  is  or  are  fixed  by  law  or  regulations,  shall 
receive  any  additional  pay,  extra  allowance,  or  compensation 
in  any  form  whatever,  for  the  disbursement  of  public  money, 
or  any  other  service  or  duty  whatsoever,  unless  the  same  shall 
be  authorized  by  law,  and  explicitly  set  out  in  the  appropria- 
tion. 

•906. — A.11  accounts  of  expenditures  shall  set  out  a  sufficient 
explanation  of  the  object,  necessity  and  propriety  of  the  ex- 
penditure. 

907. — The  facts  on  which  an  account  depends  must  be  stated 
and  vouched  by  the  certificate  of  an  officer,  or  other  sufficient 
evidence. 

908. — If  any  account  paid  on  the  certificate  of  an  officer  to 
the  facts  is  afterwards  disallowed  for  error  of  fact  in  the  certif- 
icate, it  shall  pass  to  the  credit  of  the  disbursing  officer,  and 
be  charged  to  the  officer  who  gave  the  certificate. 

909, — An  officer  shall  have  credit  for  an  expenditure  of  mo- 
ney or  property  made  in  obedience  to  the  order  of  his  com- 
manding o'uicer.  If  the  expenditure  is  disallowed,  it  shall  be 
charged  to  the  officer  who  ordered  it. 

910. — Disbursing  officers,  when  they  have  the  money,  shall 
pav  cash  and  not  open  an  account.      Heads  of  bureaus  shall 


I 


115 

take  care,  by  timely  remittances,  to  obviate   the    necessity  of 
any  purchases  on  credit. 

911. — When  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved,  he  shall  certify 
the  outstanding  debts  to  his  successor,  and  transmit  an  account 
of  the  same  to  the  head  of  the  bureau,  and  turn  over  his  pub- 
lic money  and  property  appertaining  to  the  service  from  which 
he  is  relieved  to  his  successor,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

912. — The  chief  of  each  military  bureau  of  the  War  De- 
partment shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
regulate,  as  far  as  practicable,  the  employment  of  hired  per- 
sons required  for  the  administrative  service  of  his  department. 

913. — When  practicable,  persons  hired  in  the  military  ser- 
vice shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of  the  calendar  month,  and  when 
discharged.     Separate  pay-rolls  shall  be  made  for  each  month. 

914. — When  a  hired  person  is  discharged  and  not  paid,  a 
certified  statement  of  his  account  shall  be  given  him. 

015. — Property,  paid  for  or  not,  must  be  taken  up  on  the 
return,  and  accounted  for  when  received. 

910. — -No  officer  has  authority  to  insure  public  property  or 
money. 

917. — Disbursing  officers  are  not  authorized  to  settle  with 
heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  except  by  instructions  from 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  upon  accounts  duly 
audited  and  certified  by  the  proper  accounting  officers  of  the 
Treasury. 

918. — Public  horses,  mules,  oxen,  tools,  and  implements 
shall  be  branded  conspicuously  C.  S.  before  being  usedin  ser- 
vice, and  all  other  public  property  that  it  may  be  useful  to 
mark  ;  and  all  public  property  having  the  brand  of  the  C.  S. 
when  sold  or  condemned,  shall  be  branded  with  the  letter  C. 

OP'.  —  No  public  property  shall  be  used,  nor  labor  hired  for 
the  public  be  employed, for  any  private  use  whatsoever  not 
authorized  by  the  regulations  of  the  service. 

920. — When  public  property  becomes  damaged*  except  by 
fair  wear  and  tear,  the  officer  accountable  for  the  property 
-hall  report  the  case  '<>  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  ap- 
point a  board  of  surrey  of  two  or  more  officers  to  examine  the 
■roperty  and  ascertain  the  cause  and  amount  of  damage,  aud 
whether  by  any  fault  of  any  person  in  the  military  service,  and 
report  the  facts  and  their  opinion  to  him  ;  which  report,  with 
his  opinion  thereon,  he  shall  transmit  to  the  chief  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appertains, and  give  a  copy  to 


i 


lib 

the  officer  accountable  for  the   property  and   to   the   person 
chargeable  for  the  damage. 

921. — If  any  article  of  public  property  be  lost  or  damaged 
by  neglect  or  fault  of  any  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  pay  the 
value  of  such  article,  or  amount  of  damage,  or  cost  of  repairs, 
and  be  proceeded  against  as  the  Articles  of  War  provide,  if  he 
demand  a  trial  by  court-martial,  or  the  circumstances  require 
it. 

922. — Charges  against  a  soldier  shall  be  set  against  his  pay 
on  the  muster-roll.  Charges  against  an  officer  to  be  set  against 
his  pay  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Secretary  of  War.  - 

923. — If  any  article  of  public  property  be  embezzled,  or  by 
neglect  lost  or  damaged,  by  any  person  hired  in  the  public  ser- 
vice, the  value  or  damage  shall  be  charged  to  him,  and  set 
against  any  pay  or  money  due  him. 

924. — Public  property  lost  or  destroyed  in  the  military  ser- 
vice must  be  accounted  for  by  affidavit,  or  the  cerlificate  of 
a  commissioned  officer,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence. 

925. — Affidavits  or  depositions  may  be  taken  before  any  of- 
ficer in  the  list,  as  follows,  when  recourse  can  not  be  had  to 
any  before  named  on  said  list,  which  fact  shall  be  certified  by 
the  officer  offering  the  evidence  :  1st.  a  civil  magistrate  compe- 
tent to  administer  oaths;  2d.  a  judge  advocate;  3d.  the  re- 
corder of  a  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial;  4th.  the 
Adjutant  of  a  regiment  ;  5th.  a  commissioned  officer. 

926. — When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are 
unsuitable  to  the  service,  the  officer  in  charge  thereof  shall 
report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  reier  the 
report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  to  the  bureau  of  the  depart- 
ment to  which  the  property  appertains,  for  the  order  in  the 
case  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  if,  from  the  nature  or  con- 
dition of  the  property  or  exigency  of  the  service,  it  be  neces- 
sary to  act  without  the  delay  of  such  reference,  in  such  case 
of  necessity  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board  of 
snrvey,  composed  of  two  or  more  competent  officers,  to  ex- 
amine the  property  and  report  to  him,  subject  to  his  approval, 
what  disposition  the  public  interest  requires  to  be  made  of  it ; 
which  he  shall  cause  to  be  made,  and  report  the  case  to  the 
proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  for  the  information  of 
the  Secretaryof  War.  These  cases  of  necessity  arise  when 
the  property  is  of  a  perishable  nature,  and  can  not  be  kept, 


*  If  the  pay  of  an  officer  or  soldier  is  wrongfully  withheld  for  arrears  or  liabilities 
to  the  Confederate  States,  a  civil  remedy  is  provided  by  the  act  of  January  15,1828. 


ill 

or  when  the  expense  of  keeping  it  is  too  great  in  proportion  to 
its  value,  or  when  the  troops,  in  movement,  would  be  com- 
pelled to  abandon  it.  Horses  incurably  unfit  for  any  public 
service  may  also  constitute  a  case  of  necessity,  but  shall  be 
put  to  death  only  in  case  of  an  incurable  wound  or  contagions 
disorder. 

927. — When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  re- 
ported to  the  "War  Department  as  unsuitable  to  the  service,  a 
proper  inspection  or  survey  of  them  shall  be  made  by  an  In- 
spector General,  or  such  suitable  officer  or  officers  as  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  may  appoint  for  that  purpose.  Separate  inven- 
tories of  the  stores,  according  to  the  disposition  to  be  made  of 
them,  shall  accompany  the  inspection  report:  as  of  articles  to 
!)••  repaired,  to  be  broken  up.  to  be  sold,  of  no  use  or  value, 
and  to  be  dropped,  &C  ,  &c.  The  inspection  report  and  inven- 
tories shall  show  the  exact  condition  of  the  different  articles. 

928. — Military  stores  and  other  army  supplies  found  unsuit- 
able to  the  public  service,  after  inspection  by  an  Inspector 
<  ieneral,  or  such  special  inspection  as  may  have  been  directed 
in  the  case,  and  ordered  for  sale,  shall  be  sold  for  cash  at  auc- 
tion, on  due  public  notice,  and  in  such  market  as  the  public 
interest  may  require.  The  officer  making  the  sale  will  bid  in 
and  suspend  the  iaie  when,  in  his  opinion,  better  prices  may 
be  l:mt.  Expenses  of  the  sale  will  be  paid  from  its  proceeds. 
The  auctioneer's  certified  account  of  the  sales  in  detail,  and 
the  vouchers  for  the  expenses  of  the  sale,  will  be  reported  t< 
the  chief  of  the  department  to  which  the  property  belonged. 
The  nett  proceeds  will  be  applied  as  the  Secretary  of  War 
may  direct. 

929. — No  officer  making  returns  of  property  shall  drop  from 
!iis  return  any  public  property  as  worn  out  or  unserviceable, 
until  it  has  been   condemned,  after  proper  inspection,  and 

ordered  to  be  so  dropped. 

930. — An  officer  issuing  stores  shall  deliver  or  transmit  to 
the  receiving  officer  an  exact  list  of  them  in  duplicate  invoices. 
and  the  receiving  officer  shall  return  him  duplicate  receipts. 

931. — When  an  officer  to  whom  stores  are  forwarded  ha> 
reason  to  suppose  them  miscarried,  he  shall  promptly  inform 
ihe  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  bureau  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appertains. 

'.  —When  stores  received  do  not  correspond  in  amount  or 
quality  With  the  invoice,  they  will  he  e\;i  mined  by  ;i   hoard  ot 

survey,  ami  their  report  communicated  to  the  proper  bun 


IIS 

to  the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  to  the  officer  author- 
ized to  pay  the  transportation  account.  Damages  recovered 
from  the  carrier  or  other  party  liable,  will  be  refunded  to  the 
proper  department. 

933. — On  the  death  of  any  officer  in  charge  of  public  prop- 
erty or  money,  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board 
of  survey  to  take  an  inventory  of  the  same,  which  he  shall  for- 
ward to  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  and  he 
shall  designate  an  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  said  property 
or  money  till  orders  in  the  case  are  received  from  the  proper 
authority. 

934. — When  an  officer  in  charge  of  public  property  is  re- 
moved from  the  care  of  it,  the  commanding  officer  shall  desig- 
nate an  officer  to  receive  it,  or  take  charge  of  it  himself,  till 
a  successor  be  regularly  appointed.  When  no  officer  can  re- 
main to  receive  it,  the  commanding  officer  will  take  suitable 
means  to  secure  it,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  proper  authority. 

935. — Every  officer  having  public  moneys  to  account  for, 
and  failing  to  render  his  account  thereof  quarter-yearly,  with 
the  vouchers  necessary  to  its  correct  and  prompt  settlement, 
within  three  months  after  the  expiration  of  the  quarter  if  resi- 
dent in  the  Confederate  States,  and  within  six  months  if  resi- 
dent  in  a  foreign  country,  will  be  promptly  dismissed  by  the 
President,  unless  he  shall  explain  the  default  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  President.     (Act  of  Jan  31,  1823.) 

936. — Every  officer  intrusted  with  public  money  or  property 
shall  render  all  prescribed  returns  and  accounts  to  the  bureau 
of  the  department  in  which  he  is  serving,  where  all  such  re- 
turns and  accounts  shall  pass  through  a  rigid  administrative 
scrutiny  before  the  money  accounts  are  transmitted  to  the 
proper  officers  of  the  Treasury  Department  for  settlement. 

937. — The  head  of  the  bureau  shall  cause  his  decision  on 
each  account  to  be  endorsed  on  it.  He  shall  bring  to  the 
notice  of  the  Secretary  of* War  all  accounts  and  matters  of  ac- 
count that  require  or  merit  it.  When  an  account  is  suspended 
or  disallowed,  the  bureau  shall  notify  it  to  the  officer,  that  he 
may  have  an  early  opportunity  to  submit  explanations  or  take 
an  appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

938. — When  an  account  is  suspended  or  disallowed  in  the 
proper  office  of  the  Treasury  Department,  or  explanation  or 
evidence  required  from  the  officer,  it  shall  be  promptly  notified 
to  him  by  the  head  of  the  military  bureau.     And  all  vouchers, 


evidence  or  explanation  returned  by  him  to  the  Treasury  De- 
partment shall  pass  through  the  bureau. 

939. — Chiefs  of  the  disbursing  departments  shall,  under 
the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  designate,  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  places  where  the  principal  contracts  and 
purchases  shall  be  made  and  supplies  procured  for  distribu- 
tion. 

940. — All  purchases  and  contracts  for  supplies  or  services 
tor  the  army,  except  personal  services,  when  the  public  ex- 
igences do  not  require  the  immediate  delivery  of  the  article 
or  performance  of  the  service,  shall  be  made  by  advertising 
a  sufficient  time  previously  for  proposals  respecting  the  same. 

941. — The  officer  advertising  for  proposals  shall,  when  the 
intended  contract  or  purchase  is  considerable,  transmit  forth- 
with a  copy  of  the  advertisement  and  report  of  the  case  to 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

942. — Contracts  will  be  made  with  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder;  and  purchases  from  the  lowest  bidder  who  produces 
the  proper  article.  But  when  such  lowest  bids  are  unrea- 
sonable, they  will  be  rejected,  and  bids  again  invited  by  pub- 
lic notice;  and  all  bids  and  advertisemets  shall  be  sent  to 
the  bureau. 

948. — When  sealed  bids  are  required,  the  time  of  opening 
them  shall  be  specified,  and  bidders  have  privilege  to  be 
present  at  the  opening. 

(-*44. — When  immediate  delivery  or  performance  is  required 
by  the  public  exigency,  the  article  or  service  required  may 
be  procured  by  open  purchase  or  contract  at  the  places,  and 
in  the  mode  in  which  such  articles  arc  usually  bought  and 
-old,  or  such  services  engaged,  between  individuals. 

945. — Contracts  shall  be  made  in  quadruplicate  :  one  to  be 
kept  by  the  officer,  one  by  the  contractor,  and  two  to  be  sent 
to  the  military  bureau,  one  of  which  tor  the  officer  of  the 
Second  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury. 

946. — The  contractor  shall  give  bond,  with  good  and  suf" 
i1  security,  for  the  true  and  faithful  performance  of  his 
contract,  and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

947. — An  express  condition  shall  be  inserted  in  contracts 
thai  no  member  of  Congress  shall  he  admitted  to  any  share 
■  r  part  therein,  or  any  benefit  to  arise  therefrom. 

'.'48. — Xo  contract  shall  be  made  except  under  a  law  au- 
thorising it,  or  an  appropriation   adequate  to  its  fulfilment 
<xcept  contracts  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  subsistence 
or  clothing  of  the  army,  or  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 


120 

949. — It  is  the  duty  of every  commanding  officer  to  enforce 
si  rigid  economy  in  the  public  expences. 

950. — The  commander  of  a  geographical  district  or  de- 
partment shall  require  abstracts  to  be  rendered  to  him,  at 
least  once  in  each  quarter,  by  every  officer  under  his  orders 
who  is  charged  with  the  care  of  public  property  or  the  dis- 
bursement of  public  money,  showing  all  property  received, 
issued,  and  expended  by  the  officer  rendering  the  account, 
and  the  property  remaining  on  hand,  and  all  moneys,  received, 
paid,  or  contracted  to  be  paid  by  him,  and  the  balances  re- 
maining in  his  hands  ;  and  where  such  officer  is  serving 
under  any  intermediate  commander,  as  of  the  post,  regiment, 
&c.j  the  abstracts  shall  be  revised  by  such  commander;  and 
both  the  accounting  officer  and  the  commanding  officer  shall 
accompany  the  abstracts  with  full  explanations  of  every  cir- 
cumstance that  may  be  necessary  to  a  complete  understand- 
ing, by  the  commander  of  the  department,  of  all  the  item* 
mi  the  abstracts.  These  abstracts,  where  the  accounting 
officer  is  serving  in  more  than  one  staff  appointment,  will 
be  made  separately  for  each. 

951. — The  commander  of  the  department  shall  promptly 
sorrect  all  irregularities  and  extravagances  which  he  may 
discover,  lie  shall  also  forward,  as  soon  as  practicable,  the 
money  abstracts  to  the  bureau  of  the  "War  Department  to 
which  the  accounts  appertain,  with  such  remarks  as  maybe 
necessary  to  explain  his  opinions  and  action  thereon. 

952. — All  estimates  for  supplies  of  property  or  money  for 
the  public  service  within  a  department  shall  be  forwarded 
through  the  commander  of  the  department,  aud  carefully 
revised  by  him.  And  all  such  estimates  shall  go  through 
the  immediate  commander,  if  such  there  be,  of  the  officer 
ciulering  the  estimate,  as  of  the  post  or  regiment,  who  shall 
be  required  by  the  department  commander  to  revise  the  esti- 
mates for  the  service  of  his  own  c<  mmand. 

953. — The  administrative  control  exercised  by  department 
commanders  shall,  when  troops  are  in  the  field,  devolve  on 
the  commanders  of  divisions;  or,  when  the  command  is  less 
than  a  division,  on  the  commander  of  the  whole. 

954,  9.55,  95G,  957,  958—  Omitted. 

ARTICLE  XLI. 

quartermaster's  department. 

959. — This  department  provides  the  quarters  and  transport- 
ation of  the  army;  storage  and  transportation  for  all  army 


121 

supplies  ;  army  clothing  ;  camp  and  garrison  equipage  ;  cav- 
alry and  artillery  horses  ;  fuel  ;  forage  ;  straw   and  station* 

err. 

000. — The  incidental  expenses  of  the  army  paid  through  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  include  per  diem  to  extra-duty 
men  ;  postage  on  public  service  ;  the  expenses  of  courts-mar- 
tial, of  the  pursuit  and  apprehension  of  deserters,  of  the  burials 
of  officers  and  soldiers,  of  hired  escorts,  of  expresses,  interpre- 
ters, spies  and  guides,  of  veterinary  surgeons  and  medicines 
for  horses,  and  of  supplying  posts  with  water  ;  and  gener- 
ally the  proper  and  authorized  expenses  for  the  movements 
and  operations  of  an  army  not  expressly  assigned  to  any  other 
department. 

BARRACKS    AND   QUARTERS. 

961.- — Under  this  head  are  included  the  permanent  buildings 
for  the  use  of  the  army,  as  barracks,  quarters,  hospitals,  store 
houses,  offices,  stables. 

J)62.— -When  barracks  and  quarters  are  to  be  occupied,  they 
will  be  allotted  by  the  Quartermaster  at  the  station,  under  the 
control  of  the  commanding  officer. 

96$,— omitted. 

004. — Merchantable  hard  wood  is  the  standard  ;  the  cord  is 
12S  cubic  feet. 

0G5. — No  officer  shall  occupy  more  than  his  proper  quar- 
ters except  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  when  there  is 
an  excess  of  quarters  at  the  station  ;  which  order  the  Quarter- 
master shall  forward  to  the  Quartermaster-General,  to  be  laid 
before  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  the  amount  of  quarters 
shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commanding  officer  when  the 
number  of  officers  and  troops  make  it  necessary  ;  and  when 
the  public  buildings  are  not  sufficient  to  quarter  t  lie  troops,  tin1 
commanding  officer  shall  report  to  the  commander  of  the  de- 
partment for  authority  to  hire  quarters,  or  other  necessary  or- 
ders in  the  case.  The  department  commander  shall  report  the 
case,  and  his  orders  therein,  to  the  Quartermaster-General. 

•. — A  mess-room,  and  fuel  for  it,  are  allowed  only  when  ^ 

majority  of  the  officers  <>f  ■  poet  or  regiment  unite  in  a  mess  ; 

never  to  less  than  three  officers,  Dor  to  any  who  live  in  hotels 

or  boarding-houses,       Fuel   for  a  mess-room  shall  not  be  use  ' 

r  for  any  other  purpo 

•  *07. — Fuel  issued  to  officers  or  troops  is  public  proper' 


L22 

their  use ;  what  they  do  not  actually  consume  shall  be  re- 
turned to  the  Quartermaster,  and  taken  up  on  his  quarterly 
return. 

968. — In  November,  December,  January  and  February,  the 
fuel  is  increased  one-fourth  at  stations  from  the  39th  degree  to 
the  43d  degree  north  latitude,  and  one- third  at  stations  north 
of  the  43d  degree. 

969. — Fuel  shall  be  issued  only  in  the  month  when  due. 

970. — In  allotting  quarters,  officers  shall  have  choice  accord- 
ing to  rank,  but  the  commanding  officer  mav  direct  the  officers 
to  be  stationed  convenient  to  their  troops. 

971. — An  officer  may  select  quarters  occupied  by  a  junior  ; 
but,  having  made  his  choice,  he  must  abide  by  it,  and  shall  not 
again  at  the  post  displace  a  junior,  unless  himself  displaced 
by  a  senior. 

972. — The  set  of  rooms  to  each  quarters  will  be  assigued  by 
the  Quartermaster,  under  the  control  of  the  commandino;  offi- 
cer ;  attics  not  counted  as  rooms. 

973. — Officers  cannot  choose  rooms  in  different  sets  of  quart- 
ers. 

974. — When  public  quarters  cannot  be  furnished  to  officers 
at  stations  without  troops,  or  to  enlisted  men  at  general  or  de- 
partment head-quarters,  quarters  will  be  commuted  at  a  rate 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  de- 
livered. When  fuel  and  quarters  are  commuted  to  an  officer 
by  reason  of  his  employment  on  a  civil  work,  the  commutation 
shall  be  charged  to  the  appropriation  for  the  work.  No  com- 
mutation of  rooms  or  fuel  is  allowed  for  officers  or  messes. 

975. — An  officer  is  not  deprived  of  his  quarters  and  fuel, 
<>r  commutation,  at  his  station,  by  temporary  absence  on  duty. 

976.  —Officers  and  troops  in  the  field  are  not  entitled  to  com- 
mutation for  quarters  or  fuel. 

977. — An  officer  arriving  at  a  station  shall  make  requisition 
on  the  Quartermaster  for  his  quarters  and  fuel,  accompanied 
by  a  copy  of  the  order  putting  him  on  duty  at  the  station.  If 
in  command  of  troops,  his  requisition  shall  be  for  the  whole, 
and  designate  the  number  of  officers  of  each  grade,  of  non- 
commissioned officers,  soldiers,  servants,  and  washerwomen. 

97S. — Bunks,  benches  and  tables  provided  for  soldiers'  liar- 
racks  and  hospitals,  are  not  to  be  removed  from  them,  except 
by  the  Quartermaster  of  the  station,  or  order  of  the  command- 


123 

ing  officer,  and  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  station  except 
by  order  of  the  Quartermaster-General. 

979,  980,  981,  982,  983,  984,  985,  986—  Omitted. 

ARMY  TRANSPORTATION. 

987. — When  troops  are  moved,  or  officers  travel  with  escorts 
or  stores,  the  means  of  transport  provided  shall  be  for  the 
whole  command.  Proper  orders  in  the  case,  and  an  exact 
returq  of  the  command,  including  officers'  servants  and  com- 
pany women,  will  be  famished  to  the  Quartermaster,  who  is 
to  provide  the  transportation. 

-. — The   baggage  to  he  transported  is  limited  to  cam] 
and  garrison  equipage,  and  officers' baggage.     Officers*bag- 
gage  shall  not  exceed (mess-ches1&  and  all  personal  effects  in- 
cluded) as  follows: 


oral  offi< 
Field  officers  - 
Captains        -     - 
Subalterns 


125  pounds 
100 

80 

80 


1000  pounds 
800 
700 
GOO 


These  amounts  shall  be  reduced  prorata  bytheqommand- 
iticer  when   necessary,  and  may   be  increased  by  the 
Quartermaster-General  on  transports  by  water,  when  proper, 
in  special  cases. 

.  —  The  regimental  and  company  desk  prescribed  in 
army  regulations  will  be  transported  ;  also  for  stall  officers. 
ooks,  papers,  and  instruments  necessary  to  their  duties 
and  for  medical  officers,   their  medical  chest.     In  doubtful 
under  this  regulation,  and  whenever  baggage  exceeds 
the  regulated  allowance,  the  conductor  of  the  train,  or  officer 
_    ot  the  transportation,  will  report  to  the  command- 
er, who  will  order  an  inspection,   and  all  exec 
be  rejected. 

.  —Estimates  of  tli«-  medical  director,  approved  by  the 
commanding  officer,  for  the  d  .   transportation  to  be 

provided  for  the  hospital)  .  will  be  furnished  to  the 

Quarter] 


124 

991. — The  sick  will  be  transported  on  the  application  of 
the  medical  officers. 

992. — Certified  invoices  of  all  public  stores  to  be  trans- 
ported will  be  furnished  to  the  Quartermaster  by  the  officer 
having  charge  of  them.  In  doubtful  cases,  the  orders  of  the 
commanding  officer  will  be  required. 

993. — Where  officers'  horses  are  to  be  transported,  it  must 
be  authorized  in  the  orders  for  the  movement. 

994;. — The  baggage  trains  ambulances,  and  all  the 
means  of  transport  continue  in  charge  of  the  proper  officers 
of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  under  the  control  of  the 
commanding  officers. 

995,  996,  997,  998,  999, 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 
1006,  1007,  1008,  1009.— Omitted. 

FORAUE. 

1010.— The  forage  ration  is  fourteen  pounds  of  hay  and 
twelve  pounds  of  oats,  corn  or  barley. 

1011. — Forage  shall  be  issued  to  officers  only  in  the  month 
when  due,  and" at  their  proper  stations,  and  for  the  horses 

actually  kept  by  them  in  service.  * 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 

1012.— Ko  officer  shall  sell  forage  issued  to  him.  Forage 
issued  to  public  horses  or  cattle  is  public  property;  what 
they  do  not  actually  consume  to  be  properly  accounted  for. 

STBAW. 

1013.— In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  straw  per  month  for 
bedding  will  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant,  and  company 
woman. 

1014. — The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for  the  sick  is 
regulaetd  by  the  surgeon. 

1015.— One  hundred  pounds  per  month  is  allowed  for  bed- 
ding to  each  horse  in  public  service. 

1016.— Omitted. 

Straw  not  actually  used  as  bedding  shall  be  accounted  for 
as  other  public  property. 


1 85 


STATION  ERV. 


1017. — Issues  of  stationery  are  made  quarterly,  in  amount 
as  follows : 


(Vmmander  of  an  BITOT,  department  or  divison  (what  may  bi 
necessary  for  himself  and  staff  for  their  public  duty).. .    .' 

Commander  of  a  brigade,  for  himself  and  staff 

Officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  post  of  not  less  than  five  com- 
panies, for  himself  and  staff 

Ofticer  commanding  a  post  of  more  than  two  and  less  than  fire 
companies 

Commanding  officer  of  a  post  of  two  companies 

Commanding  officer  of  a  post  of  ona  company  or  les-1,  and  com- 
manding officer  of  a  eompany  

A  Lieutenant-Colouel  or  Major  not  in  command  of  a  regiment  oi 
post 

Officers  of  the  Inspector-General's,  Pay.  and  Quartermaster's  De- 
partnient  (the  prescribed  blank  books  and  printed  forms,  and 
the  stationary  required  for  their  public  duty) 

All  officers,  including  Chaplains,  not  enumerated  above,  when  on 
duty  and  not  supplied  by  their  respective  department! 


\ 


i^teel  pens,  with  one  holder  to  12  pena  may  be  issued  in 

of  quills,  and  envelopes  in  place  of  envelope  paper,  at  the  rat< 

Of  K'»0  to  the  quire. 

1018. — When  an  officer  is  relieved  in  command,  he  shall 
transfer  the  office  stationary  to  his  successor. 

1019. — To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
stamp,  one  paper-folder,  one  sand-box,  one  wafer-box,  and  a- 
many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four  per 
annum. 

1020. — Necessary  stationary  for  military  courts  and  boa  . 
will  be  furnished  on  the  requisition  of  the  recorder,  approved 
by  the  presiding  officer. 

1021. — The  commander  of  an  army,  department  or  divia 
may  direct  orders  to  be  printed,   when  the  requisite  disp 
and  the  number  to  be  distributed  make  it  necessary.     The  ne- 
cessity will  be  set  out  in  the  order  for  the  printing,  or  cerl 
on  the  account. 

1022. — Regimental,  company,  and  post  books,  and  pri 


MSB 

i  ilanks  for  the  officers  of  Quartermaster  and  Pay  Departments, 
will  be  procured  by  timely  requisition  to  the  Quartermaster- 
General. 

1023.— Omitted.. 

EXPENSES    OF   COURTS-MARTIAL. 

1024. — x\n  officer  who  attends  a  general  court-martial  or 
court  of  inquiry,  convened  by  authority  competent  to  order  a 
general  court-martial,  will  be  paid,  if  the  court  is  not  held  at 
the  station  where  he  is  at  the  time  serving,  one  dollar  a  day 
while  attending  the  court  and  travelling  to  and  from  it  if  en- 
titled to  forage,  and  one  dollar  and  twenty-live  cents  a  day  if 
not  entitled  to  forage. 

1025. — The  Judge  Advocate  or  Recorder  will  be  paid,  be- 
sides, a  per  diem  of  one  dollar  and  twenty -five  cents  for  every 
day  he  is  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  When 
it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  clerk  to  aid  the  Judge  Advocate, 
the  court  may  order  it  ;  a  soldier  to  be  procured  when  practi- 
cable. 

1020. — A  citizen  witness  shall  be  paid  his  actual  transporta- 
tion or  stage  fare,  and  three  dollars  a  day  while  attending  the 
court  and  travelling  to  and  from  it,  counting  the  travel  at  fifty 
miles  a  day. 

1027. — The  certificate  of  the  Judge  Advocate  shall  be  evi- 
dence of  the  time  of  attendance  on  Ihe  court,  and  of  the  time 
he  was  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  Of  the 
time  occupied  in  traveling,  each  officer  will  make  his  own  cer- 
tificate. 

EXTRA-DUTY   MEN. 

1028. — Duplicate  rolls  of  the  extra-duty  men,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department,  will  be  made  monthly,  and 
certified  by  the  Quartermaster,  or  other  officer  having  charge 
of  the  work,  and  countersigned  by  the  commanding  officer. 
( )ne  of  these  will  be  transmitted  direct  to  the  Quartermaster- 
General,  and  the  other  filed  in  support  of  the  pay-roll. 

PUBLIC   TOSTAGE. 

1029. — Postage  and  dispatches  by  telegraph,  on  public  busi- 
ness, paid  by  an  officer,  will  be  refunded  to  him  on  his  certifi- 
cate to'  the  account,  and  to  the  necessity  of  the  communica- 
tion by  telegraph.  The  amount  for  postage,  and  for  telegraph 
■dispatches,  will  be  stated  separately. 


127 


HORSES  FOR  MOUNTED  OFFICERS. 


1030. — 111  the  field,  or  on  the  frontier,  the  commanding 
officer  may  authorize  a  mounted  officer,  who  cannot  otherwise 
provide  himself  with  two  horses,  to  take  them  from  the  public 
at  the  cost  price,  when  it  can  be  ascertained,  and  when  not,  at 
a  fair  valuation,  to  be  fixed  by  a  board  of  survey,  provided ne 
shall  not  take  the  horse  of  any  trooper.  A  horse  so  taken  shall 
not  be  exchanged  or  returned.  Horses  of  mounted  officers 
shall  be  shod  by  the  public  farrier  or  blacksmith. 

CLOTHING,    (AMP    AND    GARRISON    EQUirAGE Omitted. 

1031,  1032,  1033,  1031—  Omitted. 


ALLOWANCE    OF   CAMP    AND    GARRISON  EQUIPAGE. 


H 


A  Geuerr.l I  3 

staff  officer  above  the  rank  of  Curtain |  2 

Other  staff  officers  or  Captains ]  1 

Subalterns  of  a  company,  t<>  every  two i 

To  everv  fifteen  foo<  and  thirteen  mounted  men '  1 


4)  |     . 

"O  i  '•" 
f.    "■ 

s 

M 

si 

8 

r- 

o 
_- 
O 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 

8 

4) 
M 

5 

- 

- 
2 

n 

£ 

r. 

r. 

33 

2 

1 
1 
1 
1 

5 

1035. — Bed  sacks  are  provided  for  troops  in  garrison,  and 
iron  pots  may  bo  furnished  to  them  instead  of  camp  kettles. 
Requisitions  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster-General  for  the 
authorized  flags,  colors,  standards,  guidons,  drums,  fifes,  bugles, 
and  trun. 

ALLOWANCE   OF   CLOTHING. 

1036,  1037 —  Omitted. 

1038. — Commanders  of  companies   draw    the    clothing 
their  men,  and  the  camp  and  garrison  equipage  for  the  officers 
and  men  oftheir  company.     The  cauip  and  garrison  equipage 
of  other  officers  is  drawn  on  their  own  receipts. 

1030. — When  clothing  is  needed  for  issue  to  the  men,  the 
company  commander  will  procure  it  from  the  quartermaster  on 

commanding  officer. 

1040. — Ordinarily  the  company  commander  will  procun 
clothing  to  his  m<  a  year  ;  at  other  times,  when 

1041, — Such  arti  -  the  soldier  may  need  will 

him.     When  the  issues  equal  in  value  his  allow- 


128 

ance  for  the  year,  further  issues  are  extra  issues,  to  be  charged 
to  him  on  the  next  muster-roll. 

10^.— Omitted. 

1043. — Officers  receiving  clothing,  or  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  will  render  quarterly  returns  of  it  to  the  Quarter- 
master-General. 

1044. — Commanders  of  companies  will  take  the  receipts  of 
their  men  for  the  clothing  issued  to  them,  on  a  receipt- 
witnessed  by  an  officer,  or,  in  the  absence  of  an  officer,  by  a 
non-commissioned  officer  ;  the  witness  to  be  witness  to  the  fact 
of  the  issue,  and  the  acknowledgment  and  signature  of  the 
soldier.  The  several  issues  to  a  soldier  to  be  entered  separately 
on  the  roll,  and  all  vacant  spaces  on  the  roll  to  be  filled  with  a 
cipher.  This  roll  is  the  voucher  for  the  issue  to  the  quarterly 
return  of  the  company  commander.  Extra  issues  will  be  so 
noted  on  the  roll. 

1045. — Each  soldier's  clothing  account  is  kept  by  the  com- 
pany commander  in  a  company  book.  This  account  sets  out 
only  the  money  value  of  the  clothing  which  he  received  at 
each  issue,  for  which  his  receipt  is  entered  in  the  book,  and 
witnessed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

1046. — When  a  soldier  is  transferred  or  detached,  the  amount 
due  to  or  by  him  on  account  of  clothing  will  be  stated  on  his 
descriptive  list. 

1047. — When  a  soldier  is  discharged,  the  amount  due  to  or 
by  him  for  clothing  will  be  stated  on  the  duplicate  certificates 
given  for  the  settlement  of  his  accounts. 

1048. — Deserter's  clothing  will  be  turned  into  store.  The 
invoice  of  it,  and  the  quartermaster's  receipt  for  it,  will  state 
its  condition,  and  the  name  of  the  deserter. 

1049. — The  inspection  report  on  damaged  clothing  shall  set 
out,  with  the  amount  of  damage  to  each  article,  a  list  of  such 
articles  as  are  fit  for  issue,  at  a  reduced  price  stated. 

1050. — Commanding  officers  may  order  necessary  issues  of 
clothing  to  prisoners  and  convicts,  taking  deserters,  or  other 
damaged  clothing  when  there  is  such  in  store. 

1051. — In  all  cases  of  deficiency,  or  damage  of  any  article  of 
clothing,  or  camp  or  garrison  equipage,  the  officers  accountable 
for  the  property  is  required  by  iaw  "to  show  by  one  or  more 
depositions  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  that  the 
deficiency  was  by  unavoidable  accident  or  loss  in  actual  ser- 
vice, without  any  fault  on  his  part,  and  in  case  of  damage,  that 


129 

due  care  and  attention  were  exerted  on  his  part,  and  that  the 
damage  did  not  result  from  neglect."       • 

RETURNS   IN     THE   QUARTERMASTER'S   DEPARTMENT. 

1052. — All  officers  and  agents  having  money  and  property 
of  the  Department  to  account  for,  are  required  to  make  the 
monthly  and  quarterly  returns  to  the  Quartermaster-General 
prescribed  in  the  Regulations  of  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. 

1053,  1054,  1055,  1056,  1057,  1058—  Omitted. 


130 


5  5Z! 


a-  S" 


a 


2  ^ 

<-i-  o 

b*  3 
cr  o 


cr?' 


o        o<       s 


a,       g 


-.         X.         S9 


5" 


- 


Q 


fej 


•  re 

|        | 


B* 
•5 


I 


S 


c 

3 


O 
<E3 

O 

- 


13] 


H         c 


^    . 


g    0 


*        3 


& 


?      O 


£ 


OT 

iS 

C3 

£ 

a> 

« 

. 

a 

'?PU.J 

-3 

H 

sl.*ls*a 

- 

o 

►J 

saqouj 

Q 

— 

o 

J 

fe 

p" 

•sp.ioo 

*gpjo; 

ui  'qoi?9  0} 

3DUB.\\o^«  ^jqiuopi 

"Woj 

*S}tTOAJ9S 

pin;  ssojpumrj 

■SO|«Aud  pirc 

. 

sutjpisnui  'sjaotjjo 

nouoissuuraoo 

>stuft)i«qng 

■san^dv;  i 

d 

- 

o 

H 

0 

«£•  to 


&  g 

<_  Si 

©  S 

to  »>> 


- 


.C 

>> 

M 

| 

/-N 

•o 

<J 

03 
■♦J 

tf 

rt 

oq 

w 

3 

© 

r 

rt  5* 

9      .£P 


C 


M    O 

■/.  — 


132 


o 


»<§ 


►— -        o 


!=:       «-« 


&  i 

B 

c  1 

ro 

5 

O   en 

S    2. 

^ 
rt 

3 


<-'-        en 
C        2 


era 

«- 

c 
1 

p 

3 

& 

CO 

&> 

{? 

> 

SB 

o 

~l 

J3 

HH 

1 

«1 

•a 


o 

For  myself, 

For  private  servant,    - 

Cords. 

Feet.             o 

1   f- 

Inches. 

Bushels.    1 

1  ° 

1  &. 
Pounds. 

• 

Remarks. 

•~5 


^ 

« — 

^ 

* 

O 

CO 

© 

„ 

1 

1 

O: 

< 

a 

o 

«■* 

a 

© 

n 

a 

w 

« 

S5 

■"» 

H 

O 

> 

w 

OS 

H 

«• 

» 

V> 

o 

>* 

H 

^ 


CO 

<J1 


to 

.00 


a?    *" 


% 


CO 


1^ 


.  K   hS 


s 


s 

(J 

a 

< 

3 

o 

H 

— 

O 

1 
jo  spunoj  1 

i 
i 

53 

jo  spunoj  1 
I 

I 

jo  spunoj 

a 
BO 

jo  spunoj 

d 

■- 
o 
O 

jo  spunoj 

a 

=    5 
1 


•jappoj  spunoj  I 


\faq  jo  spunoj 


•sjbo  jo  spunoj 


■A'j.iuq  spunoj 


•ujod  jo  spunoj 


•suoi}bj  jo  aaqmnv^ 
■b£v\>  jo  jaqmnsj 


•sp3unut?  aoquinu  priox 


•U9XQ  jo  jaquin^ 


solnW  J°  Jaqum^ 


•s.isjoq  jo  jnqtunt^ 


•lloui>itlboj  JO  9}VQ 


-    t 


S 


— 


v  a 


3    ;- 
^7  c-i 


Q>  _ 

>  -c 

-  p 

—  a 
9  Js 


c  £ 

»  I 
■S.8 


JJ& 


■a  •  g. 

i  ^  ^ 

a  *s 

I  "° 

■S  I  .£.£ 

_   n 


ss. 


am 


134 


o 
o"  2.  s»  {J; 


O 

e 
s 


S    00 


>     I 


~ 

;/- 

S3 

s 

- 

o 

iO 

CP 

o5"  £ 

CD 

B 

fa 

a 

o 

A 

c 

— 

O 

n 

W) 

-^ 

i 
< 

jr    o^ 


C5 

cr 


l-J 
o 

1 

U 

95 

5 

o 

a 

©' 
pi 

H 
o 

'^Number  of  horses. 

Pounds 

a 

o 

3 

s. 

95 

o  ;=: 

95    O 
§•* 

s 

o 

Pounds 

o 

95 

[Pounds 
1 

i— i 
95 

Bushels. 
(56  1.) 

o 

o 

H 

o 

95 
fe 

95 
O 

a 

Pounds 

Bushels. 
(32    lbs.) 

o 

Pounds 

Pounds 

1 

Pounds 

o 

115 

1 

s 

s 

pa 

• 

^ 


et 

•*1 

a 

o 

o 

^  ■ 

ft 

r>l 

St. 

^ 

<*e    3.      o 


^ 


S 


oo 


135 


n 
< 


CM 


X 


^ 


3 


£  00 

go  r 


M 

rt 

s 

o 

o 

c 

ej 

O 

o 

H 

Pounds. 

Monthly  allow- 
ance to  each. 

p 

3 
O 

Total  drawn  for 

's^treAJdg 

•SDS50JpunBrJ 

'S3)BAUd   pUB 

suuptsnui  'sj.i.i|||<> 
p9aoissnnoioo-ao^] 

3 

z 
- 

c 
I 

1 

7 

2  S 
II 


£.§     ° 

Li    = 


d  _ 


S 

s 


136 


W 


2.      ^ 


•5    -d        P*      2. 


If 

w     .7- 


TO* 


<©     5 


Quires  of  letter 
paper. 

j  Quires  of  fools- 
cap paper. 

i    Sheets  of  Cart- 
ridge paper. 

Number  of 
quills. 

Ounces  of 
wafers. 

Ounces  of  seal- 
ing wax. 

Pieces  of  tape. 

j    Papers  of  ink 
Powder. 

& 


^ 


5    O 


^ 


c 


2 
c^ 


*, 


137 


c  -a 

CD  "T3 
■m 

-  & 

V  o 

>  to 

"-1  o 

o>  2 

CO  ~ 

.rj  C 

g  c 
P-.  o> 

w  _ 

*"  > 


.2  ^>      a> 


c 
—     r 


s   t 


-cO 


O 

-< 
OS 

- 
< 

o 

« 
W 
S3 

o 
> 


o 
6 


cp  .5 


o  a) 


cp  ja 


M3     CO 


cy  — 


'C  o 


S       .£ 


«       c 


eg 


fcC 

"3  -<- 

bo 

■S  a 

0)    > 

3.-S 

_     CJ 

.2  c 
•  -  .2 

CO     CO 

IE 


a 


.O.O.J 

_c  —  E-    ^ 


-•5-   hi        „:  = 


■Si 


*■ 

CO  '§ 

a 

3    8 

'5 

CO     CP 

— 

J! 

o 
— 

£  a 

S«2 

3  s 
o 

■ 

O    O 

■ 

$  a 

M 

o  — 

Im 

E-.2 


C3  J8 


5d 


EC 


ft 


Ul 

Pj 

pj  D* 

pa 

O 

B 

GO 

!» 

(S 

P 

6. 

8 

(15 

- 

i/J 

SB 

99 

rr 

&.  O 

13S 


.i 


> 

O 

> 

5f® 

w 

a 

td 

o   B 

: 

» 

a  a) 

S> 

^ 

O     O 

en 

> 

s 

Co 

~5    » 

s 

» 

5 

^2. 

2c 

gj 

>3 

•a 

«s 

^ 

aT  "^ 

.^ 

B4. 

a 

■S: 

o 

& 

* 

2 

13 

o 

[39 


5- 


•^ 


_ 


a       PQ 

s    < 


K 


o  p, 


09 

o 

0 

3     K 

<B 

CI 

P  £ 

0J 

00 

O 

— 

I 

08 

•Si?  F 

t-_ 

— 

!- 

c 

'tt 

5 

t3 

I 

a* 

CS 

DQ 

bf 

o   c    ? 

X 

0J      ' 

a 

8 

SoJS  - 

a 

1 

3  5-'  <- 
Bi- 

00 

1 

ll)    t- 

•r. 

DO 

5     C   , 

9 

7? 

>-      r 

'c 

"~   J2  ■' 

3 

w 

£^  = 

o 

i 

M  &  c: 

tan 

1 

"8  a  s 

0)    O    (t 

- 

\ 

^r    -   ■- 

'j: 

>..5.i 

I 

~    —    r- 

£3  B 

C-  g 
Cj  ■— i 

1 

c 

0   - 

52  o)  5 

~  —         X 


0    c 
P   c 

O    C    - 

"5  u  - 

*    CS   -7 

—.    ci 

Z    <- 

S    «  — 

■r  ■*=■  < 

i- 

H  3 

1  c  ~ 

o 

t  =  £ 

c 

1 

*"M 

140 

ARTICLE  XLIL 

SUBSISTENCE     DEPARTMENT. 

supplies. — Omitted. 

1059,  1060,  1061,  1062,  1063,  1964,  1065,  1066,  1067, 
1008.— Omitted. 

THE   RATION. 

1069. — The  ration  is  three-fourths  of  a  pound  of  pork  or 
bacon,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  fresh  or  salt  beef; 
eighteen  ounces  of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  hard 
bread,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  corn  meal ;  and  at  the 
rate,  to  one  hundred  rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  peas  or  beans, 
or,  in  lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds  of  rice ;  six  pounds  coffee  ; 
twelve  pounds  sugar  ;  four  quarts  of  vinegar;  one  and  a  half 
pounds  of  tallow,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  adamantine,  or 
one  pound  sperm  candles  ;  four  pounds  of  soap,  and  two 
quarts  of  salt. 

1070. — The  annexed  table  shows  the  quantity  of  each  part 
of  the  ration  in  any  number  of  rations  from  one  to  ten 
thousand. 

1071. — On  a  campaign,  or  on  marches,  or  on  board  of 
transports,  the  ration  of  hard  bread  is  one  pound. 

ISSUES. 

1072. — Returns  for  issues  to  companies  will,  when  practi- 
cable, be  consolidated  for  the  post  or  regiment  (see  Form 
14.)  At  the  end  of  the  month,  the  issuing  commissary  will 
make  duplicate  abstracts  of  the  issues,  which  the  command- 
ing officer  will  compare  with  the  original  returns,  and 
certify  (see  Form  2.)  This  abstract  is  a  voucher  of  the  issue 
for  the  monthly  return. 

1078. — Issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  on  returns  by  the 
medical  officer  for  such  provisions  only  as  are  actually  re- 
quired for  the  sick  and  the  attendants.  The  cost  of  such 
parts  of  the  ration  as  are  issued  will  be  charged  to  the  hos- 
pital at  contract  or  cost  prices,  and  the  hospital  will  be  cred- 
ited by  the  whole  number  of  complete  rations  due  through 
the  month  at  contract  or  cost  prices  (see  note  7)  ;  the  balance, 
constituting  the  Hospital  Fund,  or  any  portion  of  it,  may  be 
expended  by  the  commissary,  on  the  requisition  of  the  medi- 
cal officer,  in  the  purchase  of  any  article  for  the  subsistence  or 
comfort  of  the  sick,  not  authorized  to  be  otherwise  furnished 


141 

(see  Form  3.)  At  large  depots  or  general  hospitals,  this  fund  may 
be  partly  expended  for  the  benefit  of  dependent  posts  or  detach- 
ments, on  requisitions  approved  by  the  medical  director  or 
senior  Surgeon  of  the  district.  On  the  1st  of  January,  each 
year,  one-fourth  of  every  hospital  fund  if  less  than  $150,  and 
•ne  half  if  more,  will  be  dropped  by  the  commissary  from  the 
fund  (Form  3),  and  will  be  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Military  Asylum  by  the  Commissary-General. 

1074. — The  articles  purchased  for  the  hospital,  as  well  as 
those  issued  from  the  subsistence  store-house,  will  be  included 
in  the  Surgeon's  certificate  of  issues  to  the  hospital,  and  borne 
on  the  monthly  return  of  provisions  received  and  issued. 
Vouchers  for  purchases  for  the  hospital  must  either  be  certi- 
fied by  the  Surgeon  or  accompanied  by  his  requisition. 

1075. — Abstracts  of  the  issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  made 
by  the  commissary,  certified  by  the  Surgeon,  and  countersigned 
by  the  commanding  officer  (sec  Form  3.) 

1076. — In  order  that  the  authorized  women  of  companies 
may  draw  their  rations  while  temporarily  separated  from  their 
companies,  the  officer  commanding  the  company  must  make  a 
report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  where  the  women 
may  be  left,  designating  such  as  are  to  draw  rations  as  attach- 
ed to  his  company.  Their  rations  are  not  commuted,  and 
they  can  only  draw  them  at  a  military  post  or  station  where 
there  are  supplies. 

1077.— Omitted. 

1078. — Issues  to  volunteers  anil  militia,  to  sailors,  to  Taurines, 
to  citizens  employed  by  any  of  the  departments,  or  to  Indians, 
will  be  entered  on  separate  abstracts  to  the  monthly  return. 

1070. — An  extra  issue  of  fifteen  pounds  of  tallow  or  ten  of 
sperm  candles,  per  month,  maybe  made  1"  the  principal  guard 
of  each  camp  and  garrison,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  Extra  issues  of  soap,  candles  and  vinegar,  are  per- 
mitted to  the  hospital  when  the  Surgeon  does  not  avail  him- 
self of  the  commutation  ofthe  hospital  rations,  or  when  there 
is  no  hospital  fund;  salt  in  small  quantities  may  be  issued  for 
public  horses  ami  cattle.  When  tin-  officers  of  the  Medical 
Department  find  anti-scorbutics  necessary  for  the  health  ofthe 

mmanding  officer  may  ordi  lof  fresh  \ 

.tables,  pickled  onions,  Bour  Icront,  <>r  ra  with  an  extra 

tity  of  rice  and  vin  usually  :^>uedat 

one  pound  per  ration,  and  onions  at  the  rate  ol 
in  lieu    of  one   of  beans.)     Occasional  ia 


I  12 

(extra)  of  molasses  are  made — two  quarts  to  one  hundred  ra- 
tions— and  of  dried  apples  of  from  one  to  one  and  a  half 
bushels  to  one  hundred  rations.  Troops  at  sea  are  recommen- 
ded to  draw  rice  and  an  extra  issue  of  molasses  in  lieu  of 
beans.  When  anti-scorbutics  are  issued,  the  medical  officer 
will  certify  the  necessity,  and  the  circumstances  which  cause 
it,  upon  the  abstract  of  extra  issues  (see  Form  1.) 

10S0. — "When  men  leave  their  company,  the  rations  they 
have  drawn,  and  left  with  it,  will  be  deducted  from  the  next 
return  for  the  company  ;  a  like  rule  when  men  are  discharged 
from  the  hospital  will  govern  the  hospital  return. 

recruiting  service. — Omitted. 
1081,  1082,  1083,  1084,  10S5,  10S6,  1087,  1088.— Omitted. 

SUBSISTENCE  TO  OFFICERS. 

10S9. — An  officer  may  draw  subsistence  stores,  paying  cash 
for  them  at  contract  or  cost  prices,  without  including  cost  of 
transportation,  on  his  certificate  that  they  are  for  his  own  use 
and  the  use  of  his  family.  These  certified  lists  the  command- 
ing officer  shall  compare  with  the  monthly  abstracts  of  sales, 
which  he  shall  countersign  (seeForm  5).  The  commissary  will 
enter  the  sales  on  his  monthly  return,  and  credit  the  money  in 
his  quarterly  account  current. 

back  rations. — Omitted 
1090. — Omitted. 

COMMUTATION    OF   RATIONS. 

1091. — When  a  soldier  is  detached  on  duty,  and  it  is  im- 
practicable to  carry  his  subsistence  with  him,  it  will  be  com- 
muted at  seventy-five  cents  a  day,  to  be  paid  by  the  commis- 
sary when  due,  or  in  advance,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  The  officer  detaching  the  soldier  will  certify,  on  the 
voucher,  that  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to  carry  his  rations. 
and  the  voucher  will  show  on  its  face  the  nature  and  extent  of 
the  duty  the  soldier  was  ordered  to  perform  (see  Form  18). 

1092. — The  expenses  of  a  soldier  placed  temporarily  in  a 
private  hospital,  on  the  advice  of  the  senior  Surgeon  of  the  post 
or  detachment,  sanctioned  by  the  commanding  officer,  will  be 
paid  by  the  Subsistence  Department,  not  to  exceed  seventy -five 
cents  a  day. 

1092. — The  ration  of  a  soldier  stationed  in  a  city,  with  no 
opportunity  of  messing,  will  be  commuted  at  forty  cents.     The 


1 4a 

rations  of  the  non-commissioned  regimental  staff  and  ordnance 
sergeants,  when  they  have  no  opportunity  of  messing,  and  of 
soldiers  on  furlough,  or  stationed  where  rations  cannot  be  is- 
sued in  kind,  may  be  commuted  at  the  cost  or  value  of  the  ra- 
tion at  the  post. 

1094,— When  a  soldier  on  duty  has  necessarily  paid  for  his 
own  subsistence,  he  may  be  refunded  the  cost  of  the  ration. 
When  more  than  the  cost  of  the  ration  is  claimed,  the  account 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Commissary-General. 

I \ IKA-OUTY    MEN. 

1095. — The  commanding  officer  will  detail  a  suitable  non- 
v  ommissioned  officer  or  soldier  for  extra  duty,  under  the  orders 
pof  the  Commissary,  and  to  be  exempt  from  ordinary  company 
1  garrison  duty.  All  extra-duty  men  employed  in  the  Com- 
missariat will  be  paid  the  regulated  allowance  (see  Article 
XXXIX)  by  the  Commissary,  if  not  paid  extra  pay  in  any 
other  department. 

1096. — Barrels,  boxes,  hides,  etc.,  will  be  sold,  and  the  pro- 
ds credited  in  the  quarterly  account  current. 

LOCOUNTe. 
1097. — The  following  are  the  accounts  and  returns  to  be 
rendered  to  the  Commissary-General  : 

Monthly. 
Return  of  provisions  and  forage  received  and  issued 

in  the  month Form     1 

Abstract  of  issues  to  troops,  &c.  (see  paragraph  107S)     "        2 
Abstract  of  issues  to  hospital        .  .   '     "        3 

Abstract  of  extra  issues '-4 

■  ract  of  sales  to  officers,  .         .         .  .         "         5 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sale-. 
Summary  statement  of  money  received  and  expended 

during  the  month "6 

(J '.'it,  ?■  fly. 

Account  current         ......         Form      7 

Abstract  of  all   purchases  of  provisions    and  linage 

during  the  quarter  8 

Abstract  oi  expenditures  in  the  quarter,  except  for 
purchase  of  provisions,  and  forage  for  cattle  (Pa- 
graph  1064) 9 

Consolidated  abstract  of  sales  to  officers  during  the 

quarter  ........  "        10 

Distiet  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Estimate  of  funds  required  for  next  quarter      .        .    "      U 

Quarterly  return  of  all  property  in  the  department. 

iid  forage  for  cattle         .         "       12 
in 


144 

1098. — The  abstracts  of  issues  will  show  the  corps  or  de- 
tachment. When  abstracts  require  more  than  one  sheet,  the 
sheets  will  be  numbered  in  series,  and  not  pasted  together  ; 
the  total  at  the  foot  of  each  carried  to  the  head  of  the  next, 
&c,  &c. 

1099. — All  lists  of  subsistence  shall  run  in  this  order:  meat, 
bread-stuff,  rice  and  beans,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  candles, 
soap,  salt,  anti-scorbutics,  purchases  for  hospital,  forage  for  cat- 
tle. 

1100, — No  charge  for  printing  blanks,  as  forms,  will  be  al- 
lowed. 

1101. — A  book  will  be  kept  by  the  commissary  at  each  post, 
in  which  will  be  entered  the  monthly  returns  of  provisions  re-  # 
ceived  and  issued  (Form  1).      It  will   show  from  whom  the 
purchases  have  been  made,  and  whether  paid  for.    It  is  called 
the  Commissary's  book,  and  will  not  be  removed  from  the  post. 

1102. — When  any  officer  in  the  Commissariat  is  relieved, 
he  will  close  his  property  accounts  ;  but  money  accounts  will 
be  kept  open  till  the  end  of  the  quarter,  unless  he  ceases  to  do 
duty  in  the  department. 

1103. — Commissaries  of  Subsistence  in  charge  of  principal 
depots  will  render  quarterly  statements  of  the  cost  and  quality 
of  the  ration,  in  all  its  parts,  at  their  stations. 

NOTES. 

1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6, — Omitted. 

7. — Mode  of  ascertaining  the  hospital  ration  :  100  complete 
rations  consist  of,  say 

32  rations  of  fresh  beef,  is  40  lbs.  at  4  cents  $1  60 

68        "         pork,  is  51  lbs.  at  6  cents        .  3  06 

100        "         flour,  is  112  lbs.  at  2  cents  .  2  25 

{100        "*      beans,  is  8  quarts,  at  4  cents  32  ) 

or                                                                         \  0  46 
100        "        rice,  is  10  lbs.  at  6  cents        60  ) 

100        "        coffee,  is  6  lbs.  at  9  cents .         .  0  54 

100        "        sugar,  is  12  lbs.  at  8  cents     .  0  96 

100        "         vinegar,  is  4  quarts  at  5  cents  .  0  20 

100        "        candles,  is  1  1-2  lbs.  at  12  cents  0  18 

100        "        soap,  is  4  lbs.  at  6  cents    .  0  24 

100         "        salt,  is  2  quarts  at  3  cents     .  0  06 

Cost  of  one  hundred  rations  $9  55 

or  9  cents  five  mills  per  ration. 


145 


'S 


«1 


■ 

as 
■< 

M 

I 

'o 

■ 

H 

O 

■»I«8 

•d«og 

■88jpu«£) 

•j^Saui  \ 

•j«Sng 

•*>JJ<\0 

•30ta 

■RUB9J{    | 

•juoij 

•Voj 

•joaq  qs3J.i 

•siiojjsj  jo  jaqmnjj 

•<\v.\\  jo  aoqmn^ 

'l«*oj. 

noM  jo  j  -  *  < . 

H..in  p  nqunij] 

| 

5 


i 

i 


J2 


4l> 


"3. 


POST  OR  STATION. 

- 

Number  of  men. 

Number  of  women. 

Total, 

Number  of  days. 

Number  of  rations. 

Fresh   Beef. 

Pork. 

Flour. 

Beans. 

Rice. 

Cotfee. 

Sugar. 

Vinegar. 

Candles. 

Soap. 

1 

Salt. 

1 

See  the  remark. 

i 
i 

w 
J*3 

? 


si. 


fe 


*» 


w 

c> 

tfg 

ft. 

§  ' 

m 

tfii 

^ 

> 


ft- 


<*i 


ft 

1 


147 

MISCELLANEOUS  ITEMS. 

A  box,  24  by  16  inches  square,  and  22  inches  deep  will  con- 
tain one  barrel,  or  10,752  cubic  inches. 

A  box  16  by  16.8   inches   square,  and  8  inches  deep,  will 
contain  one  bushel,  or  2150.4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  8  by  8.4  inches  square,  and  S  inches  deep,  will  con- 
fain  one  peck,  or  537.6  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  7  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.8  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  half  gallon,  or  131.4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  4  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.2  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain one  quart,  or  67.2  inches, 

<  )iie  bushel  of  corn  weighs 56  pounds. 

•     wheat     "    60 

"     rye  "    -56 

"  "     buckwheat  weighs 52 

"     barley  "       48 

"     oats  '  "       40 

"     beans  "       60 

11     potatoes  "       60 

"  "     onions  "       57 

"     dried  peaches  "       33 

"     dried  apples    "       22 

••     salt  "       50 

T^n  gallons  pickled  onions        "       83 

sour  krout  "       81 


14S 


One  thousand  rations  of 


t?  pa 


D    H  OP    as  w    ea 

O    p 


•"d  ^j  W  l"d 
a:  r-  p  o 

rt-C    O    ^ 

r*  s  ■ 

a- 


as 


tO    H    H    M    ^ 

M'l-  MMK)tO<!OOiO 
j^OiJOCiOiOj^iOOOMjOMor) 

oooobi*    bbbib'ocibH^ 

go  ©      to  ©    M  H  COOl  (X  Ol 
too     Ct  i— »   OOOi  »cs  o 

GO  Ol  vj  Q  sj  H  M 


c 
c 
o 


o   o 

o    © 

©  t->  © 


4- 

*- 

os 

a 

© 

Ol 

p 

<C 

c 

a- 

ro 

^ 

CO 

OS 

CO 

855 

to 

o 

CO 

©i 

M 

C 

o> 

<o 

cs 

Oi 

a 

(O 

■«JI 

to 

c» 

CO 

^ 

00  t£.  h»  CO  to  ©  © 
C*  ©  Oi  tO  ©  ©  © 


H-»  ©  <l  h->  <J  <{ 
©1  ©  Oi  to  Oi  Oi 

Oi  ©  ©  Oi  ©  © 


Oi 


Cn 


to 
to 

© 

to  © 

"to  to 

©  Oi 

© 
to 


to 

to 

© 

CO 

h- ■ 

© 

gp 

to 

I—1 

t* 

CO 

to 

(Si 

cc 

— 
to 

Oi 

2  3 


i— '    • — '  I— »   H*   tO    CO    tO    CO   10 

W^HOOJvlMsJtOiOOIOH 

GO©-vJ<JOi©rfi-vICOH-'rf^COCO 

©COCnOl©©OiCOCO©©h-'<{ 
CO©                to©  M  H  00  Oi  O)  O) 

tO©                C^f-1  CO  Oi  ©  ©  © 

00  CH     <j  ©  -^  )-»  t^ 


to   to   CO 
<J   ^   © 

tO     H->     tf^ 

©  tO  CO  OS  <J 
rf^  if*-  to  ©  H-1 

«*  H-i  ,£.  tf^  CO 

On  CO  ©  <?  © 

<J  tO  CO  H-1  H^. 


5  3 


©©©©>©©©  ©  tO  CO  Oi  £> 

H^^©docjicorf^<J©©<!cbco 

Oi  GO  ©  OS  ^©l-'^OOCO©^? 

©<ftOC0  GOtOrf^GOI-'©h-lOi 

tO  <J  Ol  CO©  to  <l  © 


© 


CO 

to 

I  CO 


^  ©  to  ©  CO 

tO  h-1  ©    H*   tO 

00  ©  Oi  H->  to 

to  to  ©  CO  ^ 

<J  ©  bO 


a 


EL 
o 

o 

p 

a 

Cl. 


H*ifHeo 
~  o 

J;     O 

p 
o' 


P  3  ©  «  ?  EL 


<<2 


a,  to 

?  o 


p 

D-a,ft,o 
p  p  o  a 

p 


ft 
as 

©    Si 
•     ^i 

©- 
© 
p 
a 


fcj 


Orq' 

553 


O    O    o 


o  o 


140 


CJ 


c 

fa 


49 
-/. 

— 


c2 

o 


25 


c 

C 

M 

.  ^ 

Qfl 

.^ 

-^ 

.*-•< 

>-i 

«=. 

3 

"» 
^ 

fc; 


<       Z- 


o> 

eg 

o 

-+-* 

S 

>» 

9 

C 

c" 

r~  | 

0) 

n 

a 

o 

a> 

o 

J^ 

^2 

a> 
s- 
feC 


>>       <D 


— 

a 

a 

— 

r-p 

3 

6 

— 

CD 

<*3 

— 

•- 

^ 

6 

> 

d£ 

O 

93 

— 

to 

■ 

- 

w  t3 

1  i 

~  3 

—  ^ 


t  1 


S 


— 

> 
© 

< 


I 

> 
o 

^2 


qj 

u 

1 


06 


-3 

> 

'ST 


150 


5z5 
o 


b- 

CO 

p 

cr 
o 

<s 
co 


cc 


OP 

© 

cr 

CD 


0P< 

dp 


3      » 


CfQ 


W 
cd 
cs 

2. 
<" 
cd 


CD 

£ 

*B 

[^3 

S5 

O 

00* 

"^> 

r-t- 

— t- 

© 

s 

s 

" 

p 

© 

o* 

o 

cr 

CD 

*■< 

p 

> 

P 
CD 

B 

* 

o 

<5 

W 

o 

B 

co 

• 

s 

2 

P-K 

cro 

cd 

o 

3 

©  CD 

=5*  2- 

op  Es 

CD'  ,-+ 

►P  ST 


CD 
CD 

1— » 

00 

so 
CO 

©' 

CD 

3- 

J 

,— 

02 

3i 

CD 

© 

© 

o 

P 

■-^ 

p 

CD 

-*> 

So 

o 

B 

<-t- 

Co 

CD 

3 

CT 

P 

p 

CD^ 

<-*-_ 

a- 

" 

P 

3 

CD* 

CD 

J^j 

CD 

CO 

00 

*"r"*"* 

P 

OP 

50 

C 

c*- 

o 

CD 

^ 

>*s  , 

CD 

cr 

o 

O^ 

v<{ 

=r 

CD 
CD 

p 
£3 

P 

OP 

CD 

OP 

o5 

CD 

O 

H- 

5 

53? 

1— 

CD 

P 

St 

© 

CD 

50 
CD 

S3 

8* 

Q 

Cp 

as 


£ 


CD 
CD 
P 

cr 


CD 


K5 
CD 


a» 


B  CD 

rr"  © 

<  c+- 

©  ^b 

§'  i 

B"  B 

o  cr 
o 

5s  F 


en 

G 

CD 
CO 

B 


■  53 

Go 


o 


W 


© 

3 


<# 


©1 

3 


151 
Form  12. 

Army  of  the  Confederate  States. 

i  Cdiii  of  Arms. 

( '<  rtificate  of  Disability  for  Discharge. 

A.  B.,  of  Captain 'a  company  (— )  of  the regiment 

of  Confederate  States ,  was  enlisted  by ,  of  the 

regiment  of ,  at on  the  day  of ,to 

gerve years  ;  he  was  born  in ,  in  the  State  of  .  .  .  -, 

years  of  age, feet inches  high, complexion, 

eyes, hair,   and  by  occupation   when  enlisted . 

During  the  last  two  months  said  soldier  has  been  unlit   for 
duty days.  , 

(The  company  commander  will  here  add  a  statement  of  all 
the  facts  known  to  him  concerning  the  dkease  or  wound,  or 
cause  of  disability  of  the  soldier:  the  time,  place,  manner, 
and  all  the  circumstances  under  which  the  injury  occurred, 
or  disease  originated  or  appeared  ;  the  duty,  or  service,  or 
situation  of  the  soldier  at  the  time  the  injury  was  received 
or  disease  contracted,  or  supposed  to  be  contracted ;  and 
whatever  facts  may  aid  a  judgment  as  to  the  cause,  immedi- 
ate or  remote,  of  the  disability  ,|and  the  circumstances  attend- 
ing it.) 

C.  D.,  Commanding  Company. 

When  the  facts  are  not  known  to  the  company  comman- 
der, the  certificate  of  any  officer,  or  affidavit  of  other  person 
having  such  knowledge,  will  be  appended. 

1  certify  that  I  have  carefully  examined  the  said  ....  of 
Captain \s  company,  and  find  him  incapable  of  perform- 
ing the  duties  of  a  soldier,  because  of  (here  describe  partic- 
ularly the  disability,  wound,  or  disease  ;  the  extent  to  which 
it  deprives  him  of  the  use  of  any  limb  or  faculty,  or  affects 
his  health,  strength,  activity,  constitution,  or  capacity  to 
labor  or  earn  his  subsistence.)  The  surgeon  will  add,  from 
his  knowledge  of  the  facts  and  circumstances,  and  from  the 
evidence  in  the  case,  hie  professional  opinion  ofthe  cause  or 
origin  ot  thi-  disability.  E.  "F.,  Surge**. 

(■Duplicate?.) 


152 


d 

s. 

as 

B 

Tonwn  or 
county. 

M 

w 

w 

B 

W 
O 
W 

si 

State  or 
kingdom. 

• 

d 
ta 

o' 

c 

o 
B 

n> 

5" 
S" 
a. 

1 
1 

.! 

7, 

B 

,1 
a 

© 

The  remarks  will    state   the 
cause  of  rejecting  any  who 
are  examined,  &c,  &. 

B 
p 

pr 

- 

O 

C 

Bd 

O 

o 

•3 

H 
a 

Q 
10 

q 

H3 
QQ 

K 

M 


c 


Si- 


i 

3 


is; 


© 

•- 

-}. 

_*: 

s- 

i 

CD 

• 

c 
S 

(—1 

•saajJBnb  uj 

« 

•{n;idsoij  uj 

1 

•p^a 

[V^ickoq  |B.l9U9§  oj  ;ii9$ 

{JC 

•paS.impsiQ 

•3 

•Ajnp  0)  pau.m;a^j 

-3 

o 

•s.i9^ix?nb  uj 

•pni^soq  uj 

•>{0I9  l^BJ, 

.E  -^ 

z;    x   _ 

1~  L 

—  —  n 
_  -  ^ 

- 

*ata^ranb  \\\ 

i~ 

•[i?;idsoq  uj 

■~ 
c 

>> 

a 
td 

^- 

! 
o 

i 
Q 

154 
Form  17. 

CONTRACT    WITH    A    PRIVATE    PHYSICIAN. 

This  contract,  entered  into  this day  of 18. . , 

at ,  State  of ,  between ,  of  the  Con- 
federate States  Army,  and  l)r of ,in  the  State 

of .,  witnesseth,  that  for  the  consideration  hereafter  men- 
tioned, the  said  Dr promises  and  agrees  to  perform 

the  duties  of  a  medical  officer,  agreeably  to  the  Army  Regu- 
lations, at  ....  {and  to  furnish  the  necessary  medicines.)  And 
the  said  . promises  and  agrees,  on  behalf  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  to  pay,  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Dr 

the  sum  of  . dollars  for  each   and  every  month  he  shall 

continue  to  perform  the  services  above  stated,  which  shall  be 
his  full  compensation,  and  in  lieu  of  all  allowances  and  emolu- 
ments whatsoever,  (except  that  for  medicines  furnished,  which 
shall  be  at  the  rate  of  per  cent  on  his  monthly  pay,  to  be  de- 
termined by  the  Surgeon  General.)  This  contract  to  continue 
till  determined  by  the  said  doctor,  or  the  commanding  officer 
for  the  time  being,  or  the  Surgeon  General. 

[seal.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered   ^ 
in  presence  of  5 

[seal.] 

I  certify  that  the  number  of  persons  entitled  to  medical  at- 
tendance agreeably  to  regulations,  at is  — ,  and 

that  no  competent  physician  can  be  obtained  at  a  lower  rate. 

,  Commanding   Officer. 


Form  No.  4. 
Certificate  to  be  given  a  soldier  at  (fit  time  01  his  discharge. 

I    certify   that    the    within    named  .  a  of 

paptain  company.( — )  of  the  regiment  of 

,  born  in  ,  in  the  .State  of        ,  aged  yearn, 

feet,        inches   high,        complexion,  eyes, 

hair,  and  by  a  profession  a  ,  was   enlisted  by 

at         ,  on  the        day  of  eighteen   hundred  and 

to  serve  for        years,  and  is  now  entitled  to  a  discharge  1>\ 
treason  of 

The  said  was  last  payed  by  Paymaster 

to  include  the         day  of        ,  eighteen  hundered  and 
and  has  pay  due  from  that  time  to  the  present  date. 

There  is  due  him         dollars  retained  pay. 

There  is  due  him        dollars  on  account  of  clothing  not 
drawn  in  kind. 

He  is  indebted  to  the  Confederate  State        dollars,    on 
account  of  extra  clothing,  &c. 

II.'  is  indebted  to  .  laundress,  at         .         dollars. 

The  contract  price  of  the  ration  at  is        rents. 

(riven  in  duplicate  at  ,  this         day  of         .18 —     . 


( 'ommanding  ( 'ompany. 


NitrK. — When  .1  soldier  transfer?  his  certificate?,  the  transfer  must  b'j  rcade  on 
i hem,  witnessed  by  a  commissioned  officer  when  practicable,  or  by  some  other 
reputable  persou  known  10  tho  Payma.n-i . 


156 


- 


I 


t? 

o 

(B 

«. 

y 

O 

£» 

co 

a 

Oq 

3 

3s 

£ 

5 
g. 

<5 


H 

c?c 

O 

B    ft> 

o- 

B*5 

s 

P  s. 

CO 

c  S 

-a 

5 

Oi1 

o 

O 

i 

re" 

re    1 

M 

s 

_ 

H 

os 

00 
1 

Jj 

a- 

J 

ta 

S 

c*. 

r 

a1 

l_l 

lO  to 

G-pdr  gun  carriages. 

a 

So 

o 

o  o 

Infantry  cartridge  boxes. 

R, 

I 

,_, 

a 

oo 

o 

N5  O 

o  o 

Cannon  powder,  pounds. 

a; 

o 

o  o 

I" 

'55 

t— 

Oi 

Slow  match,  pounds. 

Co' 

Ul 

Cji  O 

Co 

c<> 

l-l 

Shot  guages,  sets. 

&c,  &c. 

- 

X 

> 

X 

* 

30 

U7 


.    ~5 


r 


M 

M 

■ 
1 

Company  of  infantry  of  58  non-commissioned  officers  and 

privates. 
Same  form  for  Artillery,  Riflemen,  and  Cavalry. 

•saapujjuo  ll^q-l^npf 

•  0 

•  0            1 

0 
c 

an 

1        • 
paxa  'joqs  \1pj-9  j  § 

s 

1 
siJaiis  an£)  | 

™ 

-r 

•sajuid  jjao  »8re^\ 

0 

>n 

•spjuqqijos  jsuoXufj 

0 

•sipq-xoq  aSputnQ 

0 
<* 

■«axoq  3i.puj.m3 

sp.in.wK  ,unp  p,moo*t»jj 

5> 

0 

•3\B{dxnOO  '«in>(-iij^ 

0| 

•saScujro  "jpdf< 

?1 

iioiiiir.l  k-Bjq    J|»d-',i 

<*> 

1  " 

3 

a 

ft 


I 


>    Q 


eg 


Ss 

■£  = 

A 


I 


_  i 
0>._ 


C«  '~ 


158 

AKTICLE  XLVII. 


E  K  C  R  U  I  T  I  N  Q      SERVICE. 

1283. — The  recruiting  service  will  be  conducted  by  the  Ad- 
jutant-General, under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1284. —  Field  officers  will  be  detailed  to  superintend  the  re- 
cruiting parties:  The  recruiting  service  will  form  a  special 
roster.  The  Adjutant-General  will  detail  the  field  officers, 
and  announce  in  orders  the  number  of  Lieutenants  to  be  detail- 
ed from  each  regiment  by  the  Colonel.  When  the  detail  is 
not  according  to  the  roster,  the  special  reason  of  the  case  shall 
be  reported  and  laid  before  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1285. — A  recruiting  party  will  consist  generally  of  one  Lieu- 
tenant, one  non-commissioned  officer,  two  privates,  and  a  drum- 
mer and  iifer.  The  parties  will  be  sent  from  the  principal  de- 
pots, and  none  but  suitable  men  selected. 

1286. — Officers  on  the  general  recruiting  service  are  not  to 
be  ordered  on  any  other  duty,  except  from  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral's office. 

1287. — As  soon  as  a  recruiting  station  is  designated,  the 
superintendent  sends  estimates  for  funds  to  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral, and  requisitions  on  the  proper  departments  (through  the 
Adjutant-General)  for  clothing,  camp  equipage,  arms,  and 
accoutrements. 

1288. — Subsequent  supplies  for  the  station  in  his  district  are 
procured  by  the  superintendent  on  consolidated  estimates  ; 
these  are  made  quarterly  for  funds,  and  every  six  or  twelve 
months  for  clothing,  equipage,  arms,  and  accoutrements.  Es- 
timates for  funds  will  be  the  following  form  : 


Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds  required  for  the 
during  the  quarter  ending 


186 


Names. 

M 

a 

'So 

a 
"3 

00 

Amount    ex- 
pended last 
quarter. 

$     |    cts. 

Amount  cm       Amount 
hand.        !    required. 

$       |     Ct.S.    :      %       \     Cts. 

Remarks. 

1 

I 

i 

Total  amount  required. 


&upf  i-mt&Kteibt, 


1 59 

1289. — Funds  and  supplies  of  clothing,  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  arms  and  accoutrements,  when  ordered,  will  be 
sent  direct  to  each  station. 

12i»0. — For  subsistence  to  recruiting  stations,  see  regula- 
tions of  the  Subsistence  Department.  When  army  rations  are 
issued  for  recruits,  savings  on  the  rations  shall  be  applied 
for  their  benefit,  as  in  companies. 

1201. — The  superintendents  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  consolidated  monthly  returns  of  the  recruiting  par- 
ties under  their  superintendence,  according  to  directions  on 
the  printed  blanks,  accompanied  by  one  copy  of  the  enlist- 
ment of  each  recruit  enlisted  within  the  month. 

1  ii'.»2. — When  recruits  are  sent  to  regiments,  a  superintend- 
cnt  will  report  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  instructions  in 
reference  thereto. 

1 293.— "When  recruits  are  sent  from  a  depot  or  rendezvous 

to  a  regiment  or  post,  a  muster  and  descriptive  roll,  and  an 
account  of  clothing  of  the  detachment,  will  be  given  to  the 
officer  assigned  to  the  command  of  it.  And  a  duplicate  of 
the  muster  and  descriptive  roll  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General by  the  superintendant,  who  will  note  on  it  the 
names  of  all  the  officers  on  duty  with  the  detachment,  and 
the  day  ot  its  departure  from  the  depot  or  rendezvous. 

1294. — The  superintendent  will  report  all  commissioned 
or  non-commissioned  officers  who  may  be  incapable  or  neg- 
ligent in  the  discharge  of  their  functions.  Where  a  recruit- 
ing party  fails  to  get  recruits  from  any  cause  other  than  the 
fault  of  the  officer,  the  superintendent  will  recommend 
another  station  for  the  party- 

1295. — When  a  rendezvous  is  closed,  the  superintendent 
Mill  give  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  safe-keeping  or 
disposal  of  the  public  property,  so  as  not  to  involve  any  ex- 
jMii>c  for  storage. 

1 29G. — Tours  of  inspection  by  superintendents  will  be  made 
only  on  instruction  from  the  Adjutant- <  General's  office.  Offi- 
•ruiting  service  will  not  be  sent  from  place  to 
place  without  orders  from  the  same  source.  Recruiting 
officers  will  in  no  case  absent  themselves  from  their  station's 
without  authority  from  the  superintendent. 

1297.— They  will  not  allow  any   man   to  be  deceived  or 

Inveigled  into  the  service  by  false   representations,  but  will 

•  on  explain  the  nature  of  the  .  the  length  of  the 

term,  the  pay,  clothing  rations,  and  other  allowances  to  which 

n 


160 

a  soldier  is  entitled  by  law,  to  ever  man  before  he  signs  the 
enlistment. 

1298. — With  the  sanction  ot  superintendents,  recruiting- 
officers  may  insert,  in  not  exceeding  two  newspapers,  brief 
notices  directing  attention  to  the  rendezvous  for  further  infor- 
mation. 

1299. — Any  free  white  male  person  above  the  age  of 
eighteen  and  under  thirty -five  years,  being  at  least  live  feet 
four  and  a  half  inches  high,  effective,  able-bodied,  sober,  free 
irorn  disease,  of  good  character  and  habits,  and  with  a  com- 
petent knowledge  of  the  English  language,  may  be  enlisted. 
This  regulation  so  far  as  respects  the  height  and  age  of  the 
recruit,  shall  not  extend  to  musicians  or  to  soldiers  who  may 
"re-enlist"  or  have  served  honestly  and  faithfully  a  previous 
enlistment  in  the  army. 

1300. — No  man  having  a  wife  or  child  shall  be  enlisted 
in  time  of  peace  without  special  authority  obtained  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  Office,  through  the  superintendent.  This 
rule  is  not  to  apply  to  soldiers  who  "re-enlist" 

1301. — No  person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  is  to 
be  enlisted  without  the  written  consent  of  his  parent,  guar- 
dian or  master.  The  recruiting  officer  must  be  very  partic- 
ular in  ascertaining  the  true  age  of  the  recruit. 

1302. — If  a  minor  who  has  no  parent  or  guardian  offer  to 
enlist,  a  guardian  (who  must  not  be  any  one  connected  with 
he  recruiting  party)  may  be  appointed  by  the  proper  legal 
authority. 

1303. — After  the  nature  of  the  service  and  terms  of  enlist- 
ment have  been  fairly  explained  to  the  recruit;  the  officer, 
before  the  enlistments  are  filled  up,  will  read  to  him,  and  offer 
for  his  signature,  the  annexed  declaration,  to  be  appended  to 
each  copy  of  his  enlistment : 

I,  . ,  desiring  to  enlist  in  the  Army  of  the  Confederate 

States  for  the  period  of years,  do  declare  that  lam  .  — 

years  and  ....  months  of  age ;  that  I  have  neither  wife  nor 
child;  that  I  have  never  been  discharged  from  the  Confed- 
erate States  service  on  account  of  disability,  or  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  before  the  expiration  of 
a  term  of  enlistment ;  and  I  know  of  no  impediment  to  my 
serving  honestly  and  faithfully  as  a  soldier  for years. 

Witness  : 


161 

1304. — If  the  recruit  be  a  minor,  his  parent,  guardian,  or 
master,  must  sign  a  consent  to  his  enlisting,  which  will  be 
added  to  the  preceding  declaration,  in  the  following  form : 

I, ,  do  certify  that  I  am  the  (father  only  surviving  pa- 
rent, legal  master,  or  guardian,  as  the  case  may  be)  of ; 

that  the  said   .  —  is  . years  of  age ;  and  I  do  hereby 

freely  give  my  consent  to  his  enlistment  as  a  soldier  in  the 
Army  of  the  Confederate  States  for  the  period  of  ... .  years. 


Witness :  

1305. — The  forms  of  declaration,  and  of  consent  in  case  of 
a  minor,  having  been  signed  and  witnessed,  the  recruit  will 
then  be  duly  examined  by  the  recruiting  officer,  and  surgeon 
if  one  be  present,  and,  if  accepted,  the  20th  aud  87th  Articles 
of  War  will  be  read  to  him  ;  after  which  he  will  be  allowed 
time  to  consider  the  subject  until  his  mind  appears  to  be  fully 
made  up  before  the  oath  is  administered  to  him. 

1300. — As  soon  as  practicable,  and  at  least  within  six  days 
after  his  enlistment,  the  following  oath  will  be  administered 
t  o  the  recruit : 

"  I,  A —  B — ,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confederate  States 
of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and  faithfully 
against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever,  and  observe 
and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States, 
and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over  me,  according  to 
the  rules  and  articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the 
Confederate  States."     (See  loth  Art.  of  War.) 

1307. — Under  the  article  of  war  above  cited,  and  the  acts 
of  Congress  approved  September  Kith,  18-50,  and  July  29th, 
1854.  a  j'istiee  of  the  peace,  the  chief  magistrate  of  any  town 
or  city  corporate  (not  being  an  officer  of  the  Army),  a  notary 
public,  or  when  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  such  civil  magis- 
trates, a  judge  advocate  may  administer  the  above  oath. 

I  ;o^.— It  is  the  duty  of  the  recruiting  officers  to  be  present 
.,\  the  examination  of  the  recruif  by  the  medical  officer. 

L309. — Recruiting  officers  will  not.  pmploy  private  physi- 
cians without  authority  from  the  Adjuitant-General's  Office, 
for  the  special  purpose  of  examining  the  recruits  prior  to  their 
•  nlisting. 

i ::  Hi. — it'  ii  be  necessary .  as  in  cases  of  sickness,  to  employ 

a  physician,  the  recruiting  officer  may  engage  his  services  b) 

contract  on  reasonable  by  the  visit,   or  by  the  month. 


162 

If  by  the  month,  the  examination  of  the  recruits  must  be  sta- 
ted in  the  contract  as  part  of  his  duty.  In  vouchers  for  medi- 
cal attendance  and  medicines,  the  name  of  each  patient,  date 
of,  and  charge  for  each  visit,  and  for  medicine  furnished,  must 
be  given,  and  the  certificate  of  the  physician  added,  that  the 
rates  charged  are  the  usal  rates  of  the  place. 

1311. — Enlistments  must,  in  all  cases,  be  taken  in  triplicate. 
The  recruiting  officer  will  send  one  copy  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  with  his  quarterly  accounts,  a  second  to  the  superin- 
tendent with  his  monthly  return,  and  a  third  to  the  depot  at 
the  time  the  recruits  are  sent  there.  In  cases  of  soldiers  re- 
enlisted  in  a  regiment,  or  of  regimental  recruits,  the  third 
copy  of  the  enlistment  will  be  sent  at  its  date  to  regimental 
head-quarters  for  file. 

1312. — When  ordnance  sergeants  re-enlist,  the  recruiting- 
officer  will  immediately  send  the  second  copy  of  the  enlistment 
direct  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  the  third  copy  to  the  sta- 
tion of  the  ordance  sergeant  for  file. 

1313. — A  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
soldier,  who  may  re-enlist  into  his  company  or  regiment  within 
two  months  before,  or  one  month  after  the  expiration  of  his 
term  of  service,  shall  receive  a  bounty  of  three  months'  extra 
pay — that  is  to  say,  the  pay  he  was  receiving  as  pay  of  his 
grade,  and  as  additional  pay  for  length  of  service  and  for  cer- 
tificate of  merit.  This  bounty  shall  be  paid  by  the  recruiting 
officer  at  the  time  of  enlistment,  and  noted  on  the  descriptive 
list.  Ordnance  sergeants  and  hospital  stewards  are  non-com- 
missioned officers  entitled  to  the  bounty  in  the  case  provided. 

1314. — Enlistments  must,  in  no  case,  be  ante-dated  so  as  to 
entitle  a  soldier  to  bounty  who  applies  after  the  period  for 
"  re-enlisting"  has  expired. 

1315. — A  premium  of  two  dollars  will  be  paid  to  any  citi- 
zen, non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  for  each  accepted 
recruit  that  he  may  bring  to  the  rendezvous;  but  not  for  sol- 
diers who  receive  bounty  for  "  re-enlisting." 

1316. — The  recruiting  officer  will  see  that  the  men  under 
his  command  are  neat  in  their  personal  appearance,  and  will 
require  the  permanent  party  to  wear  their  military  dress  in  a 
becoming  manner,  especially  when  permitted  to  go  abroad. 

1317. — Only  such  articles  of  clothing  as  are  indispensable 
for  immediate  use  will  be  issued  to  recruits  at  the  rendezvous. 
Their  equipment  will  not  be  made  complete  till  after  they 


163 

have  passed  the  inspection  subsequent   to  their  arrival  at  the 
depot. 

1318. — The  instruction  of  the  recruits  will  commence  at  the 
rendezvous  from  the  moment  of  enlistment.  The  general  su- 
perintendent will  see  that  all  recruiting  officers  give  particular 
attention  to  this  subject. 

1319. — Recruits  will  be  sent  from   rendezvous   to   depots 
every  ten  days,  or  oftener  if  practicable,  provided  the  number 
sable  exceeds  three.     The  detachments  of  recruits  will  be 
sent  from  rendezvous  to  depots  under  charge  of  anon-commis- 
sioned officer. 

1320. — Every  officer  commanding  a  recruiting  party  will 
procure  the  necessary  transportation,  forage,  fuel,  straw,  and 
stationery,  taking  the  requisite  vouchers. 

1321. — The  transportation  of  recruits  to  depots,  and  from 
me  recruiting  station  to  another,  will  be  paid  from  the  recruit- 
ing funds  ;  transportation  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on  the 
recruiting  service  will  be  paid  in  the  same  manner,  except 
when  first  proceeding  to  join  that  service,  or  returning  to  their 
regiments  after  having  been  relieved. 

1322. —  No  expenses  of  transportation  of  officers  will  be  ad- 
mitted that  do  not  arise  from  orders  emanating  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  Office,  except  they  be  required  to  visit 
branch  or  auxiliary  rendezvous  under  their  charge,  when  they 
will  be  allowed  the  stage,  steam-boat,  or  railroad  fare,  porter- 
age included. 

1323,  1324-,  1325,  1320,  1327,  132S,  1329.— Omitted. 

L330. — To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
wafer-stamp,  one  wafer-box,  one  paper  folder,  one  rule,  and 
;<  many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not    exceeding  four 

annum. 

1331. — Such  blank  books  as  may  be  necessary   are  allowed 

to  the  al  superintendent    and    at    permanent   recruiting 

ts;  also  one  di  Bcriptive  book   for  the  register  of  recruits 

ih  permanenl  station.  Blank  books  will  be  purchased  by 

recruiting  officers,  under  instructions  from  the  superintendent. 

1332. — When  a  recruiting  officer    is   relieved,  the    blanks* 
.  and  unexpended  stationery,  with    all    the  other  public 
property  at  the  station,  will  be    transferred  to   his  succ< 
who  will  receipt  for  the  same. 
8.— Omitted. 


lol 

1334.— Letters  addressed  to  the  Adjutant-General  "on  re- 
cruiting service"  will  be  so  endorsed  on  the  envelopes,  under 
the  words  "official  business." 

1335. — On  all  vouchers  for  premiums  for  bringing  recruits 
and  fees  for  oaths  of  enlistme  nt,  the  names  of  the  recruits  for 
whom  the  expenditure  is  made  must  be  given  The  vouchers, 
may  be  made  in  form  of  consolidated  receipt-rolls,  authentica- 
ted by  the  officers  certificate  that  they  are  correct. 

1336. — The  fee  usually  allowed  for  administering  the  oath 
of  enlistment  being  twenty-  five  cents  for  each  recruit,  when 
a  greater  amount  is  paid,the  officer  must  certify  on  the  voucher 
that  it  is  the  rate  allowed  by  law  of  the  State  or  Territory. 

1337. — To  each  voucher  for  notices  inserted  in  newspapers, 
a  copy  of  the  notice  will  be  appended. 

1338. — Enlistments  must  be  filled  up  in  a  fair  and  legible 
band.  The  real  name  of  the  recruit  must  be  ascertained,  cor- 
rectly spelled,  and  written  in  the  same  way  wherever  it  occurs  ; 
the  Christian  name  must  not  be  abbreviated.  Numbers  must 
be  written,  and  not  expressed  by  figures.  Each  enlistment 
must  be  endorsed  as  follows: 

No.— 

A B , 

enlisted  at 


January  — ,  186 — , 

By  Lt.  C D , 

—  Eegiment  of 

The  number  in  each  month  to   correspond   with  the  names 
alphabetically  arranged. 

1339. — "Whenever  a  soldier  re-enters  the  service,  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him  will  endorse  on  the  enlistment,  next  below 
his  own  name  and  regiment,  "second  (or  third)  enlistment,"  as 
the  case  may  be,  together  with  the  name  of  the  regiment  and 
the  letter  of  the  company  in  which  the  soldier  last  served,  and 
date  of  discharge  from  former  enlistment.  This  information 
the  recruiting  officer  must  obtain,  if  possible,  from  the  soldier's 
discharge,  which  he  should  in  all  cases  be  required  to  exhibit. 
(See  22d  Art.  of  War.) 

1340. — The  name  of  the  State,  as  well  as  the  town,  where 
each  recruit  is  enlisted,  will  be  recorded  on  all  muster,  pay, 
and  descriptive  rolls. 

1341,  1342,  1343.— Omitted. 


165 

1344. — The  recruits  are  to  be  dressed  in  uniform  according 
to  their  respective  arms,  and  will  be  regularly  mustered  and 
inspected.  They  are  to  be  well  drilled  in  the  infantry  tactics, 
through  the  school  of  the  soldier  to  that  of  the  battalion,  and 
in  the  exercise  of  field  and  garrison  pieces.  Duty  to  be  done 
according  to  the  strict  rules  of  the  service. 

104-3,  1346,  1347.— Omitted. 

134S. — Permanent  parties  at  depots,  and  recruiting  parties, 
will  be  mustered,  inspected,  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  soldiers.  Recruits  will  be  mustered  for  pay  only  at 
depots,  and  when  paid  there,  one-half  of  their  monthly  pay  will 
be  retained  until    they  join  their  regiments. 

1 049.— The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  arc  to  be  read  to  the 
recruits  in  depot  every  month  after  the  inspection  ;  and  so 
much  thereof  as  relates  to  the  duties  of  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  will  be  read  to  them  every  week. 

1350.— Recruits  are  not  to  be  put  to  any  labor  or  work 
which  would  interfere  with  their  instruction,  nor  are  they  to 
be  employed  otherwise  than  soldiers  in  the  regular  duties  of 
garrison  or  camp. 

1 35 1 . — When  recruits  are  received  at  a  garrisoned  post,  the 
commanding  officer  will  place  them  under  the  charge  of  a 
commissioned  officer. 

1  -)~>2. — The  superintendent  or  commanding  officer  will  cause 
a  minute  and  critical  inspection  to  be  made  of  every  recruit 
received  at  a  depot,  two  days  alter  his  arrival ;  and  should  any 
recruit  be  found  unfit  for  service,  or  to  have  been  enlisted 
contrary  in  law  or  regulations,  he  shall  assemble  a  Board  of 
Inspectors  to  examine  into  the  case. 

1853. —  Every  detachment  ordered  from  a  depot  to  any 
regiment  orpost,  shall,  immediately  preceding  its  departure,  be 
critically  inspected  by  the  superintendent  or  commanding 
officer  and  Burgeon;  and.  when  necessary,  a  Board  of  In- 
spectors will  be  convened. 

1354. — Recruits  received  at  a  military  post  or  station  shall 
refully  inspected  by  the  commanding  officer  and  surgeon. 
on  the  third  day  after  their  arrival  ;  and  if,  on  such  inspection, 
any  recruit,  in  their  opinion,  be  unsound  or  otherwise  defective 
in  such  degree  as  to  disqualify  him  for  the  duties  of  a  soldier, 
then  b  Board  of  [nspectors  will  be  assembled  to  examine  into 
and  report  <>n  the  case. 

1355. — Board*  <     I         on  for  the  examination  of  recruiti 


166 

will  be  composed  of  the  three  senior  regimental  officers  present 
on  duty  with  the  troops,  including  the  commanding  officer  and 
the  senior  medical  officer  of  the  army  present. 

1356. — In  all  cases  of  rejection,  the  reason  therefor  will  be 
stated  at  large  in  a  special  report  by  the  board ;  which  together 
with  the  surgeons'  certificate  of  the  disability  for  service,  will 
be  forwarded  by  the  superintendent  or  commandant  of  the 
post  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General.  If  the  recommendation 
of  the  board  for  the  discharge  of  the  recruit  be  approved,  the 
authority  will  be  endorsed  on  the  certificate,  which  will  be 
sent  back  to  be  filled  up  and  signed  by  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, wTho  will  return  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 

13-37. — The  board  will  state  in  the  report  whether  the  dis- 
ability, or  other  cause  of  rejection,  existed  before  his  enlist- 
ment, and  whether,  with  proper  care  and  examination,  it  might 
have  then  been  discovered. 

135S. — An  officer  intrusted  with  the  command  of  recruits 
ordered  to  regiments,  will,  on  arriving  at  the  place  of  desti- 
nation, forward  the  following  papers : 

1.  To  the  Adjutant- General  and  the  Superintendent,  each  a 
descriptive  roll  and  an  account  of  clothing  of  such  men  as  may 
have  deserted,  died,  or  been  left  on  the  route  from  any  cause 
whatever ;  with  a  special  report  of  the  date  of  his  arrival  at 
the  post,  the  strength  and  condition  of  the  detachment  when 
turned  over  to  the  commanding  officer,  and  all  circumstances 
worthy  of  remark  which  may  occurred  on  the  march. 

2.  To  the  Commanding  Officer  of  the  regiment  or  post,  the 
muster  and  descriptive  roll  furnished  him  at  the  time  of  setting 
out,  properly  signed  and  completed  by  recording  the  names 
of  the  recruits  present,  and  by  noting  in  the  column  lor  remarks, 
opposite  the  appropriate  spaces,  the  time  and  place  of  death, 
desertion,  apprehension,  or  other  casualty  that  may  have 
occurred  on  the  route. 

13-59. — Should  an  officer  be  relieved  in  charge  of  a  detach- 
ment en  route,  before  it  reaches  its  destination,  the  date  and 
place,  and  name  of  the  officer  by  whom  he  is  relieved,  must 
be  recorded  on  the  detachment  roll.  Without  the  evidence  of 
Mich  record,  no  charge  for  extra  pay  for  clothing  accounta- 
bility of  a  detachment  equal  to  a  company  will  be  allowed. 

13G0. — The  "  original  muster  and  descriptive  roll"  of  every 
detachment,  with  remarks  showing  the  final  disposition  of  each 
recruit,  and  the  regiment  and  letter  of  the  company  to  which 


1G7 

he  ma}7  be  assigned,  will  be  signed  by  the  commanding  orticer, 
and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

1361. — The  regimental  recruiting  will  be  conducted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  general  service. 

13G2. — Every  commander  of  a  regiment  is  the  superintend 
ent  of  the  recruiting  service  for  his  regiment,  and  will  endea- 
vor to  keep  it  up  to  its  establishment  ;  for  which  purpose  he 
will  obtain  the  necessary  funds,  clothing,  &c,  by  requisition  to 
the  Adjutant-General.  ' 

1363. — At  every  station  occupied  by  his  regiment,  or  any 
part  of  it,  the  Colonel  will  designate  a  suitable  o.acertu  at- 
tend to  the  recruiting  duties  ;  which  selection  will  not  relieve; 
such  officer  from  his  company  or  other  ordinary  duties.  The 
officer  thus  designated  will  be  kept  constantly  furnished  with 
funds,  and,  when  necessary,  with  clothing  and  camp  equipage. 

13G-1. — The  regimental  recruiting  officer  will,  with  the  ap- 
probation of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  station,  enlist  all 
Miitable  men.  lie  will  be  governed,  in  rendering  his  acounts 
and  returns,  by  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  general  service  ; 
and  when  leaving  a  post,  will  turnover  the  funds  in  his  hands 
to  the  senior  company  officer  of  his  regiment  present,  unless 
some  other  be  appointed  to  receive  them. 


168 

Form  A. 

Abstract  of  disbursements  on  account  of  contingencies  of  the 

Recruiting  Service,  by ,  in  the  quarter  ending , 

18-,   at—. 


No.  of 
voucher. 


Date  of 

payment. 


^v 


To  whom  paid. 


On  what  acc't. 


Amount. 


Dol.  |  Cts. 


3 


Recruiting  officer. 


169 
Form  B. 


Tin    ConfederaU   States, 
To 


\  certify  that  thi  irrect. 


thU 


rutting  <>jti 
day  of ,  IS — ,  of ,  recr 


!!■    ■  ived,  — 

d<>'  in  1 "ill  of  the  above  account 


171 


APPENDIX. 


ARTICLES   OF   WAli. 

AN  ACT  ESTABLISHING  RULES  AND    ARTICLES  FOR    THE  GOVERN- 
MENT OF  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES. 

SECTION.  1.  That,  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act, 
the  following  shall  he  the  rules  and  articles  by  which  the 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  governed  : 

Article  1.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  shall,  in  six  months  from  the  passing  of  this  act, 
and  every  officer  who  shall  hereafter  be  appointed  shall, be- 
fore he  enters  on  the  duties  of  his  office,  subscribe  these 
rules  and  regulations. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recommended  to  all  officers  am! 
soldiers  diligently  to  attend  divine  service  :  and  all  officers 
who  shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at  any  place  of 
divine  worship  shall,  if  commissioned  officers,  be  brought 
before  a  general  court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly  and  se- 
verely reprimanded  by  ttic  president  ;  If  non-commissioned 
officers  or  soldiers,  every  person  so  offending  shall,  for  his 
first  offense,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a  dollar,  to  be  deducted  out 
of  his  next  pay  :  for  the  second  offense,  he  shall  not  only  for- 
feit a  like  sum,  but  be  confined  twenty-four  hoars  :  and  for 
every  like  offense,  shall  sutler  and  pay  in  like  manner  ;  which 
money,  so  forfeited,  shall  be  applied,  by  the  captain  or  sen- 
ior officer  of  the  troop  or  company,  i<>  the  use  of  the  aid 
soldiers  of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the  offender 
belongs. 

Art.  3.     Any  non-commissioned   officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  use  any  profane  oath  or  execration,  shall  incur  the 
alties  expressed  in  the  ■:  article  ;  and  a  commissi 

officer  shall  forfeit  and  pay,  tor  each  and  every  su<h  oi 
one  dollar,  to  be  applied  ;'s  in  the  pr<  ceding  article 

*Tho8c  rules  and  nrtid<  ?,  with  the  exceptii  i  .    ,  l.v  tin   n< 

unaltered,  au<i  in  forea  .-it  pretei 


17:2 

Art.  4  Every  chaplain  commissioned  in  the  army  or 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States,  who  shall  absent  himself 
from  the  duties  assigned  him  (excepting  in  cases  of  sickness 
or  leave  of  absence,)  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a 
court-martial,  be  fined  not  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  be- 
sides the  loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence  ;  or  be  discharged, 
as  the  said  court-martial  shall  judge  proper. 

Art.  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  contemp- 
tous  or  disrespectful  words  against  the  President  of  the  Con- 
tederate  States,  against  the  Vice-President  thereof,  against 
the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  against  the  Chief 
Magistrate  or  Legislature  of  any  of  the  Confederate  States 
in  which  he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  officer, 
shall  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court-martial 
shall  direct ;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  he 
shall  suffer  such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  on  him  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art..  6.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  behave  himself 
with  contempt  or  disrespect  towards  his  commanding  officer, 
shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by 
the  judgment  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begin,  excite, 
cause,  or  join  in,  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  in  any  troop  or 
company  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  State,  or  in  any 
party,  post,  detachment,  or  guard,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 
who  being  present  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use 
his  utmost  endeavors  to  suppress  the  same,  or,  coming  to  the 
knowledge  of  any  intended  mutiny,  does  not,  without  delay, 
give  information  thereof  to  his  commanding  officer,  shall 
be  punished  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial  with  death, 
or  otherwise,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  strike  his  supe- 
rior officer,  or  draw  or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  vio- 
lence against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his  office,  on 
any  pretense  whatsoever,  or  shall  disobey  any  lawful  com- 
mand of  his  superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  sh:  11,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense, 
be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned officeror  soldier,  who 
shall  enlist  himself  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
shall,  at  the  time  of  so  enlisting,  or  within  six  days  after- 


173 

ward,  have  the  Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of 
the  Confederate  States  read  to  him,  and  shall,  by  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him,  or  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troop 
<>f  company  into  which  he  was  enlisted,  be  taken  before  the 
next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or 
:own  corporate,  not  being  an  officer  of  the  army,  or  where  re- 
course cannot  be  had  to  the  civil  magistrate,  before  the  judge 
advocate,  and  in  his  presence  shall  take  the  following  oath  or 
affirmation  :  "I,  A.  B.,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the 
ease  may  be,)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confede- 
rate States  of  America,  and  that  1  will  serve  them  honestly 
and  faithfully  against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoeve  r: 
and  observe  and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Con- 
tederate  States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  for  the  government  of 
the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States."  Which  justice,  magis- 
trate, or  judge  advocate  is  to  give  to  the  officer  a  certificate, 
signifying  that  the  man  enlisted  did  take  the  said  oath  or  affirm- 
ation. 

Art.  11.  After  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
have  been  duly  enlisted  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed 
the  service  without  a  discharge  in  writing ;  and  no  discharge 
granted  to  him  shall  be  sufficient  which  is  not  signed  by  a  field 
officer  of  the  regiment  to  which  he  belongs,  or  commanding 
officer,  where  no  field  officer  of  the  regiment  is  present ;  and 
no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non-commissioned  officer  or 
soldier  before  his  term  of  service  has  expired,  but  by  order  of 
the  President,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  commanding  officer  of 
a  department,  or  the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial  ;  nor 
shall  a  commissioned  officer  be  discharged  the  service  but  by 
•  >rder  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  by  sentence 
►f  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  officer  commanding  a 
:iment,  troop,  or  company,  and  actually  quartered  with  it, 
may  give  furloughs  to  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  in 
-uch  numbers,  and  for  so  long  a  time,  as  he  shall  judge  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  service  ;  and  a  captain, 
or  other  inferior  officer,  commanding  a  troop  or  company,  or  in 
any  garrison,  fort,  or  barrack  of  the  Confederate  States  (his 
field  officer  being  absent),  may  give  furloughs  tonon-commi- 
-  ioned  officers  or  soldiers,  \'<  >r  a  time  not  exceeding  twenty  daya 
D  six  months,  but  not  to  more  than  two  persons  to  be  absent 
at  the  same  time,  excepting  some  extraordinary  occasion  should 
require  it. 


174 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  commanding  officer  of  each 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  there  present,  shall  give  to  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer  who  musters  the  said 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  certificates  signed  by  himself,  sig- 
nifying how  long  such  officers,  as  shall  not  appear  at  the  said 
muster,  have  been  absent,  and  the  reason  of  their  absence.  In 
like  manner,  the  commanding  officer  of  every  troop  or  company 
shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  reasons  of  the  absence  of 
the  non-commissioned  officers  and  private  soldiers ;  which 
reasons  and  time  of  absence  shall  be  inserted  in  the  muster- 
rolls,  opposite  thenames  of  the  respective  absent  officers  and 
soldiers.  The  certificates  shall,  together  with  the  muster-rolls, 
be  remitted  by  the  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
mustering,  toh  e  Department  of  War,  as  speedily  as  the  dis- 
tance of  the  place  will  admit. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  having  signed  a  false  certificate  rela- 
ting to  the  absence  of  either  officer  or  private  soldier,  or  rela- 
tive to  his  or  their  pay,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
muster  of  man  or  horse,  and  every  officer  or  commissary  of 
musters  who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct,  orallow  the  signing 
of  muster-rolls  wherein  such  false  muster  is  contained,shall, 
upon  proof  made  thereof,  by  two  witnesses,  before  a  general 
court-martial,  be  cashiered,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disa- 
bled to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of 
the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  1G.  Any  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer,  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  taken  money,  or  other  thing,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  mustering  any  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  or  on  signing  muster-rolls,  shall  be  displaced  from 
his  office,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold 
any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume  to  muster  a  per- 
son as  a  soldier  who  is  not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty 
of  having  made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  suffer  accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
return  to  the  Department  of  War,  or  to  any  of  his  superior 
officers,  authorized  to  call  for  such  returns,  of  the  state  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  or  garrison,  under  his  command  ; 
or  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other  stores  there- 
unto belonging,  shall,on  conviction  thereof  before  a  court- 
martial,  be  cashiered. 


115 

Art.  19.  The  commanding  officer  of  every  regiment, 
troop,  or  independent  company,  or  garrison,  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  shall,  in  the  beginning  of  every  month,  remit, 
through  the  proper  channels,  to  the  Department  of  War,  an 
exact  return  of  the  regiment,  troop,  independent  company, 
or  garrison,  under  his  command,  specifying  the  names  of  the 
officers  then  absent  from  their  posts,  with  the  reasons  for 
and  the  time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer  who  shall  be 
convicted  of  having,  through  neglect  or  design,  omitted 
sending  such  returns,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  his  crime,  by  the  judgment  of  a  general  court-martial. 
Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who  have  received  pay, 
or  have  been  duly  enlisted  in  the  service  ot  the  Confederate 
States,  and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted  the  same, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as,  by  sentence 
of  a  court-martial,  shall  be  inflicted.* 

Art.  21.  Any  non  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall,  without  leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  absent 
himselt  from  his  troop,  company  or  detachment,  shall,  upon 
being  convicted  thereof,  be  punished  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  his  offense,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
enlist  himselt  in  any  other  regiment,  troop,  or  company, 
without  a  regular  discharge  from  the  regiment,  troop,  or 
company  in  which  he  has  last  served,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
reputed  a  deserter,  and  suffering  accordingly.  And  in  case 
any  officer  shall  knowingly  receive  and  entertain  such  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being 
discovered  to  be  a  deserter,  immediately  confine  him,  and 
give  notice  thereof  to  the  corps  in  which  he  last  served,  the 
said  officer  shall,  by  a  court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  of 
having  advised  or  persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier  to 
desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  Buffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Aim-.  24.     No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  any  reproach- 
ful or  provoking  speeches  or  g<  atun  ■-.  to  another,  Upon  pain, 
if  an  officer,  of  being  put  in  arrest ;  if  a  soldier  confined,  and 
of  asking  pardon   ot  the  party   offended,  in  the  pi 
his  commanding  officer. 
Art.  25.    No  officer  or  soldier  shall  send  a  challenge  to 

*  Modified  by  I  May,  1830. 

12 


176 

another  officer  or  soldier,  to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  chal- 
lenge if  sent,  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  of  being 
cashiered  ;  if  anon-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  of  suf- 
fering corporeal  punishment,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non-commissioned 
officer  commanding  a  guard  shall  knowingly  or  willingly 
suffer  any  person  whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  fight  a  duel,  he 
shall  be  punished  as  a  challenger ;  aud  all  seconds,  promoters, 
and  carriers  of  challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be  deemed 
principals,  and  be  punished  accordingly.  And  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  every  officer  commanding  an  army,  regiment, 
company,  post,  or  detachment,  who  is  knowing  to  a  chal- 
lenge being  given  or  accepted  by  any  officer,  non-commis- 
sioned officer,  or  soldier,  under  his  command,  or  has  reason 
to  believe  the  same  to  be  the  case,  immediately  to  arrest 
and  bring  to  trial  such  offenders. 

Art.  27.  All.  officers,  of  what  condition  soever,  have 
power  to  part  and  quell  all  quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders, 
though  the  persons  concerned  should  belong  to  another  reg- 
iment, troop  or  company ;  and  either  to  order  officers  into 
arrest,  or  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  into  confine- 
ment, until  their  proper  superior  officer  shall  be  acquainted 
therewith;  and  whosoever  shall  refuse  to  obey  such  officer 
(though  of  an  inferier  rank),  or  shall  draw  his  sword  upon 
him,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  upbraid  another 
for  refusing  a  challenge,  shall  himself  be  punished  as  a  chal- 
lenger ;  and  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  hereby  discharged 
from  any  disgrace  or  opinion  of  disadvantage  which  might 
arise  from  their  having  refused  to  accept  of  challenges,  as 
they  will  only  have  acted  in  obedience  to  the  laws,  and  done 
their  duty  as  good  soldiers  who  subject  themselves  to 
discipline. 

Art.  29.  No  sutler  shall  be  permitted,  to  sell  any  kind  of 
liquors  or  victuals,  or  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for 
the  entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at  night,  or  before 
the  beating  of  the  reveille,  or  upon  Sundays,  during  divine 
service  or  sermon,  on  the  penalty  of  being  dismissed  from  all 
future  sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in  the  field,  forts,  bar- 
racks, or  garrisons  of  the  Confederate  States,  are  hereby  re- 
quired to  see  that  the  persons  permitted  to  suttle  shall  supply 
the  soldiers  with  good  and  wholesome  provisions,  or  other 
articles,  at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  answerable 
for  their  neglect. 


177 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any  of  the  garrisons, 
forts,  or  barracks  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  exact  exor- 
bitant prices  for  houses  or  stalls,  let  out  to  sutlers,  or  connive 
at  the  like  exactions  in  others  ;  nor  by  his  own  authority  and 
for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any  duty  or  imposition  upon, 
or  be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any  victuals,  liqours,  or  other 
necessaries  of  life,  brought  into  the  garrison,  fort,  or  barracks, 
tor  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on  the  penalty  of  being  discharged 
from  the  service. 

Art.  Z2.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrisons, 
or  on  the  march,  shall  keep  good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost  of 
his  power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be  com- 
mitted by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command;  if,  upon 
complaint  made  to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  other- 
wise ill-treating  any  person,  or  disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or 
of  committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to  the  disquieting  of  the  citi- 
zens of  the  Confederate  States,  he,  the  said  commander,  who 
shall  refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender  or  offend- 
ers, and  reparation  made  to  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as 
far  as  part  of  the  offenders  pay  shall  enable  him  or  them,  shall, 
upon  proof  thereof,  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a 
general  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  be 
accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or  com- 
mitted any  offense  against  the  person  or  property  of  any  citizen 
of  any  of  the  Confederate  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by  the 
known  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding  officer  and  officers 
of  every  regiment,  troop  or  company,  to  which  the  person  or 
persons  so  accused  shall  belong,  are  hereby  required,  upon 
application  duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the  party  or  parties 
injured,  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  deliver  over  such 
9i  i!  person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  likewise 
to  be  aiding  and  assistiug  to  the  officers  of  justice  in  appre- 
hending ami  securing  the  person  or  persons  m>  accused,  in  order 
to  Wring  him  or  them  to  trial.  II  any  commanding  officer  or 
officers  shall  wilfully  neglect,  <»r  shall  refuse,  upon  the  appli- 
cation aforesaid,  to  deliver  over  such  accused  person  or  persons 
to  the  civil  magistrates,  or  to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the 
officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  such  person  or  persons,  the 
officer  or  officers  so  offending  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.  [f  any  officer  shall  think  himself  wronged  by  his 
Colonel,  or  the  i  Rcerofthe  regiment,  ;ux]  shall 

upon  due  appl  _r  made  to  him,  be  refused  redress, 

he  d  ihi  to  t      I         ral  commanding  in  the  State  or 


178 

Territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be  stationed,  in  order  to 
obtain  justice  ;  who  is  hereby  required  to  examine  into  said 
complaint  and  take  proper  measures  for  redressing  the  wrong 
complained  of,  and  transmit,  as  soon  as  possible,  to  the  De- 
partment of  War,  a  true  state  of  such  complaint,  with  the 
proceedings  had  thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  soldier  shall  think  himself 
wronged  by  his  captain  or  other  officer,  he  is  to  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  who  is 
hereby  required  to  summon  a  regimental  court-martial,  for  the 
doing  justice  to  the  complainant,  from  which  regimental 
court-martial  either  party  may,  if  he  thinks  himself  still  ag- 
grived,  appeal  to  a  general  court-martial.  But  if,  upon  a 
second  hearing,  the  appeal  shall  appear  vexatious  and  ground- 
less, the  person  so  appealing  shall  be  punished  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  said  court-martial. 

Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer,  store-keeper,  or  com- 
missary, who  shall  be  convicted  at  a  general  court-martial  of 
having  sold  without  a  proper  order  for  that  purpose,  embez- 
zled, misapplied,  or  wilfully,  or  through  neglect,  suffered  any 
of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing,  ammunition  or  other 
military  stores  belonging  to  the  Confederate  States  to  be 
spoiled  or  damaged,  shall,  at  his  own  expense,  make  good  the 
loss  or  damage,  and  shall,  moreover,  forfeit  all  his  pay,  and  be 
dismissed  from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
be  convicted  at  a  regimental  ourt-martial  of  having  sold,  or 
designedly,  or  through  neglect,  wasted  the  ammunition  de- 
livered out  to  him,  to  be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  such 
court. 

•  Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  be  convicted  before  a  court-martial  of  having  sold,  lost, 
or  spoiled,  through  neglect,  his  horse,  arms,  clothes,  or  accou- 
trements, shall  undergo  such  weekly  stoppages  (not  exceeding 
the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such  court-martial  shall  judge  sufficient 
for  repairing  the  loss  or  damage:  and  shall  suffer  confine- 
ment, or  such  other  corporeal  punishment  as  his  crime  shall 
deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
court-martial  of  having  embezzled  or  misapplied  any  money 
with  which  he  may  have  been  intrusted,  for  the  payment  of 
the  men  under  his  command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the 


179 

service,  or  for  other  purposes,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  shall 
be  cashiered,  and  compelled  to  refund  the  money  ;  if  a  non- 
commissioned officer,  shall  be  reduced  to  the  ranks,  be  put 
under  stoppages  until  the  money  be  made  good,  and  suffersuch 
corporeal  punishment  as  such  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  company  is  charged 
with  the  arms,  accountrcments,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other 
warlike  stores  belonging  to  the  troop  or  company  under  his 
coaimand,  which  he  is  to  be  accountable  for  to  his  Colonel  in 
if  their  being  lost,  spoiled,  or  damaged,  not  by  unavoid- 
able accidents,  or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  who 
shall  be  found  one  mile  from  the  camp  without  leave,  in  writ- 
ing, from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  suffer  such  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  42.  No  officer  or  soldiers  shall  lie  out  of  his  quarters, 
garrison,  or  camp  without  leave  from  his  superior  officer,  upon 
penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his 
offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  shall 
retire  to  his  quarters  or  tent  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat  ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature 

of  his  offense. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier 
shall  fail  in  repairing,  at  the  time  fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade, 
of  exercise,  or  other  rendezvous  appointed  by  his  commanding 
officer,  if  not  prevented  by  sickness  or  some  other  evident 
3sity,  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place  of  rendezvous  with- 
out leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  before  he  shall  be 
regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the  penalty  of  being  pun- 
ished according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence 
:ourt-martial. 

Art.  4.").  Any  commissioned  officer  who  shall  be  found 
drunk  on  his  guard,  party r  or  other  duty,  Bhall  be  cashiered. 
Any  non-com  or  soldier  so  offending  shall  suf- 

ich  corporeal  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  nel  who  shall  be  found  sleeping  upon 

•i-  shall  leave  it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  relieved, 
shall  siilfer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflict- 
ed bv  tb<  :e  of  a  court-martial. 


ISO 

Art.  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  any  regiment,  troop  or 
company  shall  hire  another  to  Jo  his  duty  for  him,  or  he  ex- 
cused from  duty  but  in  cases  of  sickness,  disability,  or  leave 
of  absence  ;  and  every  such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his 
duty,  as  also  the  party  so  hired  to  do  another's  duty,  shall  be 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  regimental  court-martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned  officer  conniving  at 
such  hiring  of  duty  aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced  ;  and  every 
commissioned  officer  knowing  and  allowing  such  ill  practices 
in  the  service,  shall  be  punished  by  the  judgement  of  a  gene- 
ral court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  who  by  discharging  of  fire-arms,  drawing  of 
swords,  beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  other  means  whatsoever, 
shall  occasion  false  alarms  in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters, shall 
suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall,  without  urgent 
necessity,  or  without  the  leave  of  his  superior  officer.,  quit  his 
guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the 
nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do  violence  to  any  per- 
son who  brings  provisions  or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp, 
garrison,  or  quarters  of  the  forces  of  the  Confederate  States, 
employed  in  any  parts  out  of  the  said  States,  upon  pain  of  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  the  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  52.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  misbehave  him- 
self before  the  enemy,  run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  any 
fort,  post,  or  guard  which  he  or  they  may  be  commanded  t<> 
defend,  or  speak  words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like,  or  shall 
cast  away  his  arms  and  ammunition,  or  who  shall  quit  his  post 
or  colors  to  plunder  and.  pillage,  every  such  offender,  being 
duly  convicted  thereof,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  who  shall  make  known  the  watchword  to  any 
person  who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it  according  to  the  rules 
and  discipline  of  war,  or  shall  presume  to  give  a  parol  or 
watchword  different  from  what  he  received,  shall  suffer  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence 
of  a  general  court-martial. 


isl 

Art.  54.  All  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  behave  themselves 
orderly  in  quarters  and  on  their  march;  and  whoever  shall 
I  ommit  any  waste  or  spoil,  either  in  walks  of  trees,  parks,  war- 
rens, fish-ponds,  houses,  or  gardens,  corn-fields,  inclosurse  of 
meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy  any  property  what- 
soever belonging  to  the  inhahitants  of  the  Confederate  States, 
unless  by  order  of  the  then  commander-in-chief  of  the  armies 
of  the  said  States, shall  (beside  such  penalties  as  they  are  liable 
i"  by  law),  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  and  degree 
of  the  offense,  by  the  judgment  of  a  regimental  or  general 
court  martial. 

Art.  55.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con* 
federate  States  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suffer  death. 

Art  56.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the  enemy  with  money, 
victuals,  or  ammunition,  or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  protect 
an  enemy,  shall  sutler  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted  of  holding  corres- 
pondence with,  or  giving  intelligence  to,  the  enemy,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  58.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the  enemy's  camp. 
towns,  forts,  or  magazines,  whether  of  artillery,  ammunition, 
clothing,  forage  or  provisions,  shall  be  secured  for  the  service 
<>f  the  Confederate  States;  f<»r  the  neglect  of  which    the    com- 

nding  officer  is  to  be  answerable. 

.59.  If  any  commander  of  any  garrison,  fortress,  or 
post  shall  be  compelled  by  the  offi  jers  and  soldiers  under  his 
command,  t<>  give  up  to  the  enemy,  or  to  abandon  it.  the  com- 

ned   officers,   soldiers  win 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  so  offended,  shall  sutler  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them   by  the 
sentence  of  a  c  mrt-martial. 

Abt.  60.     All  sutlers  and  retain*  the   camp,  and  all 

ms  whatsoever,  serving  with  the  armies   of  the   Confede- 
States  in  •  .  though  not  enlisted  soldiers,  are  to  b^- 

subject  to  ordei  to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  wai 

Art.  61.   Officers  having  bra  ionsofaprior 

date  I  >f  the  Corps  in  Which  they   serve  will  take  | 

on  courts-martial  or  of  inquiry,   and   on   bo. 
military  pi  .  composed  of  different   i 


1S2 

ing  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their  brevet  or  former  com- 
missions, but  in  the  regiment,  corps  or  compay  to  which  such 
officers  belong,  they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank,  both  in 
courts  and  on  boards  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  composed  of 
their  own  corps,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  they 
are  there  mustered. 

Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different 
corps  shall  happen  to  join  or  do  duty  together,  the  officer  high- 
est in  rank,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  he  is  must- 
ered in  the  army,  navy,  marine  corps  or  militia,  there  on  duty 
by  orders  from  competent  authority,  shall  command  the  whole 
and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  for  the  service,  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States 
in  orders  of  special  assignment  providing  for  the  case. 

Art.  63.  The  functions  of  the  engineers  being  generally 
confined  to  the  most  elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they 
are  not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to  be  ordered  on  any 
duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate  profession,  except  by 
the  special  order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States; 
but  they  are  to  receive  every  mark  of  respect  to  which  their 
rank  in  the  army  may  entitle  them  respectively,  and  are  liable 
to  be  transferred,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President,  from  one 
corps  to  another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art.  61.  General  courts-martial  may  consist  of  any  number 
of  commissioned  officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively;  but 
they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than  thirteen  where  that  number 
can  be  convened  without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

Art.  65.*  Any  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or 
Colonel  commanding  a  separate  department,  may  appoint 
general  courts-martial  whenever  necessary.  But  no  sentence 
of  a  court-martial  shall  be  carried  into  execution  until  after 
the  whole  proceedings  shall  have  been  laid  before  the  officer 
ordering  the  same,  or  the  officer  commanding  the  troops  for 
the  time  being;  neither  shall  any  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  in  the  time  of  peace,  extending  to  the  loss  of  like,  or 
the  dismission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which  shall,  either 
in  time  of  peace  or  war,  respect  a  general  officer,  be  carried 
into  exection,  until  after  the  whole  proceedings  shall  have  been 
transmitted  I  o  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  laid  before  the 
President  of  the  Confederat  States  for  his  confirmation  or  dis- 
approval, and  orders  in  the  case.  All  other  sentences  may  be 
confirmed  and  executed  by  the  officer  ordering  the  court  to 
assemble,  or  commanding  officer  for  the  time  being  as  the 
case  may  be. 

•Muffed  by  ;:Ct  o!  -20th  M;  y,  1S0O. 


1S3 

Art.  G6.  Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  corps 
may  appoint  for  his  own  regiment  or  corps,  courts-martial  to 
consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  for  the  trial  and  pun- 
ishment  of  offences  not  capital,  ami  decide  upon  their  sentences. 
For  the  same  purpose  all  officers  commanding  any  of  the 
garrisons,  forts,  barracks,  or  other  places  where  the  troops 
consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemble  courts-martial,  to  con- 
-•  of  three  commissioned  officers,  and  decide  upon  their  sen- 
tences. 

Art.  G7.  No  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  shall  have 
the  power  io  try  capital  cases  or  commissioned  officers;  neither 
shall  they  inflict  a  line  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  nor  im- 
prison, nor  put  lo  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  officer  or 
er  for  a  longer  time  than  one  month. 

Art.  (*)-;.  Whenever  it  may  be  found  convenient  and  neces- 
sary to  the  public  service,  the  officers  of  the  marines  shall  be 
associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land  forces,  for  the  purpose 
of  holding  eomts-martail,  and  trying  offenders  belonging  to 
either;  and,  in  such  cases,  the  orders  of  the  senior  officer  of 
either  corps  who  may  be  present  and  duly  authorized,  shall 
be  received  and  obeyed. 

Art.  69.  The  judge  advocate  or  some  person  deputed  by 
him,  or  by  the  general,  or  officer  commanding  the  army,  de- 
tachment or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the  name  of  the  Con- 
federate  States,  but  shall  so  far  consider  himself  as  counsel  foi 
the  prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have  made  his  plea. 
OS  10  object  to  any  leading  question  to  any  of  the  witnesses, 
or  any  question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to  which  might 
tend  to  criminate  himself;  and  administer  to  each  member  of 
:iio  court,  before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial,  the  following 
oath,  which  -hall  also  be  taken  by  all  members  of  the  regi- 
mental and  garrison  courts-martial : 

■•  Von,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will  well  and  truly  try  and 
determine,  according  to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before  von. 
between  the  Confederate  States  of  America  and  the  prisoner 
to  bo  tried,  and  thii  you  will  duly  administer  justice,  accord- 
ing  to  the  provisions  of '  An  act  establishing  Rules  and  Articles 
lor  the  government  <>f  the  armies  of  the  '  Confederate  States,' 
without  partiality,  favor  or  affection  ;  and  if  any  doubt  should 
not  explained  by  said  Articles,  according  to  your  om- 
e,  the  i>r.-i  of  your  understanding,  and  the  custom  of 
war  in  like  and  you  do  further  swear  thai  you  will  no; 

divulg  •  court  until  it  shall  he  published  by 


1M 

the  proper  authority  ;  neither  will  you  disclose  or  discover  the 
vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the  court-martial, 
unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness,  by  a 
court  of  justice,  in  due  course  of  law.     So  help  you  God." 

As  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have  been  administered  to 
the  respective  members,  the  president  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
minister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as  such, 
an  oath  in  the  following  words  : 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear,  that  you  will  not  disclose  or  dis- 
cover the  vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the 
court-martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a 
witness,  by  a  court  of  justice,  in  due  course  of  law;  nor  di- 
vulge the  sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but  the  proper  author 
rity,  until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed  by  the  same.  So  help 
you  God." 

Art.  70.  When  a  prisoner,  arraigned  before  a  general  court- 
martial,  shall,  from  obstinacy  and  deliberate  design,  stand 
mute,  or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the  court  may  pro- 
ceed to  trial  and  jugment  as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly 
pleaded  not  guilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be  challenged  by  a  prisoner, 
he  must  state  his  cause  of  challenge,  of*  which  the  court  shall, 
after  due  deliberation,  determine  the  relevancy  or  validity,  and 
decide  accordingly  ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than  one  mem- 
ber at  a  time  shall  be  received  by  the  court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court-martial  are  to  behave 
with  decency  and  calmness ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are  to 
begin  with  the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  7:3.  All  persons  who  give  evidence  before  a  court- 
martial,  are  to  be  examined  on  oath  or  affirmation,  in  the  fol- 
lowing form  : 

"You  swear,  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  be),  the  evidence 
you  shall  give  in  the  cause  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  So  help  you 
God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not  capital,  before  courts- 
martial,  the  deposition  of  witnesses,  not  in  the  line  or  staff  o! 
the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace,  and 
read  in  evidence  ;  provided  the  prosecutor  and  person  accused 
are  present  at  the  taking  the  same,  or  are  duly  notified  thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but  by  a  general  court- 
martial,  nor  by  officers  of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided. 
Nor  shall   any  proceedings  of  trials  be  carried  on,  excepting 


185 

between  the  hours  of  eight  in  the  morning  and  three  in  the 
afternoon,  excepting  in  cases  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  the 
officers  appointing  the  court-martial,  require  immediate  ex- 
ample. 

Art.  76.  No  person  whatsoever  shall  use  any  menacing 
words,  signs  or  gestures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or  shall 
cause  any  disorder  or  riot  or  disturb  their  proceedings,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court- 
martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be  charged  with  a 
crime,  he  shall  be  arrested  and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quar- 
ters, or  tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sword  by  the  commanding 
officer.  And  any  officer  who  shall  leave  his  confinement  before 
he  shall  be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  officer,  or  by  a 
superior,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  charged 
with  crimes,  shall  beconlined  until  tried  by  a  court-martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  put  in  arrest, 
shall  continue  in  confinement  more  than  eight  days,  or  until 
such  time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  assembled. 

Art.  SO.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  refuse  to  receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  committed  to 
his  charge  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces  of  the  Confed- 
erate States;  provided  the  officer  committing  shall,  at  the  same 
time,  deliver  an  account  i:i  writing,  signed  by  himself,  of  the 
crime  with  which  the  said  prisoner  is  charged. 

Akt.  81.     No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal,shall  presume  to  release  any  person  emmitted  to  his  charge 
without  proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor  shall  he  Buffer  air 
person  to  escape,  on  the  penalty  of  being   punished    fori  bi 
>f  a  court-martial. 

Am.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  marshal,  to  whose  charge 
prisoners  shall  be  committed,  shall,  within  twenty-four  hour- 
after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon  as  he  .-hall  be  relieved  from 
tard,  make  report  in  writing,  to  the  commanding  office) 
of  their  names,  their  crimes,  and  the  names  of  the  officers  wh  • 
committed  them,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  di 
dienceor  neglect,  at  the  discn  art-martial. 

Art.  B3.     Any  commissioned  officer  covicted  before  a 
oral  court-martial  of  conduct   unbecoming  an  officer   and 
gentleman,  shall  I  the  service. 

.84.    In  cas  art-martial  may  think  it  pi 


ISO 

to  sentence  a  commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended  from  com- 
mand, they  shall  have  power  also  to  suspend  his  pay  and 
emoluments  for  the  same  time,  according  to  the  nature  and 
heinousness  of  his  offense. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commissioned  officer  is  cash- 
iered for  cowardice  or  fraud,  it  shall  be  added  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode,  and  punishment  of 
the  delinquent,  be  published  in  the  newspapers  in  and  about 
the  camp,  and  of  the  particular  State  from  which  the  offender 
came,  or  where  he  usually  resides;  after  which  it  shall  be 
deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any  post  or  detach- 
ment, in  which  there  shall  not,  be  a  number  of  officers  adequate 
to  form  a  general  court-martial,  shall  in  cases  which  require 
the  cognizance  of  such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  department,  who  shall  order  a  court  to  be  assem- 
bled at  the  nearest  post  or  department  and  the  party  accused, 
with  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  transported  to  the  place  where 
the  said  court  shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  ST.*  No  person  shall  be  sentenced  to  suffer  death  but 
by  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general 
court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases  herein  expressly  mention- 
ed; nor  shall  more  than  fifty  lashes  bemflicted  on  any  offender* 
at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial:  and  no  officer,  non-com- 
missioned officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  army,  shall  be 
tried  a  second  time  for  the  same  offense. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  punished 
by  a  general  court-martial  for  any  offense  which  shall  appear 
to  have  been  committed  more  than  two  years  before  the 
issuing  of  the  order  for  such  trial,  unless  the  person,  by  reason 
<>f  having  absented  himself,  or  some  other  manifest  impediment, 
shall  not  have  been  amenable  to  justice  within  that 
period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorized  to  order  a  general  court 
martial  shall  have  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  except  the  sentence  of  death,  or 
of  cashiering  an  officer;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has  autho- 
rity (by  Article  65)  to  carry  them  into  execution,  he  may  sus- 
pend, until  the  pleasure  of  the   President  oi  the   Confederate 

•  So  much  ofthese  rules  and  articles  as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal  punish- 
ment by  stripes,  was  specially  repealed  by  act  of  10th  May,  1812.  By  act  of  2d  March, 
1883,  the  repealing  act  was  repealed,  so  far  as  it  applied  to  the  crime  of  deseition, 
which,  of  course,  revived  the  puuishmentby  lashes  for  that  offense. 


187 

States  can  be  known  ;  which  suspension,  together  with  copies 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  court-martial,  the  said  officer  shall 
immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for  his  determination. 
And  the  colonel  or  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  or  gar- 
rison where  any  regimental  or  garrison  court-martial  shall  he 
held,  may  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered  by  such 
court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as 
such,  at  any  general  court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of  time  and  distance  of 
place  can  admit,  the  original  proceedings  and  sentence  of snch 
court-martial  to  the  Secretary  of  War";  which  said  original 
proceedings  and  sentence  shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserved 
in  the  office  of  said  Secretary,  to  the  end  that  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  may  be  enabled,  upon  application  to  the  said 
office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

The  party  tried  by  any  general  court-martial  shall,  upon 
demand  thereof,  made  by  himself,  or  by  any  person  or  persons 
in  his  behalf,  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  sentence  and  pro- 
ceedings of  such  court-martial. 


'6' 


Art.  91.  In  cases  where  the  general,  or  commanding 
cer  may  order  a  court  of  inquiry  to  examine  into  the  nature 
or' any  transaction,  accusation,  or  imputation  against  any  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  the  said  court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more  officers, 
exceeding  three,  and  a  judge  advocate,  or  other  suitable 
on,  as  a  recorder,  to  reduce  the  proceedings  and  evidence 
to  writing  ;  all  of  whom  shall  lie  sworn  to  the  faithful  per- 
formance of  their  duty.  This  court  shall  have  the  same  power 
to  summon  witnesses  as  a  court  martial,  and  to  examine  them 
on  oath.  But  they  shall  not  give  their  opinion  on  the  merits 
of  the  case,  excepting  they  shall  be  thereto  specially  required. 
The  parties  accused  shall  also  be  permitted  to  ems<-e.\amine 
and  interrogate  the  witnesses,  so  as  to  investigate  fully  the  cir- 
cumstances in  the  question. 

An  i.  !'2.  The  proceedings  of  a  court  of  inquiry  must  be  au- 
thenticated  bv  the  signature  of  the  recorder  and  the  president, 
and  delivered'  to  the  commanding  i  tli  ser,  and  the  said  proceed  - 

may  be  admitted  as  evidence  by  -i  court  martial,  in. 
pot  capital,  or  extending  to  the   dismission  of  an  officer,  pro- 
vided that  the  circumstances  are  rach  that  oral  testimony  can 
not  be  obtained.     But  as  courts  of  inquiry  may  be  pervi 
to  dishonorable  pu  ind  may  be  considered  asengii 

Destruction  to  military  merit,  in  thehands  of  weak  ;md  en 


L88 

commandants,  they  arc  hereby  prohibited,  unless  directed  by 
the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  demanded  by  the 
accused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate  or  recorder  shall  administer 
to  the  members  the  following  oath  : 

"Yon  shall  well  and  truly  examine  and  inquire,  according 
to  your  evidence,  into  the  matter  now  before  you,  without 
partiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or  hope  of  reward.  So 
help  you  God." 

After  which  the  president  shall  administer  to  the  judge  ad- 
vocate or  recorder  the  following  oath  : 

;'You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will,  according  to  your  best 
abilities,  accurately  and  impartially  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in  the  case  in  hearing. 
So  help  you  God." 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath  as  witnesses  sworn 
before  a  court-martial. 

Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  officer  shall  die  or  be 
killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  the  major  of  the 
regiment,  or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty  in  his  absence,  or 
inany  post  or  garrison,  the  second  officer  in  command,  or  the 
assistant  military  agent,  shall  immediately  secure  all  his  effects 
or  equipage,  then  in  camp  or  quarters,  and  shall  make  an  in- 
ventory thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit  the  same  to  the  office 
of  the  Department  of  War,  to  the  end  that  his  executors  or 
administrators  may  receive  the  same. 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier 
shall  die,  or  be  killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,, 
the  then  commanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  company  shall,  in 
the  presence  of  two  other  commissioned  officers,  take  an  ac- 
count of  what  effects  he  died  possessed  of,  above  his  arms  and 
accoutrements,  and  transmit  the  same  to  the  office  of  the  De- 
partment of  War,  which  said  effects  are  to  be  accounted  for, 
and  paid  to  the  representatives  of  such  deceasd  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier.  And  in  case  any  of  the  officers,  so 
authorized  to  take  care  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and 
soldiers,  should,  before  they  have  accounted  to  their  representa- 
tives for  the  same,  have  occasion  to  leave  the  regiment  or  post, 
by  preferment  or  otherwise,  they  shall,  before  they  be  permitted 
to  quit  the  same,  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, or  of  the  assistant  military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such 
deceased  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that 
the  same  may  bo  secured  for,  and  paid  to,  their  respective  rep- 
resentatives. 


L89 

Akt.  96.  All  officers,  conductors,  gunners,  matrosses,  dri- 
vers, or  other  persons  whatsoever,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in  the 
service  of  the  artillery,  or  corps  of  engineers  of  the  Confederate 
States,  shall  be  governed  by  the  aforesaid  Rules  and  Articles, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  other  troops  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States. 

Akt.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of  any  troops,  whether 
militia  or  others,  being  mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  Confederate 
States,  shall,  at  all  times  and  in  all  places,  when  joined,  or 
acting1  in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  be  governed  by  these  Rules  and  Articles  of  War, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  officers  and  soldiers  in  the  regular  forces  ;  save 
only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be  composed  entirely  of 
militia  officers. 

Akt.  98.  All  officers  serving  by  commission  from  the 
authority  of  any  particular  State,  shall,  on  all  detachments, 
courts-martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may  be  employed 
in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  ofthe  Confederate  States, 
take  rank  next  after  all  officers  ofthe  like  grade  in  said  reg- 
ular forces,  notwithstanding  the  commissions  of  such  militaor 
State  officers  may  be  elder  than  the  commissions  of  the  officers 
ofthe  regular  forces  ofthe  Confederate  States. 

Art.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and  neg- 
lects which  officers  and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the  prej- 
udice of  good  order  and  military  discipline,  though  not  men- 
tioned in  the  foregoing  Articles  of  War,  are  to  be  taken  cogni- 
zance of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court-martial,  according 
t<>  the  nature  and  degree  of  the  offense,  and  be  punished  at 
their  discretion. 

Art.  100.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  Stales  shall 
have  power  to  prescribe  the  uniform  ofthe  army. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  Article-  are  to  be  read  and  pub- 
lished, once  in  every  six  months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  mastered,  or  to  be  mustered,  in  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States,  and  are  to  be  duly  observed  and 
obeyed  by  all  officers  and  soldiers  who  are,  or  shall  be,  in  said 
service. 

2.    That  in  time  of  war,  all  persons  not  citizens  of.  or 
owing  °'legiance  to,  the  l  •'   Vmerica,   who 

shall  he  found  lurking  a<  <]>\<*  in  or  a1  out  the  i  irtifi  iations  or 
encampmentsof  the  armies  of  the  Confed<  ,  <>r  any 


190 

of  them,  shall  suffer  death,  according  to  the  law  and  usage  of 
nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  rules  and  regulations  by  which  the  armies 
of  the  Confederate  States  have  heretofore  been  governed,  and 
the  resolves  of  Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and  respecting  the 
same,  shall  henceforth  be  void  and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as 
may  relate  to  any  transactions  under  them  prior  to  the  pro- 
mulgation of  this  act,  at  the  several  posts  and  garrisons  res- 
pectively, occupied  by  any  part  of  the  army  of  the  Con- 
federate States. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ACTS  OF  CONGRESS. 

(adopted.) 


1. — If  any  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
shall  desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  he  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  penalties  mentioned  in  the  Rules  and  Articles 
of  War,  be  liable  to  serve  for  and  during  such  a  period  as 
shall,  with  the  time  he  may  have  served  previous  to  his  deser- 
tion, amount  to  the  full  term  of  his  enlistment ;  and  such  sol- 
dier shall  and  may  be  tried  by  a  court-martial,  and  punished, 
although  the  term  of  his  enlistment  may  have  elapsed  prevous 
to  his  being  apprehended  or  tried. — Act  16th  March,  1802, 
Sec.  10. 

2. — !No  officer  or  soldier  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  be  subject  to  the  punishment  of  death  for  desertion 
in  time  of  peace. — Act  29  th  May,  1830. 

3. — So  much  of  the  "Act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles 
for  the  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States," 
as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal  punishment  by  stripes 
or  lashes,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed. — Act  16th 
May,  1812,  Sec.  7, 

4. — The  seventh  section  of  the  act  entitled  "An  act  mak- 
ing further  provisions  for  the  army  of  the  United  States," 
passed  on  the  16th  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
twelve,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  it 
applies  to  any  enlisted  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  by  a 
general  court  martial  of  the  crime  of  desertion. — Act  2d  March, 
1833,  Sec.  7. 


191  - 

5 — Whenever  a  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or  a 
colonel  commanding  a  separate  department,  shall  be  accuser  or 
prosecutor  of  any  officer  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States 
under  his  command,  the  general  conrt-martial  for  the  trial  of 
such  officer  shall  bo  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States.— Act  29th  May,  1830,  Sec.  1. 

6 — The  proceedings  and  sentence  of  the  said  court  shall  be 
sent  directly  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  by  him  laid  before 
the  President  for  his  confirmation  or  approval,  or  orders  in 
the  esse.— Act  29  May,  1830,  Sec.  2. 

7 — So  much  of  the  sixy-fifth  article  of  the  first  section  of 
"An  act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  armies  of  the  United  States."  passed  on  the  tenth 
of  April,  eighteen  hundred  and  six,  as  is  repugnant  hereto, 
shall  bo,  and  the  same  is  herebv  repealed. — Act  29th  May. 
1830,  Sec.  3. 

8- — That  if  any  person  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  give,  barter 
or  dispose  of.  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian  (in 
the  Indian  country),  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum 
office  hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  -person  shall  introduce,  or 
attempt  to  introduce©,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  into  the 
Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  shall  be  necessary  for 
the  officers  of  the  Confederate  States  and  troops  of  the  service, 
under  the  direction  of  the  War  Department,  such  person  shall 
forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  three  hundred  dollars:  and 
if  any  superintendent  of  Indian  aflfaris,  Indian  agent,  or  sub- 
agent,  or  commanding  officer  of  a  military  post,  has  reason  to 
suspect,  or  is  informed,  that  any  white  person  or  Indian  is 
about  to  introduce,  or  has  introduced,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  in  violatin  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  superintendent,  Indian 
agent,  or  sub-agent,  or  military  officer,  agreeably  to  such  regu- 
lations as  may  be  established  by  the  President  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  to  cause  the  boats,  stores,  packages,  and  places  of 
deposit  of  such  person  to  be  searched,  and  if  any  such  spiritu- 
ous liquor  or  wine  is  found,  the  goods  boats,  packages,  and 
peltries  of  such  persons  shall  be  seized  and  delivered  to  the 
proper  officer,  and  shall  be  proceeded  against  by  libel,  in  the 
proper  court,  and  forfeited,  one  half  to  the  use  oi  the  informer, 
and  the  other  shalf  to  the  use  of  the  Confederate  State-:  and 
if  such  person  is  a  trailer,  his  license  shall  be  revoked  and  his 
bond  put  in  suit.  And  it  shall  moreover  be  lawful  for  any  per- 
son in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  for  any  Indi 
to  take  and  destroy  any  ardent    spirits   or  wine  found  in  the 

13 


192       ' 

Indian  country,  excepting  military    supplies  as  mentioned  in 
this  section. — Act  30th  June,  1S34,  Sec.  20. 

9. — That  if  any  person  whatever  shall,  within  the  limits  of 
the  Indian  country,  set  up  or  continue  any  distillery  for  manu- 
facturing ardent  spirits,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  pen- 
alty of  one  thousand  dollars,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  super- 
intendent of  Indian  affairs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  within 
the  limits  of  whose  agency  the  same  shall  be  set  up  or  con- 
tinued, forthwith  to  destroy  and  break  up  the  same;  and  it 
shall  be  lawful  to  employ  the  military  force  of  the  Confederate 
States  in  executing  that  duty. — Act  30ih  June,  1834,  Sec-  21. 

10.— That  the  twentieth  section  ofthe  "Act  to  regulate  trade 
and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  to  preserve  peace 
on  the  frontiers,"  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred 
and  thirty  four,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  so  amended,  that 
in  addition  io  the  fines  thereby  imposed,  any  person  who  shall 
sell,  exchange,  or  barter,  give,  or  dispose  of,  any  spirituous 
liquor  wine  or  to  an  Indian,  in  the  Indian  country,  or  who  shall 
introduce,  or  attempt  to  introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  officers  of  Confederate  States  and  the  troops 
ofthe  service,  under  the  direction  ofthe  War  Department,  such 
person,  on  conviction  thereof,  before  the  proper  district  court 
of  thhe  Confederate  States,  shall,  in  the  former  case  be  subject 
to  imprisonment  for  a  period  not  exceeding  two  years,  and  in 
the  latter  case  not  exceeding  one  year,  as  shall  be  prescribed 
bv  the  court,  according  to  the  extent  and  criminality  of  the 
offense.  And  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  this  section, 
and  under  the  twentieth  section  ofthe  act  to  regulate  trade  and 
intercouse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  preserve  peace, on  the 
frontiers,  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred  and  thirty- 
four,  to  which  this  is  an  amendment,  Indians  shall  be  competent 
witnesses. — Act  3d  March,  1S47,  Sec.  2. 

1 1.—  That  no  annuities,  or  moneys,  or  goods  shall  be  paid  or 
distributed  to  the  Indians  while  they  are  under  the  influence 
and  description  of  intoxicating  liquor;  nor  while  there  are 
good  and  sufficient  reasons  for  "the  officers  or  agents,  whose 
duty  it  may  be  to  make  such  payments  or  distributions,  for 
believing  that  there  is  any  species  of  intoxicating  liquor  within 
convenient  reach  ofthe  Indians;  nor  until  the  chief  and  head 
men  ofthe  tribe  shall  have  pledged  themselves  to  use  all  their 
influence,  and  to  make  all  proper  exertions  to  prevent  the 
introduction  and  sale  of  such  liquor  in  their  country. — Act 
3d  March,  1347,  Sec.  2. 


193 


^JSJ"     ACT 

For  the  establishment  and  organization  of  the  ~hnnj  of  the  Co?i- 
federate  States  of  America. 

Section  I.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 
do  enact,  That  from  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  the  mili- 
tary establishment  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  bo  composed 
of  one  corps  of  engineers,  one  corps  of  artillery,  six  regiments 
of  infantry,  one  regiment  of  cavalry,  and  of  the  staff  depart- 
ments already  established  by  law. 

Sec.  2.  The  corps  of  engineers  shall  consist  of  one  colonel, 
four  majors,  five  captains,  and  one  company  of  sappers,  miners 
and  pontoniers,  which  shall  consist  often  sergeants  or  master 
workmen,  ten  corporals  or  overseers,  two  musicians,  and  thirty- 
nine  privates  of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  and  thirty-nine 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers,  making  in  all  one 
hundred. 

Sec.  :>.  The  said  company  shall  he  officered  by  one  captain 
of  the  corp  of  engineers,  and  as  many  lieutenants,  to  be  se- 
lected by  the  President  from  the  line  of  the  army,  as  he  ma\ 
deem  necessary  for  the  service,  and  shall  be  instructed  in  and 
perform  all  the  duties  of  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers,  and 
shall,  moreover,  under  the  orders  of  the  chief  engineer  he 
liable  to  serve  03  detachments  in  overseering  and  aiding  labor- 
ers upon  fortifications  or  other  works,  under  the  engineer  de- 
partment, and  in  supervising  finished  fortifications,  as  ibrt- 
keepers,  preventing  injuries  and  making  repairs. 

SEC    1.   It  shall   he  the  duty  of  the  colonel  of  the  engineer 

corps,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  pre- 
scribe the  number,  quantity,  form,  dimensions,  &c,  of  the 
necessary  vehicles, arms,  pontons,  tools,  implements, and  other 

supplies  U>v  the  service  of  the  said  company  as  a  body  of  sap- 
pers, miners  ami  pontoniers. 

SEC.  6.  The  corps  (.{'artillery,  which  shall  also  be  charged 
with  ordnance  duties,  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieuten- 
ant colonel,  ten  majors,  and  forty  companies  of  artillerists  and 
artificers,  and  each  company  shall  consist  ol  one  captain,  two 

first  lieutenants,  one  second  lieutenant,  four  sergeants,' foyi 
porals,  two   musicians  and  seventy   privates.     There  shall 

also  be  One    adjutant,  to  be  selected  ley  the    colonel    from  the 

lieutenants,  and  one  sergeant-major,  to  he  selected  from 
•  ulisted  men  of  the  corps.     The  President  may  equip 


194 

light  batteries,  of  six  pieces  each,  such  of  these  companies  as 
he  may  deem  expedient,  not  exceeding  four,  in  time  of  peace. 

Sec.  6.  Each  regiment  of  infantry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies ; 
each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutant, 
two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals  two 
musicians  and  ninety  privates ;  and  to  each  regiment  there 
shall  be  attached  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  from  the  liuten- 
ants,  and  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected  from  the  enlisted 
men  of  the  regiment. 

Sec.  7.  The  regiment  of  cavalry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies, 
each  of  which  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutenant, 
two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,  one  far- 
rier, one  blacksmith,  two  musicians  and  sixty  privates.  There 
shall  also  be  one  adjutant  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected 
as  aforesaid. 

Sec.  S.  There  shall  be  four  brigadier-generals,  who  shall  be 
assigned  to  such  commands  and  duties  as  the  President  may 
specially  direct,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  one  aid-de-camp  each, 
to  be  selected  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line  of  the  army,  who, 
in  addition  to  their  duties  as  aids-de-camp,  may  perform  the 
duties  of  assistants  adjutant-general. 

Sec.  9.  All  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  Congress, 
and  the  rank  and  file  shall  be  enlisted  for  a  term  not  less  than 
three,  nor  more  than  five  years,  under  such  regulations  as  may 
be  established. 

Sec.  10.  No  officer  shall  be  appointed  in  the  army  until  he 
shall  have  passed  an  examination  satisfactory  to  the  President, 
and  in  such  manner  as  he  may  prescribe,  as  to  his  character 
and  fitness  for  the  service.  The  President,  however,  shall  have 
power  to  postpone  this  examination  for  one  year  after  appoint- 
ment, if  in  his  judgment  necessary  for  the  public  interest. 

Sec.  11.  All  vacancies  in  established  regiments  and  corps, 
to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel,  shall  be  filled  by  promo- 
tion according  to  seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability  or  other 
incompetency.  Promotions  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colo- 
nel, shall  be  made  regimentally  in  the  infantry  and  cavalry, 
in  the  staff'  departments,  and  in  the  engineers  and  artillery, 
according  to  corps.  Appointments  to  the  rank  of  brigadier- 
general,  after  the  army  is  organized,  shall  be  made  by  selection 
from  the  army. 


195 

Sec.  12.  The  President  of  the  Confederate' States  is  here- 
by authorized  to  appoint  to  the  lowest  grade  of  subaltern  offi- 
cers such  meritorious  non-commissioned  officers  as  may.  upon 
the  recommendation  of  their  colonels  and  company  officers, 
be  brought  before  an  army  board,  specially  convened  for  the 
purpose,  and  found  qualified  for  the  duties  of  commissioned 
officers,  and  to  attach  them  to  regiments  or  corps,  as  supernu- 
merary officers,  if  there  be  no  vacancies  :  Provided,  There  shall 
not  be  more  than  one  so  attached  to  any  one  company  at  the 
same  time. 

Sec  13.  The  pay  of  a  brigadier-general  shall  be  three  hun- 
dred and  <>ne  dollars  per  month.  The  aid-de-camp  of  a  brigadier- 
general,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  shall  receive 
thirty-live  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  14-.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  corps  of 
engineers  shall  be  as  follows:  of  the  colonel,  two  hundred  and 
ten  dollars;  of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars: 
of  a  captian,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars;  lieutenants  serving 
with  the  company  of  sappers  and  miners  shall  receive  the  pay 
of  cavalry  officers  of  the  same  grade. 

Sic  15.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  colonels  of  the  corps  of 
artillery  shall  be  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars;  of  a  lieutenant- 
colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-  five  dollars:  of  a  major,  one 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  when  serving  on  ordnance  duty, 
one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  of  a  captain,  one  hundred 
and  thirty  dollars;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars;  of  a 
second  lieutenant,  eight}-  dollars;  and  the  adjutant  shall  re- 
reive,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars  per 
month.  Officers  of  artillery  serving  in  the  light  artillery,  or 
performing  ordnance  doty,  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  offi- 
cers of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade. 

1<:.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  infantry 
shall  he  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,  one  hundred  and  ninety-live 
dollars;  of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  seventy  dol- 
lars; of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  of  a  captain, 
one  hundred  and  thirty  dollars;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety 
dollars:  ofaseoond  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars;  the  adjutant, 
in  addition  to  his  pay  OS  lieutenant,  ten   dollfl 

.  17.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  cavalry 
shall  be  as  follows;  of  a  colonel,  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars; 
of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  dollar--,  a 

major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  a  captain,  one  hun- 
dred and  forty  dollars;  a  lirst  lieutenant,  one  hundred  doll 


19G 

a  second  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars;  the  adjutant,  ten  dollars  per 
month,  in  addition  to  bis  pay  aslku  ena.t. 

Sec.  18.  The  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  general  staff,  except 
those  of  the  medical  department,  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
officers  of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade.  The  surgeon-general 
shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  three  thousand  dollars,  which 
shall  be  in  full  of  all  pay  and  allowances,  except  fuel  and 
quarters.  The  monthly  pay  of  a  surgeon,  often  years'  service 
in  that  grade,  shall  be  two  hundred  dollars;  a  surgeon  of  less 
than  ten  years,  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
two  dollars;  an  assistant  surgeon  often  years'  service  in  that, 
grade,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  an  assistant  surgeon  of 
five  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  thirty  dol- 
lars; and  an  assistant  surgeon  of  less  than  five  years'  service, 
one  hundred  and  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  19.  There  shall  be  allowed,  in  addition  to  the  pay 
hereinbefore  provided,  to  every  commissioned  officer,  except 
the  surgeon-general,  nine  dollars  per  month  for  every  five 
years'  service;  and  to  the  officers  of  the  army  of  the  United 
States,  who  have  resigned  or  may  resign  to  be  received  into 
the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  this  additional  pay  shall 
be  allowed  from  the  date  of  their  entrance  into  the  former 
service.  There  shall  also  be  an  additional  monthly  allowance 
to  every  general  officer  commanding  in  chief  a  separate  army 
actually  in  the  field,  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  20.  The  pay  of  officers  as  hereinbefore  established  shall 
be  in  full  of  all  allowances,  except  forage,  fuel,  quarters,  and 
travelling  expenses  while  travelling  under  orders.  The  allow- 
ance of  forage,  fuel  and  quarters  sha1!  be  fixed  by  regulations, 
and  shall  be  furnished  in  kind,  except  when  officers  are  serving 
at  stations  without  troops  where  public  quarters  cannot  be 
had,  in  which  case  they  may  be  allowed,  in  lien  of  forage, 
eight  dollars  per  month  for  each  horse  to  which  they  may  be 
entitled,  provided  they  are  actually  kept  in  service,  and  mus- 
tered, and  quarters  may  be  commuted  at  a  rate  to  be  fixed  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  delivered. 
An  officer,  when  travelling  under  orders,  shall  be  allowed 
mileage  at  the  rate  of  ten  cents  per  mile. 

Sec.  21.  In  time  of  war,  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  en- 
titled to  draw  forage  for  horses,  according  to  grade,  as  follows: 
A  brigadier-  general,  four;  the  adjutant  and  inspector-general? 
quartermaster-general,  commissary-general,  and  the  colonels 
of  engineers,  artillery,  infantry  and  cavalry,  three  each;  all  lien- 


N  197 

tenant-colonels  and  majors,  and  captains  of  the  general  staff. 
engineer  corps,  light  artillery  and  cavalry,  three  each  ;  lieuten- 
ants serving  in  the  corps  of  engineers,  lieutenants  of  light 
artillery  and  of  cavalry,  two  each.  In  time  of  peace  :  general 
and  field  officers,  three  ;  officers  below  the  rank  of  field  offi- 
cers, in  the  general  staff,  c  >rps  of  engineers,  light  artillery  and 
cavalry,  two  :  Provided,  in  all  cases,  that  the  horses  are  actually 
kept  in  service  and  mustered.  No  enlisted  man  in  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  employed  as  a  servant  by 
any  officer  of  the  army. 

Sec.  22.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  army 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  as  follows  :  That  of  a  ser- 
geant or  master  workman  of  the  engineer  corps,  thirtv-four 
dollars  ;  that  of  a  corporal  or  overseer,  twenty  dollars  ;  pri- 
vates of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  seventeen  dollars  ;  and 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers  and  musicians,  thirteen 
dollars.  The  sergeant  -major  of  cavalry,  twenty-one  dollars  ; 
first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars  :  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars  ; 
corporals,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,  thirteen  dollars  ;  musi- 
cians, thirteen  dollars  ;  and  privates,  twelve  dollars.  Ser- 
g, -ants-major  of  artillery  and  infantry,  twenty-one  dollars  ;  first 
sergeants,  twenty  dollars  each  ;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars  ; 
corporals  and  artificers,  thirteen  dollars  ;  musicians,  twelve 
dollars  ;  and  privates,  eleven  dollars  each.  The  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  artificers,  musicians  and  privates  serving  in  light 
batteries  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  those  of  cavalry. 

Sec.  23.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  enlist  as 
many  master  armorers,  master  carriage-makers,  master  black- 
smiths, armorers,  carriage-makers,  blacksmiths,  artificers,  and 
laborers,  for  ordance  service,  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  not 
exceeding  in  all  one  hundred  men,  who  shall  be  attached  to  the 
corps  of  artillery.  The  pay  of  a  master  armorer,  master  car- 
maker, master  blacksmith,  shall  be  thirty-four  dollars  per 
month  ;  armorers,  carriage-makers  and  blacksmiths,  twenty 
dollars  per  month  ;  artificers,  seventeen  dollars,  and  laborers. 
thirteen  dollars  per  month. 

Sac.  24-.  Each  enlisted  man  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
states  shall  receive  one  ration  perday,  and  a  yearly  allowance 
of  clothing,  the  quantity  and  kind  of  each  to  be  established  by 
regulations  from  the  War  Department,  to  be  approved  by  the 
President. 

S  .  25.  Rations  shall  generally  he  issued  in  kind,  but 
under  circumstances  renderings  commutation  necessary.  The 
commutation  value  of  the  ration  shall  be  fixed  by  regulation! 
<»f  the  War  Department, to  be  approved  by  the  President 


198 

Sec  26.  The  officers  appointed  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  by  virtue  of  this  act,  shall  perform  all  military 
duties  to  which  they  may  be  severally  assigned  by  authority  of 
the  President,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  War 
to  prepare  and  publish  regulations,  prescribing  the  details  of 
every  department  in  the  service,  for  the  general  government  of 
the  army,  which  regulations  shall  be  approved  by  the  Presi- 
dent, and  when  so  approved  shall  be  binding. 

Sec.  27.  All  officers  of  the  quartermaster's  and  commissary 
departments  shall,  previous  to  entering  on  the  duties  of  their 
respective  officers,  give  bonds  with  goudand  sufficient  sureties 
to  the  Confederate  States,  in  such  sum  as  the  Secretary  of  War 
shall  direct,  fully  to  account  for  all  moneys  and  public  pro- 
perty which  they  may  receive. 

Sec  28.  Neither  the  quartermaster-general,  the  commissa- 
ry-general, nor  any  or  either  of  their  assistants,  shall  be  con- 
cerned, directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any 
articles  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to  public 
supplies,  except  for  and  on  account  of  the  Confederate  States; 
nor  shall  they,  or  either  of  them,  take  or  apply  to  his  or  their 
own  use  any  gain  or  emolument  for  negotiating  any  business 
in  their  respective  departments,  other  ihan  what  is  or  may  be 
allowed  by  law. 

Sec.  29.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  established  by  the 
laws  of  the  United  States  of  America  for  the  government 
of  the  army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  force,  except  that 
wherever  the  words  "United  States"  occur,  the  words  "Con- 
federate States"  shall  be  substituted  therefor  ;  and  except  that 
the  Articles  of  War  numbers  sixty-one  and  sixty-two  are  here- 
by abrogated,  and  the  following  articles  substituted  therefor. 
(See  Articles  of  War,  61  and  62.) 

Sec  30.  The  President  shall  call  into  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States  only  so  many  of  the  troops  herein  provided 
for  as  he  may  been  the  safety  of  the  Confederacy  may  require. 

Sec  31.  All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  of  the  United  States, 
which  have  been  adopted  by  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate 
States,  repugnant  to  or  inconsistent  with  this  act,  are  hereby 
repealed 

Approved,  March  6,  ]  861. 


ACTS  AND  RESOLUTIONS. 

LAWS  OF  THE  PROVISIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  THE 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  IN  RELATION 

TO  THE  WAR  DEPARTMENT. 


A  RESOLUTION — In   relation  to  the  occupation  of  chc  Forts 

and  Arsenals,  &/t. 

Resolved  by  the  Congress  of  the  Cotifed> rate  States  of  America, 
That  this  government  takes  under  its  charge  the  questions 
and  difficulties  now  existing  between  the  several  States  of  this 
Confederacy,  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  relating  to  the  occupation  of  forts,  arsenals,  navy 
yards,  and  other  public  establishments;  and  that  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Congress  be  directed  to  communicate  this  resolu- 
tion to  the  several  States  of  the  Confederacy  through  the 
■ctive  Governors  thereof. 

Adopted,  February  12,  1SG1. 

AN  ACT— To  establish  the   War  Department. 
Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederutc  States  of  America 
do  enact,  That  an  Executive  Department  be  and  the  same  is 
hereby  established,  under  the  name  of  the  War  Department, 
the  chief  officer   of  which  shall  be  called  the  Secretary  of 
War. 

Sec.  9.  Be  it,  further  matted,  That  said  Secretary  shall 
under  the  direction  and  control  of  the  President,  have  charge 
of  all  matters  and  things  connected  with  the  army,  and  with 
the  Indian  tribes  within  the  limits  of  the  Conferacy,  and  shall 
perform  Buch  duties  appertaining  to  the  army,  and  to  said 
Indian  tribes,  as  may  from  tine'  t<»  time  be  assigned  to  him 
by  the  President. 

Sec.  3.  And  be  it  further  cnacud,  That  the  Secretary  of  said 
Department  is  hereby  authorixed  to  appoint  a  chief  clerk 
thereof,  and  as  many  inferior  clerks  ai  may  b»-  found  necestarj 
and  may  be  authorized  by  law. 

Approved,  February  21,  i^gi. 


AN  ACT — For  the  Establishment  and  Organization  of  a  Gene- 
ral Staff  for  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amtr'co. 

Sec  1.  The  Congress  efthe  Co? federate  States  of  America  do 
cntiot,  That  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act,  the  General 
Staff  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  consist  of 
an  Adjutant  and  Inspector  General's  Department,  Quarter- 
master General's  Department,  Subsistence  Department,  and 
the  Medical  Department. 

Sec.  2.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Adjutant  and  In- 
spector General's  Department  shall  consist  of  one  Adjutant 
and  Inspector  General  with  the  rank  of  Colonel,  four  Assist- 
ant Adjutants  General  with  the  rank  of  Major,  and  four 
Assistant  Adjutants  General  with  the  rank  of  Captain. 

Sec.  3.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Quartermaster  Gene- 
ral's Department  shall  consist  of  one  Quartermaster  General 
with  the  rank  of  Colonel,  six  Quartermasters  with  the  rank 
of  Major,  and  as  many  Assistant  Quartermasters  as  may  from 
rime  to  time  be  required  by  the  service,  may  be  detailed  by 
the  War  Department  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line,  who,  in 
addition  to  their  pay  in  the  line,  shall  receive  twenty  dollars 
per  month  while  engaged  in  that  service.  The  Quartermas- 
ters herein  provided  for  shall  also  discharge  the  duties  of  pay- 
master, under  such  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
Secretary  of  War. 

Sec.  4.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Commissary  Gene- 
ral's Department  shall  consist  of  one  Commissary  General 
with  the  rank  of  Colonel,  four  Commissaries  with  the  rank  of 
Captain ;  and  as  many  Assistant  Commissaries  as  may  from 
time  to  time  be  required  by  the  service  may  be  detailed  by 
the  War  Department  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line,  who,  in 
addition  to  their  pay  in  the  line,  shall  receive  twenty  dollars 
per  month  while  engaged  in  that  service.  The  Assistant 
Quartermasters  and  Assistant  Commissaries  shall  be  subject 
to  duties  in  both  Departments  at  the  same  time,  but  shall  not 
receive  the  additional  compensation  but  in  one  department, 

Sfc.  5.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Medical  Department 
shall  consist  of  one  Surgeon  General  with  rank  of  Colonel, 
four  Surgeons  with  the  rank  of  Major,  and  six  Assistant  Sur- 
geons with  the  rank  of  Captain  ;  and  as  many  Assistant  Sur- 
geons as  the  service  may  require  may  be  employed  by  the 
Department  of  War,  and  receive  the  pay  of  Assistant  SurT 
gebns. 

Sec.  6.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  officers  of  the  Adju- 
tant   General's,    Quartermaster    General's    and    Commissary 


General's  Department,  though  eligible  to  command,  accord- 
ing to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  of  America,  shall  not  assume  command  of  troops,  unless 
put  on  duty  under  orders  which  specially  so  direct  by  author- 
ity of  the  President.  The  officers  of  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment shall  not  exercise  command  except  in  their  own  Depart- 
ment. 

Sec.  ?.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Staff  Officers  herein 
provided  for,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and  wit! 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Congress,  and  shall  receive  such 
pay  and  allowances  as  shall   be  hereafter  established  by  law. 

Approved,  February  26,  1861. 


AX   ACT — To    raise   Provisional    Force*  for  the   C 

Slates  of  America,  and  other  purposes. 

Section  l.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enaet,  That  to  enable  the  Government  of  the  Confede- 
rate States  to  maintain  its  jurisdiction  over  all  questions  ol 
e  and  war,  and  to  provide  for  the  public  defence,  the 
President  be  and  he  is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  t 
assume  control  of  all  military  operations  in  every  State,  hav- 

eference  to  our  connection  with  questions  between  sa 
States,  or  any  of  them,  and  powers  foreign  to  them*. 

Sec.  2.  And  be  it Jvrther  enacted,  That  the  President  is  here- 
by authorized  to  receive  from  the  several  States  the  arms  and 
munitions  of  war  which  have  been  acquired  from  the  United 
Mates,  and  which  are  now  in  the  forts,  arsenals  and  navy 
yards  of  the  said  States,  and  all  other  arms  and  munitions 
which  they  may  desire  to  turn  over  and  make  chargeable  to 
I  Government. 

Sec.  3.  Be  it  Jurther  enacted,  Thai  the  President  be  author- 
!.  >d  to  receive  into  the  service  of  this  <  iovernmeut  such  fore,  s 
now  in  the  Bervice  of  said  States  as  may  be  tenderejl,  or  win 
may  volunteer,  by  consent  of  their  State,  in  such  numbers 
be  may  require,  for  any  time  not  less  than  twelve  months, 
unless  sooner  discharged. 

it  farther  enacted,  That  such  forces  may  be  re- 
ceived with  their  officers,   by  companies,   battalions  oi   regi- 
ments, and  when  so  received  shall  form  a  part  ot  the  1 
Bional  Army  of  the  Confederate  St.  irding  to  the  terms 

of  their  enlistment;  and  the  President  shall  appoint,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  oi  I  i,  8uch  general  officer 

icera  for  said  forces  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  n  i 
B<  it  further  enacted,  That  said  forces;,  v  hen 


into  the  service  of  this  Government,  shall  have  the  same  pay 
and  allowances  as  may  be  provided  by  law  for  volunteers 
entering  the  service,  or  for  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  rules  aud  government. 
Adopted,  February  28,  1861. 


AN  ACT —  To  provide  for  the  Public  Defence. 

Section  1.  The  Cofigress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  in  order  to  provide  speedily  forces  to  repel 
invasion,  maintain  the  rightful  possession  of  the  Confederate 
States  of  America  in  every  portion  of  territory  belonging  to 
each  State,  and  to  secure  the  public  tranquility  and  inde- 
pendence against  threatened  assault,  the  President  be  and 
Be  is  hereby  authorized  to  employ  the  militia,  military  and 
naval  forces  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  and  to 
ask  for  and  accept  the  services  of  any  number  of  volunteers, 
not  exceeding  one  hundred  thousand,  who  may  offer  their 
services,  either  as  cavalry,  mounted  riflemen,  artillery  or 
infantry,  in  such  proportion  of  these  several  arms  as  he  may 
deem  expedient,  to  serve  for  twelve  months  after  they  shall 
be  mustered  into  service,  unless  sooner  discharged 

Sec.  2.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  militia,  when 
called  into  service  by  virtue  of  this  act  or  any  other  act,  if 
in  the  opinion  of  the  President  the  public  interest  requires, 
may  be  compelled  to  serve  for  a  term  not  exceeding  six 
months  after  they  shall  be  mustered  into  service,  unless 
sooner  discharged. 

Sec  3.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  said  volunteers 
shall  furnish  their  own  clothes,  and,  if  mounted  men,  their 
own  horses  and  horse  equipments  ;  and  when  mustered  into 
service,  shall  be  armed  by  the  States  from  which  they  come 
or  by  the  Confederate  States  of  America. 

Sec.  4.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  said  volunteers 
shall,  when  called  into  actual  service,  and  while  remaining 
therein,  be  subject  to  the  rules  and  articles  of  war,  and  in- 
stead of  clothing,  every  non-commissioned  officer  and  private 
in  any  company  shall  be  entitled,  when  called  into  actual 
service,  to  money  in  a  sum  equal  to  the  cost  of  clothing  of  a 
non-commissioned  officer  or  private  in  the  regular  army  of 
the  Confederate  States  of  America. 

Sec  5.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  said  volun- 
teers so  offering  their  services  may  be  accepted  by  the  Pres- 
ident in  companies,  squadrons,  battalions  and  regiments, 
whose  officers  shall  be  appointed  in  the  manner  prescribed 
by  law  in  the  several  States  to  which  they  shall  respectively 


belong;  but  when  inspected,  mustered,  and  received  into 
the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  said  troops  shall  be 
regarded  in  all  respects  as  a  part  of  the  army  of  said  Con- 
federate troops,  according  to  the  terms  of  their  respective 
enlistments. 

Sec.  6.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  President  is 
liereby  authorized  to  organize  companies  so  tendering  their 
services  into  battalions  or  squadrons,  battalions  or  squadrons 
into  regiments,  regiments  into  brigades,  and  brigades  into 
divisions,  whenever  in  his  judgment  such  organization  may 
be  expedient:  and  whenever  brigades  or  divisions  shall  be 
organized,  the  President  shall  appoint  the  commanding  offi- 
cers for  such  brigades  and  divisions,  subject  to  the  contirma- 
of  Congress,  who  shall  hold  their  office  only  while  such 
-   and  divisions  are  in  service;  and  the  President 
if  necessary,  apportion  the  staff  and  general  officers 
Qg  the  respective  States  from  which  the  volunteers  shall 
tender  their  services,  as  he  may  deem  proper. 

Sec.  7.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  whenever  the 
militia  or  volunteers  are  called  and  received  into  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States,  under  the  provisions  of  this  act, 
they  shall  have  the  same  organization,  and  shall  have  the 
same  pay  and  allowances  as  may  be  provided  for  the  regular 
army  ;  and  all  mounted  non-commissioned  officers,  privates, 
musicians  and  artificers,  shall  be  allowed  forty  cents  per  day 
for  the  use  and  risk  of  their  horses;  and  if  any  volunteer 
shall  not  keep  himself  provided  with  a  serviceable  horse, 
such  volunteer  shall  serve  on  foot.  For  horses  killed  in  ac- 
tion, volunteers  shall  be  allowed  compensation  according  to 
their  appraised  value  at  the  date  of  muster  into  service. 

Sec.  8.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  field  and  staff 
officers  of  a  separate  battalion  of  volunteers  shall  be  one 
Lieutenant  Colonel  or  Major,  one  Adjutant  with  the  rank 
of  Lieutenant,  one  Sergeant  Major,  one  Quartermaster  Ser- 
geant, and  a  chief  Bugler  or  principal  Musician,  according 
to  corps ;  and  thai  each  company  shall  be  entitled  to  an  ad- 
ditional Second  Lieutenant ;  and  that  the  President  may 
limit  the  privates  in  any  volunteer  company,  according  to 
discretion,  at  from  sixty-four  to  one  hundred. 
.  '.».  And  he  it  further  enacted,  That  when  volunteers 
or  militia  are  called  into  the  service  of  the  Confederate  State- 
in  Bach  numbers  that  the  officers  of  the  Quartermaster,  < 
missary,  and  Medical  Departments,  which  may  he  author- 
ized by  law  for  the  regular  service,  are  not  sufficient  to  pro- 
vide the  supplying,  quartering,  transporting  and  rurnisl 
them  with  the  requisite  medical  attendance,  it  shall  be  law- 


ful  lor  the  President  to  appoint,  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Congress,  as  many  additional  officers  of  said  Depart- 
ments as  the  service  may  require,  not  exceeding  one  Com- 
missary and  one  Quartermaster  tor  each  brigade,  with  the 
rank  of  Major,  and  one  Assistant  Quartermaster  with  the 
rank  of  Captain,  and  one  Assistant  Commissary  with  the 
rank  of  Captain,  one  Surgeon  and  one  Assistant  Surgeon  for 
each  regiment;  the  said  Quartermasters  and  Commissaries, 
Assistant  Quartermasters  and  Commissaries  to  give  bonds 
with  good  sureties  for  the  faithful  performance  of  their  du- 
ties, the  said  officers  to  be  allowed  the  same  pay  and  emolu- 
ments as  shall  be  allowed  to  officers  of  the  same  grade  in 
the  regular  service,  and  to  be  subject  to  the  rules  and  arti- 
cles of  war,  and  to  continue  in  service  only  so  long  as  their 
services  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  militia  or 
volunteers. 

Sec.  10.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  President  be 
and  he  is  hereby  authorized  to  purchase  or  charter,  arm, 
equip  and  man  such  merchant  vessels  and  steamships  or 
boats  as  may  be  found  fit  or  easily  converted  into  armed 
vessels,  and  in  such  number  as  he  may  deem  necessary  for 
the  protection  of  the  seaboard  and  the  general  defence  of 
the  country. 

Approved,  March  G,  1861. 

AN  ACT — To  create  the  Clerical  Force  of  the  several  Execu- 
tive Departments  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  and 
for  other  purposes. 

Skdticn  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  the  Clerical  force  of  the  several  depart- 
ments of  the  Confederate  States  of  America  shall  consist  of 
the  following  officers  :  To  the  War  Department  there  shall  be 
a  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  War,  at  an  annual  salary  of  three 
thousand  dollars,  and  five  clerks,  who  shall  each  receive  hyelve 
hundred  dollars  per  annum  ;,and  one  of  them  may  be  appointed 
disbursing  clerk,  with  an  additional  pay  of  six  hundred  dollars, 
who  shall  give  bond  with  sureties  to  be  approved  by  the  Sec- 
retary of  War.  There  shall  also  be  one  messenger,  whose 
compensation  shall  be  five  hundred  dollars  per  annum.  _  And 
to  all  the  bureaus  of  the  War  Department,  viz:  the  Adjutant 
and  Inspector  General,  Quartermaster  General,  the  Commis- 
sary General,  the  Surgeon  General,  the  Chief  Engineer  and 
the  Artillery,  there  shall  be  fourteen  clerks,  seven  of  whom 
shall  receive  each  a  salary  of  twelve  hundred  dollars,  and 
geven  a  salary  each  of  one  thousand  dollars  per  annum. 

And  the   Secretary  of  War  is  hereby  authorized  to   assign 


said  clerks  to  duty  in  the  respective  offices  as  enumerated,  as 
in  his  judgment  will  best  promote  the  public  service.  And  to 
each  of  said  named  bureaus,  except  the  office  of  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral, there  shall  be,  if  deemed  necessary  by  the  Secretary  of 
War,  a  messenger,  at  an  annual  compensation  of  live  hundred 
dollars. 

Sec.  4.  And  be  it  further  tnacted,  That  the  Secretaries  of 
State,  Treasury,    War,  Navy,   Attorney  General,  and    Post 
master  General  are  hereby   authorized  to  employ  such    otbei 
clerical  force  in    their  respective    departments  as  the  exi 
cies  of   the  public  service  may  absolutely  require,  being  lira* 
;ted  in  the  compensation  of  the  lower  grade  of  salary  for  clerks 
provided  for  in  this  bill;  they  are  also  empowered  to  employ 
such  laborers  for  their  respective  offices  as  may  be  required. 
not  exceeding  one  for  each  of  the  executive  departments,  and 
whose  compensation  shall  not  exceed  one  dollar  and  fifty  cents 
per  day. 

Approved,  March  7,  1861. 


AX  ACT — Making  impropriation  for  the  suppoi't  of  Three 
Thousand  MenYor twelve  months*  to  he  called  into  service 
at  Charleston,  South  Carolina.,  under  the  third  and  fourth 
sections  of  an  Act  of  the  Congress  "To  raise  Provisional 
Forces  for  the  Confederate  States  of  Ameriai  and  for  other 
purpose*." 

i'  m  1 .   The  ( •  mgress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  the  following  appropriations   be  made  for 
the  support  of  the  provisional  troops  called  into  service  by  the 
act  aforesaid  :   Pay  of  the  troops,  six  hundred    and  fifty-eight 
thousand  six  hundred  and  eighty  dollars.     Forage  for  officers' 
horses  and  quartermasters'  animals  and  cavalry  horses,  twenty 
usand  six  hundred  and  sixty-two   dollars.     Subsistence  for 
>ps  two  hundred  and  seventy  thousand  dollars.     Cloth' 
•pa,  two  hundred  thousand  dollars.     Camp  and  garris 

thousand  two   hundred    and   sixty-seven 

llara  and  Beventy-two  cents.     Supplies  for  the  quartern! 

■"  department,  aeventy-six  thousand  one  hundred  and  sixty 

liars.     Fuel   for  troops  and   hospitals,  fifty-nine  thousand 

e  hundred  and  ninety-seven  dollars.     Medical  and  hospital 

artment,  twenty  thousand  dollars. 

2.   Andbe  Ufurihex  -he  additional  sum 

I    hundred    and     sixty    thousand    two     hundred     and 
eight  dollars  and  forty-live  cents  is  hereby  appropria- 
support  of  two  thousand  additional 

i  r  twelve 


months,  at  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  whenever   in  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  President  their  services  may  be  required. 


Approved,  March  11,  1S61. 


AN  ACT — Making  appropriations  for  the  support  of  the 
Regular  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America  for 
iivelve  months,  and  for  other  purposes. 
Section.  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  the  following  appropriations  are  made  for 
the  support  of  the  regular  army  for  twelve  months,  viz :  For 
expenses  of  recruiting  and  for  transportation  of  recruits,  one 
hundred  and  ninety-two  thousand  five  hundred  dollars.  Pay 
of  the  army,  two  millions  seventy  thousand  four  hundred  and 
eighty-four  dollars.  Forage  for  officers'  horses  and  for  cavalry 
and  light  artillery  horses,  one  hundred  and  seven  thousand 
two  hundred  dollars.  Subsistence  for  troops,  nine  hundred 
and  twelve  thousand  five  hundred  dollars.  Clothing  for  the 
army,  six  hundred  and  forty  eight  thousand  seven  hundred 
and  eighty  dollars.  Camp  and  garrison  equipage,  sixty  thou- 
sand dollars.  Supplies  for  the  Quartermaster's  department — 
consisting  of  fuel  for  the  officers,  enlisted  men,  guards,  hospi- 
tals, store-houses  and  offices ;  of  forage  in  kind  for  horses,  mules 
and  oxen  of  the  Quartermasters  department,  at  the  several 
posts  and  stations  and  with  the  armies  in  the  field  ;  of  postage 
on  letters  and  packages  received  and  sent  by  officers  of  the 
army  on  public  service  ;  expenses  of  courts  martial  and  courts 
of  enquiry,  including  the  additional  compensation  of  judge 
advocates,  recorders,  members,  and  witnesses,  while  in  that 
service  ;  extra  pay  to  soldiers  employed  under  the  direction 
of  the  Quartermaster's  department  in  the  erection  of  barracks, 
quarters,  store-houses,  and  hospitals,  for  constant  labor  for 
periods  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  including  those  employed  as 
clerks ;  expense  of  interment  of  officers  killed  in  action,  or 
who  die  when  on  duty  in  the  field,  or  at  the  posts  on  the  fron- 
tiers, and  of  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers ;  author- 
ized office  furniture  ;  hire  of  laborers  in  the  Quartermaster's 
department ;  compensation  of  clerks  of  the  officers  of  the  Quar- 
termaster's department ;  for  the  apprehension  of  deserters  and 
the  expenses  incident  to  their  pursuit ;  for  the  following  ex- 
penses required  for  the  regiment  of  cavalry  and  for  the  four 
batteries  of  light  artillery  :  namely,  the  purchase  of  traveling- 
forges,  blacksmith's  and  shoeing  tools,  horse  and  mule  shoes 
and  nails,  iron  and  steel  for  shoeing ;  medicine  for  horses  and 
mules ;  picket  ropes,  and  for  shoeing  the  horses  of  the  corps 
named,  three  hundred  and  fifty- three  thousand  nine  hundred 
and  fifty-six  dollars.     For  constructing  barracks   and   other 


buildings  at  posts  which  it  may  be  necessary  to  occupy  during 
the  year,  and  for  repairing,  altering  and  enlarging  buildings 
at  the  established  posts,  including  hire  or  commutation  of  quar- 
ters for  officers  on  military  duty,  hire  of  quarters  for  troops, 
of  store-houses,  for  the  sate  keeping  of  military  stores,  and^of 
grounds  for  summer  cantonments  and  for  temporary  frontier 
stations,  for  commutation  of  forage  for  officer's  horses  when 
it  cannot  be  drawn  in  kind,  three  hundred  and  fifty  thousand 
dollars.  For  mileage,  or  the  allowance  made  to  officers  of  the 
army  for  the  transportation  of  themselves  and  their  baggage 
when  traveling  on  duty  without  troops,  escorts,  or  supplies, 
thirty-five  thousand  dollars :  Provided,  That  mileage  shall 
not  be  allowed  when  the  the  officer  has  been  transferred  or 
relieved  at  hi  quest.     For  transportation  of  the  army 

— including  of  the  troops  when  moving  either  by 

land  or  wa*  [iiipments,  and  of  subsistence — from 

the  places  of]  .  and  from  the  places  of  delivery  under 

contract,  to  mum  places  as  the  circumstances  of  the  service 
may  require  them'to  be  sent,  of  ordnance,  ordnance  stores,  and 
small  arms,  freights,  wharfage,  tolls,  and  ferriages,  hire  of 
horses,  mules,  aud  oxen,  and  the  purchase  and  repair  of 
wagons,  carts,  and  drays,  and  of  ships  and  other  sea- going 
vessels  required  for  the  transportation  of  supplies  and  for  garri- 
son purposes,  for  drayage  and  cartage  at  the  several  posts, 
hire  of  teamsters,  transportation  of  funds  for  the  disbursing 
departments,  the  expense  of  public  transports  on  the  various 
rivers,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Atlantic,  six  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand  dollars.  For  the  purchase  of  horses  for  the  regi- 
ment of  cavalry  and  four  batteries  of  light  artillery,  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  three  thousand  two  hundred  dollars.  Con- 
tingencies of  the  army,  fifteen  thousand  dollars.  For  the 
medical  and  hospital  departments,  seventy-five  thousand  dollars. 
Contingencies  of  the  Adjutant  General's  department,  six  hun- 
dred dollars.  Armament  of  fortifications  and  purchase  ol 
light  artillery,  two  huudred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars.  Pur- 
chase, manufacture,  and  alteration  of  small  arms,  four  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  dollars.  For  ordnance,  ordnance  stores  and 
supplies,  including  horse  equipments  for  the  regiment  of Ci  - 
airy  and  for  light  batteries,  one  hundred  and  ninety-nine  thou- 
sand five  hundred  and  forty  dollars. 

Sec.  2.  A*d beitjkrther  enacted,  That  the  Secretary  of  War, 
under  the  direction  of  the  President,  be.  and  he  is  hereby. 
authorized  to  apply  any  portion  of  theappropriations  made  bj 
this  act  to  the  support  of  the  provisional  forces  which  may  be 
called  into  .service,  whenever,  in  his  opinion,  the. same  may  be 

Decenary. 
Approved,  March  LI,  1861. 


10 


AN  ACT. — Making  appropriations  to  carry  out  the  provisions 
of  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  public  defence." 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 
Jo  enact,  That  to  enable  the  President  to  carry  into  effect  the 
provisions  of  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States, 
entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  public  defence,"  and  to 
provide  for  the  pay,  subsistence,  and  transportation  of  such 
volunteer  forces  as  may  be  called  into  service  by  authority  of 
the  said  act,  the  sum  of  five  millions  of  dollars,  or  as  much 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  appro- 
priated, from  any  moneys  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  ap- 
propriated. 

Approved,  March  12,  1861. 


AN"  ACT. — Amendatory  of  an  Act  far  the  organization  of  the 
Staff  Departments  of  the  army,  and  an  Act  for  the  establishment 
and  organization  of  the  Armtj  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame- 


rica. 


Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confedertc  States  of  America 
do  enact,  That  the  Adjutant  aud  Inspector  General's  depart- 
ment shall  consist  of  two  Assistant  Adjutants  General  with 
the  rank  of  Lieutenant  Colonel,  two  Assistant  Adjutants  Gen- 
eral with  the  rank  of  Major,  and  four  Assistant  Adjutants  Gen- 
eral with  the  rank  of  Captain. 

Sec.  2.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  there  shall  be  added  one 
Brigadier  General  to  those  heretofore  authorized  by  law,  and 
that  any  one  of  the  Brigadier  Generals  of  the  army  of  the 
Confederate  States  may  be  assigned  to  the  duty  of  Adjutant 
and  Inspector  General,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President. 

Sec.  3.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Quartermaster  Gene- 
eral's  department  shall  consist  of  one  Quartermaster  General 
with  the  rank  of  Colonel,  one  Assistant  Quartermaster  Gen- 
eral with  the  rank  of  Lieutenant  Colonel,  four  Assistant  Quart- 
ermasters with  the  rank  of  Major,  and  such  other  officers  in 
that  department  as  are  already  provided  by  law. 

Sec.  4.  Beit  further  enacted,  That  the  Commissary  General's 
department  shall  consist  of  one  Commissary  General  with  the 
rank  of  Colonel,  one  Commissary  with  the  rank  of  Lieutenant 
Colonel,  one  Commissary  with  the  rank  of  Major,  and  three 
Commissaries  Math  the  rank  of  Captain,  and  as  many  Assistant 
Commissaries  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  required  by  the 
service  may  be  detailed  by  the  War  Department  from  the 
subalterns  of  the  line,  who,  in  addition  to  their  pay  in  the  line, 
shall  receive  twenty  dollars  per  month  while  engaged  in  that 
service. 


11 

Sec.  5.  Be  it  further  enacted,  Thatinall  cases  of  officers  who 
have  resigned,  or  who  may  within  six  months  tender  their  re- 
signations from  the  army  of  the  United  States,  and  who  have 
been  or  may  be  appointed  to  original  vacancies  in  the  army  ol 
the  Confederate  States,  the  commissions  issued  shall  bearone 
and  the  same  date,  so  that  the  relative  rank  of  officers  of  each 
grade  shall  be  determined  by  their  former  commissions  in  the 
(Tinted  States  army,  held  anterior  to  the  secession  of  these 
Confederate  States  from  the  United  States. 

Sec.  6.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  every  officer,  non-com- 
missioned officer,  musician,  and  private  shall  take  and  sub- 
scribe the  following  oath  or  affirmation,  to  wit :  I,  A.  B.,  do 
solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  he)  that  while  I  con- 
tinue in'  the  service  1  will  hear  true  faith  and  yield  obedience 
to  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  and  that  I  Will  serve 
them  honestly  and  faithfully  against  their  enemies,  and  thai 
I  will  observe  and  obey  the  Orders  of  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  rules  and  articles  of  war. 

Sec.  7.  Be  it  further  enacted,  That  all  laws  and  parts  of  laws 
militating  against  this  act  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby,  repeal- 
ed. 

Approved,  March  14,  1861. 


AN  ACT. —  To  establish  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs. 

SECTION  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  ofAmoriaa 
Jo  enact,  That  an  additional  bureau  in  the  War  Department 
be,  and  the  same  is  hereby,  established,  to  be  known  as  the 
Bureau  of  Indian  AHiiirs,  and  charged  with  the  management 
of  our  relations  with  the  Indian  tribes. 

Sec  2.  />'<  it.  further  enacted,  That  the  President,  bf  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Congress,  may  appoint  a 
Commistoner  of  Indian  Aflairsand  one  clerk,  to  take  charge 
of  the  business  ol  the  bureaU' hereby  established,  the  salary,  ol 
the  Commissioner  to  be  twenty-five  hundred  dollars  per  annum. 
and  the  salary  of  the  clerk  fifteen  hundred  dollars  per  annum. 

Approved,  March  L6,  1861. 


AX  ACT. —  Making  additional  apyropriatwM  for  '''■■ 
toftht  Army,fo\  ending  t  of   M 

ty-two. 

Tic  I 

the  following  theaatm  by   appropri- 

out  of  any  money  in  1  nry  aot  otherwise  appro 


12 

priated,  namely  :  For  the  purchase  of  ordnance  and  ordnance 
stores,  one  hundred  and  ten  thousand  dollars. 
Approved,  March  16,  1861. 

AN  ACT. — Making  appropriation  for  the  service  of  the 
Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
riea  do  enact,  That  the  following  sura  be,  and  the  same  is  here- 
by, appropriated,  out  of  any  money  in  the  Treasury  not  other- 
wise appropriated,  for  the  service  of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Af- 
fairs, for  the  year  ending  first  of  March,  eighteen  hundred 
and  sixty-two,  namely  :  for  the  salary  of  the  Commissioner  and 
chief  clerk  of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs  and  incidental  ex- 
penses of  the  bureau,  five  thousand  dollars. 

Approved,  March  16,  1861. 

AN  ACT. — To  provide  for  the  appointment  of  Chaplains  in 
the  Army. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame- 
rica do  enact,  That  there  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President 
such  number  of  chaplains,  to  serve  with  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  during  the  existing  war,  as  he  may  deem  ex- 
pedient; and  the  President  shall  assign  them  to  such  regiments, 
brigades,  or  posts,  as  he  may  deem  necessary  ;  and  the  appoint- 
ments made  as  aforesaid  shall  expire  whenever  the  existing 
war  shall  terminate. 

Sec.  2.  The  monthly  pay  of  said  chaplains  shall  be  eighty  - 
five  dollars  ;  and  said  pay  shall  be  in  full  of  all  allowances 
whatever. 

Approved,  May  3,  1861. 


AN  ACT. — Providing  for  a  Regiment  of  Zouaves  in  the 

Army  of  the  Confederate  States. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame- 
rica do  enact,  That  there  shall  be  added  to  the  military  estab- 
lishment of  the  Confederate  States  one  regiment  of  Zouaves, 
to  be  composed  of  one  Colonel,  one  Lieutenant-colonel,  one 
Major,  and  ten  companies  ;  and  each  company  shall  consist  of 
one  Captain,  one  First  Lieutenant,  two  Second  Lieuten- 
ants, one  Sergeant  Major,  one  Quartermaster's  Sergeant, 
four  Sergeants  and  eight  Corporals,  and  ninety  privates.  And 
to  the  regiment  there  shall  be  attached  one  Adjutant  aud  a 
Quartermaster,  to  be  selected  from  the  lieutenants.  And  one 
Assistant  Surgeon  shall  be  appointed  for  the  regiment,  in  ad- 
dition to  those  already  authorized  by  law  for  the  medical  de- 


13 

partment.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  regiment 
of  Zouaves  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of  officers  of  infantry  of 
the  same  rank  ;  the  allowances  shall  also  be  the  same  as  those 
provided  by  law  for  officers  of  infantry ;  and  the  Adjutant  and 
Quartermaster  shall  receive  ten  dollars  per  month  in  addition 
to  their  pay  as  lieutenants.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  enlisted 
men  of  said  regiment  of  Zouaves  shall  b  e  as  follows 
Sergeants  Major  and  Quartermaster's  Sergaants,  twenty  dollars. 
Sergeants,  seventeen  dollars ;  Corporals,  thirteen  dollars  ;  and 
privates  eleven  dollars  each ;  together  with  the  same  ration? 
and  allowance  for  clothing  as  are  received  by  all  other  enlis 
ted  men. 

Approved  May  4,  1S61. 


AN  ACT — To  raise  an  additional  Militaey  Force  to  serve 
during  the  Wat* 

Section  1.  Th&  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Am  >, 
ica  do  enact,  That  in  addition  to  the  volunteer  force  authorized 
to  be  raised  under  existing  laws,  the  President  be  and  is  here- 
by authorized  to  accept  the  services  of  volunteers  who  may 
offer  their  services,  without  regard  to  the  place  of  enlistment, 
either  as  cavalry,  mounted  riflemen,  artillery,  or  infantry,  in 
such  proportion  of  these  several  arms  as  he  may  deem  expe- 
dient, to  serve  for  and  during  the  existing  war,  unless  sooner 
discharged. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  volunteers  so  offering  their  services  may 
be  accepted  by  the  President  in  companies,  to  be  organized 
l»y  him  into  squads,  battalions  or  regiments.  The  President 
shall  appoint  all  field  and  staff  officers,  but  the  company 
officers  shall  be  elected  by  the  men  composing  the  companv  . 
and  if  accepted,  the  officers  so  elected  shall  be  commissioned 
;>y  the  President. 

Sf.c  3.  That  any  vacancies  occurring  in  tlie  ranks  of  the  sev- 
eral companies  mustered  into  service  under  the  provisions  of 
this  act,  may  be  tilled  by  volunteers  accepted  under  the  rule 
of  each  companies;  and  any  vacancies  occuring  in  the  officii 
of  such  companies  shall  he  filled  by  elections  in  accordance 
with  the  same  rules. 

.  4.  Except  as  herein  differently   provided,  the  volnn 
teer  forces  hereby  authorized,  to  1)(.  raised  shall  in  all  r< 
be  subject  to  and  organized  in  accordance  with  the  provision! 
of  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  public  defence,"  and  all  othei 
acts   for  the  government    of  the   armies   of  the   Confederate 
States. 

Afpboti  D  May  S.  1861. 


14 

A  EESOLUTION— In  regard  to  the  Military  Expcnditu. 
made  by  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

Resolvedly  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica That  the  expenditures  made  by  the  State  of  South  Caro- 
lina for  the  pay  and  maintainance  of  the  troops  employed  in 
the  defence  of  the  Charleston  harbor,  under  the  command  of 
Brigadier  General  Beauregard,  were  intended  to  be  provided 
for  by  an  act  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of  three 
thousand  men,  for  twelve  months,  to  be  called  into  service  at 
Charleston,  South  Carolina,  under  the  third  and  fourth  sections 
of  an  act  of  the  Congress,  to  raise  provisional  forces  for  the 
Confederate" States  of  America,  and  for  other  purposes;  and 
that  the  amount  of  such  expenditures  be  audited  by  the  proper 
officer  of  the  Treasury  Department,  and  that  the  amount  which 
shall  be  found  due  be  paid  to  the  State  of  South  Carolina, 
from  the  appropriation  made  by  the  Act  aforesaid. 

Approved  May  10,  1861. 

AX  ACT — To  amend  "An   Act  to  Provide  for  the  Pitlii: 

Defense"  approved  March  6,  1861. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  the  President  may  receive  into  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States  any  company  of  light  artillery, 
which  by  said  act  he  is  authorized  to  do,  with  which  comple- 
ment of  officers  and  men,  and  with  such  equipments  as  to  him 
shall  seem  proper ;  anything  in  said  act  of  the  6th  of  March, 
1861,  to  the  contrarv,  notwithstanding. 

Approved  May,  20,  1861. 

AN  ACT — To  malce  further  p>rovisions  foi  the  Public  De- 
fence. 

Whereas,  War  exists  between  the  United  States  and  the 
Confederate  States;  and  whereas  the  public  welfare  may  re- 
quire the  reception  of  volunteer  forces  into  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States,  without  the  formality  and  delay  of  a  call 
upon  the  respective  States. 

Sec.  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 
do  enact,  That  the  President  be  authorized  to  receiveinto 
service  such  companies,  battalions  or  regiments,  either 
mounted  or  on  foot,  as  may  tender  themselves,  and  he  may 
require,  without  the  delay  of  a  formal  call  upon  the  respective 
States   to  serve  for  such  time  as  he  may  prescribe. 

Sec.  2.  Such  volunteer  forces  who  may  be  accepted  under 
this  act,  except  as  herein  differently  provided,  shall  be  organ- 
ized in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  all  the  provisions  of 


the  act  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  public  defence," 
and  he  entitled  to  all  the  allowances  provided  therein  ;  and 
when  mustered  into  service,  may  be  attached  to  such  divis- 
ions, brigades  or  regiments  as  the  President  may  direct,  or 
ordered  upon  such  independent  or  detached  service  as  the 
President  may  deem  expedient;  provided,  however,  that 
battalions  and  regiments  may  he  enlisted  from  States  not  of 
the  Confederacy,  and  the  President  may  appoint  all  or  any 
of  the  field  officers  thereof. 

Sec.  3.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  commission 
all  officers  entitled  to  commissions,  of  such  volunteer  forces 
as  may  be  received  under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  And  up- 
on the  request  of  the  officer  commanding  such  volunteer  reg- 
•.  battalion  or  company,  the  President  may  attach  a  su- 
pernumerary officer  to  each  company, detailed  from  the  r<  _ 
nlar  army  for  that  purpose,  and  for  such  time  as  the  President 
may  direct. 

Approved  May  11.  ls<^i. 


AN  ACT — Relative  to  Telegraph    Lines  of  the   Con  fid 

tea. 

m  >»  1 .   The  Congress  of  the  Confi  derate  Stat  s  of  - 1 
,'   '  do  enact,  That  daring  the  existing  war,  the  President  be 
and  he  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  take  snehcon- 

:  such  of  the  lines  of  telegraph  in  the  Confederate  States, 
and  of  such  of  the  officers  connected  therewith,  as  will  enal  le 
him  effectually  to  supervise  the  communication*  passing 
through  the  same,  to  the  end  that  no  communications  shall  be 
conveyed  of  the  military  operations  of  the  Governmentto  en- 

r  the  success  of  such  operations,  nor  any  communication 
calculated  to  injure  the  cause  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  to 
etri mental  u  the  public  Bervice. 

.  ">.  Incase   he  owners  and  manaa  aid  lines  shall 

refuse  to  permit  such   supervision,    or  shall    fail  or  refusi 
keep  up  and  continue  the  business  on  said  linos,  the  President 
is  hereby   enpowered   to  take   p  3se  sion  of  the  -am.-  for  the 
purposes  aforesaid. 

1.  The  President  shall  from  time  to  time  issue  in-- 
tions  to  gents  so  appointed,  and  to  the   operators  of  the 

various  line-,  t  i  regulate  the  transmission  of  communications 
t  >uching  the  operations  of  the  Government,  or  calculated   to 

;  the  public  welfare. 

■  '■  the  President,  at    his  discretion,  may  employ 

peratora  of  the  lin 

-  in  all  other  res] 

ranee  with  the  business  and  manag 
may  be  compatible  with  the  public  ii 


16 

Sec.  6.  Tfcat  the  compensation  of  the  agents  appointed 
tinder  this  act,  where  such  agents  are  not  officers  of  the  com- 
pany, and  the  expense  attending  the'  execution  of  the  provis- 
ions of  this  act,  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  treasury. 

Sec.  7.  That  no  communications  in  cypher,  nor  enigmati- 
cal, or  other  doubtful  communication,  shall  be  transmitted, 
unless  the  person  sending  the  same  shall  be  known  to  the 
agent  of  the  Government  to  be  trustworthy,  nor  until  the 
real  purport  of  such  communication  shall  be  explained  to 
such  agent. 

Skc.  8.  That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized,  whenever 
it  may  be  found  necessary  or  advisable  for  the  successful 
prosecution  of  the  war,  to  extend  existing  lines  of  telegraph 
or  make  connections  between  the  same,  the  expense  of  con- 
tracting such  additioy^l  lines  to  be  paid  out  of  any  money 
in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated. 

Sec.  9.  That  all  present  and  future  officers  of  the  telegraph 
lines  engaged  in  receiving  and  transmitting  intelligence 
within  the  Confederate  States  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable 
after  the  passage  of  this  act  or  after  their  appointment,  take 
and  subscribe  before  any  judicial  officer  of  any  one  of  the 
Confederate  States,  the  following  oath:  "I,  A.  B.,  do 
solemnly  swear  that  I  will  support  and  maintain  the  Consti- 
tution of  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  and  will  not, 
knowingly,  directly  or  indirectly,  transmit  through  the  tele- 
graph any  communition  or  information  calculated  to  injure 
the  cause  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  to  give  aid  or  com- 
fort to  the  enemies." 

Sec  10.  That  if  any  person  shall  knowingly  send  or  trans- 
mit any  message  or  communication  touching  the  military 
operations  of  the  Government,  without  the  same  being  first 
submitted  to  the  inspection  of  the  agent  of  the  Government, 
or  any  message  calculated  to  aid  and  promote  the  cause  of 
the  enemies  of  the  Confederate  States,  he  shall  be  subject  to 
indictment  in  the  District  Court  of  the  Confederate  States, 
and  on  conviction  shall  be  fined  in  a  sum  not  less  than  five 
hundred  dollars,  and  imprisoned  for  a  term  not  less  than 
one  year. 

Approved,  May  11,  1861. 

AN  ACT— Regulating  the  Sale  of 'Prizes ;  and  the  Distribu- 
tion thereof. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  all  prizes  of  vessels  and  property  cap- 
tured by  private  armed  ships,  in  pursuance  of  the  act  passed 


17 

by  Congress  recognizing  the  existence  of  war  between  the 
Tni ted  States  and  the  Confederate  States,  and  concerning 
letters  of  marqne,  prizes  and  prize  goods,  which  may  be  con- 
demned in  any  court  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  be  sold 
at  public  auction  by  the  Marshal  of  the  district  in  which  the 
same  shall  be  condemned,  within  sixty  days  after  the  con- 
demnation thereof — sufficient  notice  of  the  time  and  place 
and  condition  of  sale  being  first  given — on  such  day  or  days, 
on  such  terms  of  credit,  and  in  such  lots  or  proportions  as 
may  be  designated  by  the  owner  or  owners,  or  agent  of  the 
owner  or  owners,  cf  the  privateer  which  may  have  captured 
the  same  :  Provided,  That  the  term  of  such  credit  shall  lot 
exceed  ninety  days.  And  the  said  Marshal  is  hereby  directed 
to  take  and  receive  from  the  purchaser  or  purchasers  of  sue! 
prize  vessel  and  property,  the  money  therefor,  or  his,  her  or 
their  promissory  notes,  with  endorsers,  to  be  approved  by 
the  owner  or  owners  of  the  privateer,  to  the  amount  of  the 
purchase,  payable  according  to  the  terms  thereof. 

Sec.  2.  That  upon  all  duties,  costs  and  charges  being  paid 
according  to  law,  the  said  Marshal  shall  on  demand,  deliver 
and  pay  over  to  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  privateer,  or  to 
the  agent  of  such  owner  or  owners  of  the  privateer  whici 
may  have  captured  such  prize  vessel  and  property,  a  just 
and  equal  proportion  of  the  funds  received  on  account  of  the 
sale  thereof,  and  of  the  promissory  notes  directed  to  be  taken 
as  aforesaid,  to  which  the  said  owner  or  owners  may  be  enti- 
tled, according  to  the  articles  of  agreement  between  th< 
owner  or  owners  and  the  officers  and  crew  of  the  said  priva- 
teer; and  a  just  and  equal  proportion  of  the  proceeds  of  the 
sale  as  aforesaid,  shall,  on  demand, -be  also  paid  over  by  the 
said  Marshal  to  the  officers  and  crew  of  the  said  privateer, 
or  to  their  agent  or  agents.  And  if  there  be  no  written 
agreement,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Marshal  to  pay  over, 
in  manner  as  aforesaid,  one  moiety  of  the  proceeds  of  the 
sale  of  such  prize  vessel  and  property  to  the  owner  or  owners 
of  the  privateer  which  may  have  captured  the  same,  and  the 
other  moiety  of  the  proceeds  10  the  agent  or  agents  of  the 
officers  and  crew  of  said  privateer,  to  be  distributed  accord 
ing  to  law,  or  to  any  agreement  by  them  made:  /' 
The  -aid  officers   and  r   their  agent  or  agents,  shall 

refunded  to  the  owner  or  owners,  or  to  t  he  i 
of  the  owner  or   owners  of  the   privateer   aforesaid,  the  full 
amount  of  advances   which   sliall  h   ve   !■■    >.    made   by  the 
owner  or  owners  of  the  privateer  to  the  officers  and 
thereof. 

That  for  the  selling  prize  property  and  reee 
and  paying  over  the  proc  foresaid,  the  Marshal  shall 

be  entitled  to  a  commission  of  one  per  tent,  and  no  more. 


16 

first  deducting  all  duties,  costs  aud  charges  which  may  have 
accrued  on  said  property:  Provided,  That  on  no  case  of  con- 
demnation and  sale  of  any  one  prize  vessel  and  cargo  shall  the 
commissions  of  the  Marshal  exceed  two  hundred  and  fifty 
dollars. 

Sec.  4.  That  it  shall  he  the  duty  of  the  Marshal,  within 
fifteen  days  of  any  sale  of  prize  property,  to  file  in  the  office 
of  the  Clerk  of  the  District  Court  of  the  distict  wherein  such 
sale  may  be  made,  a  just  and  true  account  of  the  sales  of  such 
prize  property,  and  of  all  duties  and  charges  thereon,  together 
with  a  statement  thereto  annexed  of  the  promissory  notes  taken 
>n  account  thereof,  which  account  shall  be  verified  by  the 
oath  of  the  said  Marshal;  and  if  the  said  Marshal  shall  wil- 
fully neglect  or  refuse  todile  such  account,  he  shall  forfeit  and 
pay  the  sum  of  five  hunared  dollors  for  each  omission  or  re- 
fusal as  aforesaid,  to  be  recovered  in  an  action  of  debt  by  any 
person  interested  in  such  sale,  and  suing  for  the  said  penalty, 
on  account  of  the  partjT  or  parties  interested  in  the  prize  ves- 
sel or  property  sold  as  aforesaid,  in  any  court  having  cogniz- 
ance thereof. 

Sec.  5.  That  the  owner  or  owners  of  any  private  armed  ves- 
sel or  vessels,  or  their  agent  or  agents,  may,  at  any  time  be- 
fore a  libel  shall  be  filed  against  any  captured  vessel  or  her 
cargo,  remove  the  same  from  any  port  into  which  such  prize 
vessels  or  property  may  be  first  brought,  to  any  other  port  in 
the  Confederate  States,  to  be  designated  at  the  time  of  the 
removal  as  aforesaid,  subject  to  the  same  restrictions  and  com- 
plying with  the  same  regulations  with  respect  to  the  payment 
of  duties  which  are  provided  by  law  in  relation  to  other  ves- 
sels arriving  in  port  with  cargoes  subject  to  the  payment  of 
duties :  Provided,  That  before  such  removal  the  said  captured 
property  shall  not  have  been  attached  at  the  suit  of  aDy  ad- 
verse claimant,  or  a  claim  against  the  same  have  been  inter- 
posed in  behalf  of  the  Confederate  States. 

Approved  May  14,  1861. 


AN  ACT  Recognizing  the  existence  of  War  between  the  Uni- 
ted States  and  the  Confederate  States  ;  and  concerning  Let- 
ters of  Marque,  Prises  and  Prize  Goods. 
Whereas,  The  earnest  efforts  made  by  this  Government  to 
establish  friendly  relations   between   the  Government  of  the 
United  States  and  the   Confederate  States,  and   to  settle   all 
questions  of  disagreement  between  the  two  Governments  up- 
on principles   of  right,  justice,  equity  and  good  faith,   have 
proved  unavailable,  by  reason  of  the  refusal  of  the   Govern- 
ment of  the  United   States  to  hold  any  intercourse  with  the 
Commissioners   appointed  by  this  Government  for  the  purpo- 
ses aforesaid,  or  to  listen  to   any  proposals  they  had    to  make 
for  the  peaceful  solution  of  all  causes  of  difficulty  between  the 


19 

two  Governments;  and  whereas  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  has  issned  his  proclamation  making  requi- 
sition upon  the  States  of  the  American  Union  for  seventy-live 
thousand  men  for  the  purpose,  as  therein  indicated,  of  cap- 
turing forts  and  other  strongholds  within  the  jurisdiction  of 
and  belonging  to  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  and  has 
detailed  naval  armaments  upon  the  coasts  of  the  Confederate 
States  of  America,  and  raised,  organized  and  equipped  a  large 
military  force  to  execute  the  purpose  aforesaid,  and  has  issued 
his  other  proclamation  announcing  his  purpose  to  set  on 
K>ot  a  blockade  of  the  ports  of  the  Confederate  States : 
and  whereas,  the  State  of  Virginia  has  seceded  irora  the  Fed- 
eral Union  and  entered  into  a  convention  of  alliance  offensive 
and  defensive  with  the  Confederate  States,  and  has  adopted 
the  Provisional  Constitution  of  the  said  States,  and  the  States 
>f  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Arkansas 
and  Missouri,  have  refused,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  State 
of  Delaware  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  territories  of  Arizona 
and  New  Mexico,  and  the  Indian  territory  south  of  Kansas, 
will  refuse  to  co-operate  with  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  in  these  acts  of  hostilities  and  wanton  aggression,  which 
ire  plainly  intended  to  overawe,  oppress  and  anally  subjugate 
the  people  of  the  Confederate  States  :  and  whereas  by  the  acts 
and  means  aforesaid,  war  exists  between  the  Confederate 
States  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  and  the 
territories  thereof,  except  the  States  of  Maryland,  North  Car- 
•lina,  Tennessee,  Kentucky  ,Arkansas,  Missouri  and  Delaware', 
and  the  territories  of  Arizona  and  Xew  Mexico,  and  the  Indian 
■erritory  south  of  Kansas  :  Therefore, 
Sivtion  l.  The  Congremqfthe  C  ofAmer- 

>  enact,  That  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States  is 

hereby  authoriced  to  use   the  whole  land  and   naval  force  of 

the  Confederate  States  to  meet  the^war  thus  commenced,  and 

to  issue   to   private    armed  vessels  commissions,  or  letters  of 

marque  and  general  reprisal,  in  such    form   as  he  shall  think 

proper,  under  the  seal  of  the   Confederate  State-,  against  the 

and  effects    o\'  the  Government  of  the   United 

States,  and  of  the   citizens  or   inhabitants  of  the  States  and 

reof:    Provided,  however,  That  property  of  the 

enemy  (unless  it  be  contraband  of  war)   laden  on    bos 

•  eotn  Bttall  not  be  subject  to  seiaore  under  this  act  : 

Iher,  Tin.  citizens  or  inhabi- 

ofthe  United  States  now  in  the  porta  of  the  Confed 
Btatei  D  Knee  tho  5th  of  April  last,  or 

"ia.v  •  be,  in  the  service  ofthi    i  men*  of  tho 

[Jfiite  allowed  thirty  days  i 

nd  reach  their  destination  ; 
aoq  such  vessels  and  their  cargoes,  excepting  articles    contra- 

during  riod,  un:  .-hall  haveprevi 


the  destination  for  which  they  were  bound  on  leaving  said 

ports. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States  shal! 
be  and  he  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  revoke  and 
annul,  at  pleasure,  all  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal  which 
he  may  at  any  time  grant  pursuant  to  this  act. 

Sec  3.  That  all  persons  applying  for  letters  of  marque  and 
reprisal,  pursuant  to  this  act,  shall  state  in  writing  the  name 
and  a  suitable  description  of  the  tonnage  and  force  of  the 
vessel,  and  the  name  and  place  of  residence  of  each  owner  con- 
cerned therein,  and  the  intended  number  of  the  crew  ;  which 
statement  shall  be  signed  by  the  person  or  persons  making 
such  application,  and  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State,  or  shall 
be  delivered  to  any  other  officer  or  person  who  shall  be  em- 
ployed to  deliver  out  such  commissions,  to  be  by  him  transmit- 
ted to  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Sec.  4.  That  before  any  commission  or  letters  of  marque 
and  reprisal  shall  be  issued  as  aforesaid,  the  owner  Or  owners 
of  the  ship  or  vessel  for  which  the  same  shall  be  requested, 
and  the  commander  thereof  for  the  time  being,  shall  give  bond 
to  the  Confederate  States,  with  at  least  two  responsible  sureties 
not  interested  in  such  vessel,  in  the  penal  sum  of  five  thousand 
dollars,  or  if  such  vessel  be  provided  with  more  than  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  men,  then  in  the  penal  sum  of  ten  thousand 
dollars,  with  condition  that  the  owners,  officers  and  crew  who 
shall  be  employed  on  board  such  commissioned  vessel,  shall 
and  will  observe  the  laws  of  the  Confederate  States,  and  the 
instructions  which  shall  be  given  them  according  to  law  for 
the  regulation  of  their  conduct,  and  will  satisfy  all  damages 
and  injuries  which  shall  be  done  or  commited  contrary  to  the 
tenor  thereof,  by  such  vessel  during  her  commission,  and  to 
deliver  up  the  same  when  revoked  by  the  President  of  the 
Confederate  States. 

Sec  5.  That  all  captures  and  prizes  of  vessels  and  property 
shall  be  forfeited  and  shall  accrue  to  the  owners,  officers  and 
crews  of  the  vessels  by  whom  such  captures  and  prizes  shall  be 
made,  and  on  due  condemnation  had  shall  be  distributed  ac- 
cording to  any  written  agreement  which  shall  be  made  between 
them  ;  and  if  there  be  nosuch  written  agreement,  then 
one  moiety  to  the  owners  and  the  other  moiety  to  the  officer 
and  crew,  as  nearly  as  may  beaccording  to  the  rules  pre- 
scribed for  the  distribution  of  prizemoney  by  the  laws  of  the 
Confederate  States. 

Sec.  6.  That  all  vessels,  goods  and  effects,  the  property  of 
any  citizen  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  of  persons  resident 
within  and  under  the  protection  of  the  Confederate  States,  or 
of  persons  permanently  within  the  Territories  and  under  the 
protection  of  any  foreign  Prince,  Government  or  State  in  amity 
I  with  the  Confederate  States,  which  shall  have  been  captured 


21 

by  the  United  States,  and  which  shall  be  recaptured  by  vessels 
commissioned  as  aforesaid,  shall  be  restored  to  the  lawful 
owners  upon  payment  by  them  of  a  just  and  reasonabl  sal- 
vage, to  be  determined  by  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties 
concerned,  or  by  the  decree  of  any  court  having  jurisdiction, 
according  to  the  nature  of  each  case,  agreeably  to  the  provi- 
sions established  by  law.  And  such  salvage  shall  be  distribut- 
ed among;  the  owners,  officers  and  crews  of  the  vessels  com- 
missioned as  aforesaid,  and  making  such  captures,  according 
to  any  written  agreement  which  shall  be  made  between  them  ; 
and  in  case  of  no  such  agreement,  then  in  the  same  manner 
and  upon  the  principles  hereinbefore  provided  in  cases  of  cap- 
ture. 

7.  That  before  breaking  bulk  of  any  vessel  which 
shall  be  captured  as  aforesaid,  or  other  disposal  or  conver- 
sion thereof,  or  of  any  articles  which  shall  be  found  on  board 
the  same,  such  captured  vessel,  goods  or  effects  shall  be 
brought  into  some  port  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  of  a 
nation  or  State  in  amity  with  the  Confederate  States,  and 
shall  be  proceeded  against  before  a  competent  tribunal  ;  and 
after  condemnation  and  forfeiture  thereof  shall  belong  to  the 
owners,  officers  and  crew  of  the  vessel  capturing  the  same, 
and  be  distributed  as  before  provided  ;  and  in  the  case  of  all 
captured  vessels,  goods  and  effects  which  shall  be  brought 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Confederate  States,  the  Dis 
trict  Courts  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  have  exclusive 
original  cognizance  thereof,  as  in  civil  cases  of  admiralty 
and  maritime  jurisdiction  ;  and  the  said  courts,  or  the  courts, 
being  courts  of  the  Confederate  States,  into  which  such  cat 
shall  be  removed,  and  in  which  they  shall  be  finally  decided 
shall  and  may  decree  restitution  in  whole  or  in  part,  when 
the  capture  shall  have  been  made  without  just  cause.  And 
it  made  without  probable  cause,  may  order  and  decree  dam- 

-  and  costs  to  the  parly  injured,  for  which  the  owners  and 
commanders  of  the  vessels  making  such  captures,  and  i 
the  -hall  be  liable. 

8.  Thai  all  persons  found  on  hoard  any  captured 

or  on  board  any  re-captured  vessel,  shall  >rted  to 

'Hector  of  the  port  in  the  Confederal   States  in  which 
they  shall  first  arrive,  and  shall  be  delivered  into  the  custody 
the  Marshal  of  the  District,  or  some  courl  or  military  om- 
onfederate  B  ofanyStatein  or  near  such 

rt,  who  .-hall  take  cha  their  safe  keeping  and  sup- 

port, at  the  expense  of  the  Confederate  States. 

9.  That   the  President  of  the  Confederate  Stat. 

•by  authorized  to  establish  and  order  suitable  instructions 
the  better  government  and  dire,  ting  the  conduct  of  the 
immissioned,  their  officers  and  crews,  copies  of^ 
which  shall  be  delivered  by  the  Collector  of  the  ('n-toms  to* 


22 

the  commanders,  when  they  shall  give  bond  as  provided. 

Sec'  10.  That  a  bounty  shall  be  paid  by  the  Confederate 
States  of  $20  for  each  person  on  board  any  armed  ship  or 
vessel  belonging  to  the  United  States  at  the  commencement 
of  an  engagement,  which  shall  be  burnt,  sunk  or  destroyed 
by  any  vessel  commissioned  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  of 
equal  or  inferior  force,  the  same  to  be  divided  as  in  other 
cases  of  prize  money;  and  a  bounty  of  $25  shall  be  paid  to 
the  owners,  officers  and  crews  of  the  private  armed  vessels 
commissioned  as  aforesaid,  for  each  and  every  prisoner  by 
them  captured  and  brought  into  port,  and  delivered  to  an 
agent  authorized  to  receive  thhem,  in  any  port  of  the  Con- 
federate States ;  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  hereby 
authorized  to  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  the  owners,  officers 
and  crews  of  such  private  armed  vessels  commissioned  ass 
aforesaid,  or  their  agents,  the  bounties  herein  provided. 

Sec.  11.  That  the  Commanding  officer  of  every  vessel  hav- 
ing a  commission  or  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal,  during 
the  present  hostilities  between  the  Confederate  States  and 
the  United  States,  shall  keep  a  regular  journal,  containing, 
a  true  and  exact  account  of  his  daily  proceedings  and  trans- 
actions with  such  vessel  and  the  crew  thereof;  the  ports  and 
places  he  shall  put  into  or  cast  anchor  in  ;  the  time  of  his 
stay  there  and  the  cause  thereof;  the  prizes  he  shall  take, 
and  the  nature  and  probable  value  thereof;  the  times  and 
places,  when  and  where  taken,  and  in  what  manner  he  shall 
dispose  of  the  same  ;  the  ships  or  vessels  he  shall  fall  in  with  ; 
the  times  and  places,  when  and  where  he  shall  meet  with 
them,  and  his  observations  and  remarks  thereon ;  also,  of 
whatever  else  shall  occur  to  him  or  any  of  his  officers  or  ma- 
rines, or  be  discovered  by  examination  or  conference  with  any 
marines  or  passengers  of  or  in  any  other  ships  or  vessels,  or 
by  any  other  means  touching  the  fleets,  vessels  and  forces  of 
the  United  States,  their  posts  and  places  of  station  and  desti- 
nation, strength,  numbers,  intents  and  designs ;  and  such 
commanding  officer  shall,  immediately  on  his  arrival  in  any 
port  of  the  Confederate  States,  from  or  during  the  continuance 
of  any  voyage  or  cruise,  produce  his  commission  for  such  ves- 
sel, and  deliver  up  such  journal  so  kept  as  aforesaid,  signed 
with  his  proper  name  and  hand-writing,  to  the  Collector  or 
other  chief  officer  of  the  customs  at  or  nearest  to  such  port  ; 
the  truth  of  wrhich  journal  shall  be  verified  by  the  oath  of  the 
commanding  officer  for  the  time  being.  And  such  Collector 
or  other  chief  officer  of  the  customs  shall,  immediately  on  the 
arrival  of  such  vessel /order  the  proper  officer  of  the  customs 
to  go  on  board  and  take  an  account  of  the  officers  and  men, 
the  number  and  nature  of  the  guns,  and  whatever  else  shall 
occur  to  him  on  examination  material  to  be  known  ;  and  no 


23 

such  vessel  shall  be  permitted  to  sail  out  of  port  again  until 
such  journal  shall  have  boon  delivered  up,  and  a  certificate 
obtained  under  the  hand  of  such  collector  or  other  chief  offi- 
cer of  the  customs  that  she  is  manned  and  armed  according 
to  her  commission  ;  and  upon  delivery  of  such  certificate, 
any  former  certificate  of  alike  nature,  which  shall  have beenob- 
tained  by  the  commander  of  such  vessel,  shall  be  delivered  up. 
Sec.  12.  That  the  commanders  of  vessels  having  letters' of 
marque  and  reprisal  as  aforesaid,  neglecting  to  keep  a  journal 
as  aforesaid,  or  wilfully  making  fraudulent  entries  therein, 
or  obliterating  the  record  of  any  material  transaction  con- 
tained therein,  where  the  interest  of  the  Confederate  States 
is  concerned,  or  refusing  to  produce  and  deliver  such 
journal,  commission  or  certificate,  pursuant  to  the  preceding 
section  of  this  act,  then  and  in  such  cases  the  commissions  or 
letters  of  marque  and  reprisal  of  such  vessels  shall  be  liable  fa 
be  revoked  ;  ami  such  commanders  respectively  shall  forfeit 
for  every  such  offence  the  sum  of  $1,000,  one  moiety  thereof  to 
the  use  of  the  Confederate  States,  and  the  other  to  the  informer. 

.  13.  That  the  owners  or  commanders  of  vessels  having 
Letters  of  marque  and  reprisal  as  aforesaid,  who  shall  violate 
any  of  the  acts  of  Congress  for  the  collection  of  revenue  of  the 
Confederate  States,  and  for  the  prevention  of  smuggling,  shall 
forfeit  the  commission  or  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal, 
or  commanded  by  them  shall  be  liable  to  all  the  penalties  and 
forfeitures  attaching  to  merchant  vessels  in  like  cases. 

14.  That  on  all  goods,  wares  and  merchandize  captured 
and  made  good  and  lawful  prizes  of  war,  by  any  private  armed 
ship  having  commission  or  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal  nn- 
der  this  act,  and  brought  into  the  Confederate  States,  there 
shall  be  allowed  a  deduction  of  33  1-3  per  cent,  on  the  amount 
of  duties  imposed  by  law. 

.  15.  That   five  per-centnm   on  the   net  amount   (after 

ag  all  charges  and  expenditures)  of  the  prize  money  aria 
ing  from  captured  vessels  and  cargoes,  and  on  the  net  amoun' 
of  the  salvage  of  vessels  and  cargoes  re -captured  by  private 
armed  vessels  of  the  Confederate  States,  .shall  be  secured  and 
paid  over  to  the  collector  or  other  chief  officer  of  the  customs, 
at  the  port  or  place  in  the  Confederate  States  at  which  such 
captured  or  re-captured  vessel  may  arrive,  or  to  the  Consul  o> 
othjer  public  agent  of  the  Confederate  States  residing  at  the 
port  or  place  not  within  the  ConfederateJStates  at  which  such 
captured  or  re-captured  vessel  may  an-jfe.  And  the  moneys 
arising  therefrom  shall  lie  held  and  are  hereby  pledged  by 
of  the  Confederate  States  a- a  fund  for  the 
support  and  maintenance  of  the  widows  and  orphans  of  6uch 

j is  as  may  be  slain,  and  for  the  support  and  maiDtenace 
ofsuoh  persons  as  may  be  wounded  and  disabled  on  board  of 
the  private  armed  vessels  commissioned  si    tibresaiu,   in  any 


'  24 

engagement  with  the  enemy,  to  be  assigned   and  distributed 
in  snch  manner  as  shall  hereafter  be  provided  by  law. 

AN  ACT — To  increase  the  Military  establishment  of  the  Con- 
federate /States,  and  to  amend  the  " Act  for  the  establishment 
and  organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States 
of  America." 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  That  the  President  shall  be  authorized  to  raise 
and  organize,  in  addition  to  the  present  military  establish- 
ment, one  regiment  of  cavalry  and  two  regiments  of  infantry, 
whenever  in  his  judgement  the  public  service  may  require 
such  an  increase,  to  be  organized  in  accordance  with  exist- 
ing laws  for  the  organization  of  cavalry  and  infantry  regi- 
ments, and  to  be  entitled  to  the  same  pay  and  allowances 
provided  for  the  same  respectively. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  five  general  officers  provided  by  existing 
laws  for  the  Confederate  States,  shall  have  the  rank  and 
denomination  of  "General,"  instead  of  "Brigadier  Central," 
which  shall  be  the  highest  military  grade  known  to  the  Con- 
federate States.  They  shall  be  assigned  to  such  commands 
and  duties  as  the  President  may  specially  direct,  and  shall 
be  entitled  to  the  same  pay  and  allowances  as  are  provided 
'for  Brigadier  Generals,  and  two  Aids-de-camp,  to  be  selec- 
ted as  now  provided  by  law.  Appointments  to  the  rank  of 
General,  after  the  Army  is  organized,  shall  be  made  by  selec- 
tion from  the  Army. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  President  be  authorized,  whenever  in  his 
judgment  the  public  service  may  require  the  increase,  to  add 
to  the  corps  of  engineers  one  Lieutenant  Colonel,  who  shall 
receive  the  pay  and  allowances  of  a  Lieutenant  Colonel  of 
cavalry,  and  as  many  captains,  not  exceeding  five,  as  may 
be  necessary. 

Sec.  4,  That  there  be  added  to  the  Quartermaster  Gener- 
al's Department  one  Assistant  Quartermaster  General,  with 
the  rank  of  Lieutenant  Colonel,  and  two  Quartermasters, 
with  the  rank  of  Major  ;  and  to  the  Commissary  General's 
Department,  one  Assistant  Commissary,  with  the  rank  of 
Major,  and  one  Assistant  Commissary  with  the  rank  of  cap- 
tain ;  and  to  the  Medical  Department,  six  Surgeons  and 
fourteen  Assistant  Surgeons. 

Sec  5.  That  the  President  be  authorized  to  appoint  as 
many  military  storekeepers,  with  the  pay  and  allowances  of  a 
First  Lieutenant  of  Wantry,  as  the  safe-keeping  of  the  public 
property  may  require,  not  to  exceed  in  all  six  store  keepers. 

Sec  6.  That  there  be  added  to  the  military  establishment 
one  Quartermaster  Sergeant  for  each  regiment  of  cavalry  and 
infantry,  and  one  Ordnance  Sergeant  for  each  military  post, 
each  to  receive  the  pay  and  allowances  of  a  Sergeant  Major, 
according  to  existing  laws. 


25 

Sec.  7.  That  there  may  be  enlisted  for  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Array,  for  the  term  already  provided  by  law  fori 
other  enlisted  men,  as  many  hospital  stewards  as  the  service 
may  require,  to  be  determined  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  lin- 
er such  regulations  as  he  may  presribe,  and  who  shall  receive 
the  pay  and  allowances  of  a  Sergeant  Major. 

Sec.  8.  That  until  a  military  school  shall  be  established  for 
the  elementary  instruction  of  officers  for  the  Army,  the  Presi- 
dent shall  be  authorized  to  appoint  cadets  from  the  several 
"-'ates,  in  number  proportioned  to  their  representation  in  the 
House  of  Representatives,  and  ten  in  addition,  to  be  selected 
by  him  at  large  from  the  Confederate  States,  who  shall  be  at- 
tached to  companies  in  service  in  any  branch  of  the  Army,  as 
supernumerary  officers,  with  the  rank  of  cadet,  who  shall  re- 
ceive the  monthly  pay  of  forty  dollars,  and  be  competent  for 
promotion  at  such  time  and  under  such  regulations  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  the  President,  or  hereafter  established  by  law. 

Skc.  0.  That  the  President  be  authorized  to  assign  officers  of 
the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  to  staff  duty  with  volun- 
teers or  provisional  troops,  and  to  confer  upon  them,  whilst  so 
<  m ployed,  the  rank  corresponding  to  the  staff  duties  they  are 
to  perform. 

Sac.  10.  There  shall  be  allowed  and  paid  to  every  ablebodied 
man  who  shall  be  duly  enlisted  to  serve  in  the  Army  of 
the  Confederate  States,  a  bounty  often  dollars  ;  but  the  pay- 
ment of  five  dollars  of  the  said  bounty  shall  be  deferred  until 
the  recruit  shall  have  been  mustered  into  the  regiment  in 
which  he  is  to  serve. 

11.  That  the  provision  of  the  third  section  of  the  act 

I  he  Congress  of  the  United  States,  making  appropriate 
the  legislative,   executive  and  judicial  expenses   of  the 
Government  for  the  year  ending  the  thirtieth  day  of  June,  A. 
D.  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-one  approved  June  twenty- 
third,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty  which  declares  that  no  arms 
nor  military  supplies  whatever,  which  are  of  a  patented  inven- 
,  shall  be  purchased,  nor  the  right  of  using  or  applying 
patented  invention,  unless  the  same  shall  be  authorized 

law,  and  the  appropriation  therefor  explicitly  set  forth,  tli 

-  lor  such  patented  invention,  (if  of  force  within  the  Con- 

erate  States,)  shall  be  suspended  in  it.-  operation  for  and 

ring  the  existing  war. 

AN  ACT. — To  amend  a  \JJ*  f*V£  to  p 

for  tK  'plains  to  tftfc'- 

3,  1861. 
•s^  rtOM  I.   T  Confederate  k 

.  That  so  much  of  the  second  section  of  the  sbore 
ted  act  at  a  pay  of  Chaplains  in  the  Army  at  eight 

dollars  he  repealed,  and  that  the  pay  0  iap]am>  be 

•  dollars  per  month. 


26 

AN  ACT. — To  authorize  the  President  to  continue  the  Ap- 
pointments made  by  him  in  the  Military  and  JFaval  Service 
during  the  recess  of  Congress  of  the  present  session,  end  to 
submit  them  to  Congress  at  its  next  session. 
Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame- 
rica do  enact,  That  the  President  be  authorized  to  continue  the 
appointments  made  by  him  in  the  military  and  naval  servi  ce 
daring  the  recess  of  Congress  or  the  present  session,  and  to 
submit  them  to  Congress  at  its  next  session. 
Approved  May  16,  1861. 

AK  ACT. — To  provide  an  additional  Company  of  Sappers 

and  Bombardiers  for  the  Army. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame- 
rica do  enact,  That  there  be  added  to  the  military  establish- 
ment of  the  Confederate  States  one  company  of  Sappers  and 
Bombardiers,  to  consist  of  one  Captain,  two  First  Lieuten- 
ants, one  second  Lieutenant,  ten  Sergeants  or  Master-work- 
men, ten  Corporals  or  overseers,  two  musicians,  thirty-nine 
privates  of  the  first  class,  and  thirty-nine  privates  of  the 
second  class,  who  shall  be  instructed  in  and  perform  all  the 
duties  of  sappers  and  bombardiers,  and  shall,  moreover,  un- 
der the  orders  of  the  chief  engineer,  be  liable  to  serve  by 
detachments  in  overseeing  and  aiding  laborers  upon  fortifica- 
tions or  other  works  under  the  engineer  department,  and  in 
supervising  finished  fortifications,  as  fort-keepers,  preventing 
injury  and  making  repairs. 

Sec.  2.  That  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Colonel  of  the  En- 
gineer Corps,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
to  prescribe  the  number,  quantity,  form,  dimensions,  etc.,  ot 
the  necessary  vehicles,  arms,  pontons,  tools,  implements  and 
other  supplies  for  the  service  of  said  company  as  a  body  of 
sappers  and  and  bombardiers. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  monthly  pay  of  the  Captain  of  said  com- 
pany shall  be  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars  ;  of  each  First 
.Lieutenant,  one  hundred  dollars;  of  the  Second  Lieutenant, 
ninety  dollars  ;  of  the  Sergeants,  thirty-four  dollars  ;  of  the 
first  class  privates,  seventeen  dollars ;  and  of  the  second  class 
privates,  thirteen  dollars.  And  the  said  commissioned  officers 
shall  be  entitled^^the  same  allowances  as  all  other  commis- 
sioned officers  oifche  Army,  and  the  same  right  to  draw  forage 
for  horses  as  is  a^rorded  to  officers  of  like  rank  in  the  Engi- 
neer Corps;  and  the  enlisted  men  shall  receive  the  same  ra- 
tions and  allowances  as  are  granted  to  all  other  enlisted  men 
in  the  army. 

Approved,  May  17,  1861. 


A.N  ACT— Mating  Appropriation)  in  addition  to  those  already 
made  for  the  Military  Servicetftht  Confederate  Stales  oj  Ame- 
rica, for  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  eighteenth  day  of  February, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  si.ity-tico. 
SECTION   1.    The  Congress  of  the   Confederate  States  of  Ame- 
rica do  enact.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  the  pay  ot  the. 
officers  and  privates  of  one  hundred   regiments  ot  infantry, 
tod  for  Quartermaster's  supplies  of  all  kinds  for  the  same, 
and  transportation,  including  horses,  wagons,  harness,  ambu- 
lance, and  other  necessary  expenses,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
gkteenth  of  February,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
sixty-two,  twenty-seven  millions  nine  hundred  and  thirty-two 
thousand   four  hundred  and  ninty-three   dollars   and  twelve 

cents.  , 

SEC.  2.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  the  pay,  quarter- 
ns supplies  of  all  kinds,  transportation  and  other  ne 
sarv  expenses  for  one  regiment  of  legionary  formation,  com- 
posed oi  one  company  of  artillery,  four  companies  oT cavalry, 
£nd  six  companies  of  voltigeurs,  five  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand four  hundred  and  eighty-five  dollars. 

:;.  That  there  be  appropriated  tor  the  purchase  o 
»res  and  commissary  property  tor  one  hundred 
thousand  troops,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  eighteenth  ol 
February,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-two,  five 
millions  four  hundred  and  sixty-four  thousand  two  hundred 
and  fifty-eight  dollars  and  eighty  cents. 

sic. '4.  Thai  there  be  appropriated  for  the  ordnanct 
nee,  for  the  fiscal   year  ending  the  eighteenth  of  February, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-two— for  the  presi 
tion  of  public  buildings,  quarters,  barracks,  etc.,  at  the  arse- 
nals, armories,  and   depots;  for  the   repairs  and  preservation 
of  srdnance  stores  ;  for  the  pay  of  clerks,  draughtsmen,  colo- 
rers,   superintendents,   overseers,    etc  ;   for   the  purchase  of 
-.   mules,   forage,  stationery,  and  contingencies  of  ord- 
nance service;  for  the  purohase  of  beavy  ordnance  and  car- 
^,  with  shot  and  shell  for  the  si.ine  ;  for  sixteen  field 
-  of  six  pi. 'ccs  each,  with  harness,  implements  and  a.; 
nitioii :  for  fifty  thousand  stand  of  small  aims;  for  five  fhoi 
a  and  holsters;  6  h  swords,  carbines  and  pis 

,•  thousand  seta  <>t  cavalry  equipments;  for  five  thot 
fcaralr)  accoutrements:  for  one  hundred  thousan 
Infantry  accoutrements,  knapsacks,  hav<  and  cant< 

fbf  two  and  one-half  million  pounds  powder;  for  materials  for 
the  same ;  for  lead,  copper,  and  materials  for  percussion 
and  for  friction  tubes  ;  for  additional  shops  and  Btoreho 
■fount  Vein.. 11  Arsenal,  Alabama,  and  Augusts 
nia  ;  for  machinery,  steam  engine  and  tools;  lor  cap  machine, 


for  .bullet  machine  ;  for  repairs  of  buildings  and  machines  at 
Harper's  Feny — four  millions  four  hundred  and  four  thousand 
dollars. 

Sec.  5.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  medical  and  hos- 
pital supplies,  for  the  year  ending  eighteenth  of  February, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-two,  the  sum  of  three 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars. 

Sec.  6.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  the  contingent  ser- 
vice of  the  War  Department,  for  the  year  ending  the  eight- 
eenth of  Februrary,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty- 
two,  the  sum  of  three  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

Spc  7.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  contingent  expen- 
ses of  the  Adjutant  and  Inspector  General's  Department, 
including  office  funiture,  stationery,  printed  blanks  for  the 
use  of  the  army,  record  books,  postage,  telegraphic  des- 
patches, &c,  for  the  year  ending  the  eighteenth  February, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty -two,  the  sum  of  eight 
thousand  dollars. . 

Sec.  8.  That  there  be  appropriated  for  the  pay  of  surgeons, 
assistant  surgeons,  and  chaplains,  for  the  year  ending  the 
eighteenth  day  of  February,  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  sixty-two,  the  sum  of  three  hundred  and  twenty-nine 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  one  dollars. 

Approved  May  21,  1861. 


AN  ACT — Concerning  the  transportation  of  Soldiers  and  al- 
lowance far  Clothing  of  Volunteers,  and  ame?idatory  of 
the  Act  for  the  establishment  and  organization  of  the  Army 
of  the  Confederate  States. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Amer- 
ica do  enact,  When  transportation  cannot  be  furnished  in 
kind,  the  discharged  soldier,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  ten 
cents  per  mile  in  lieu  of  all  travelling  pay,  subsistence, 
forage,  and  undrawn  clothing,  from  the  place  of  discharge 
to  the  place  of  his  enlistment  or  enrollment,  estimating  the 
distance  by  the  shortest  mail  route,  and  if  there  is  no  mail 
route,  by  the  shortest  practicable  route.  The  foregoing  to 
apply  to  all  officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  musicians, 
artificers,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,  and  privates  of  volun- 
teers, when  disbanded,  discharged,  or  mustered  out  of  service 
of  the  Confederate  States ;  and  it  shall  also  apply  to  all 
volunteer  troops,  as  above  designated,  when  traveling  from 
the -place  of  enrolment  to  the  place  of  general  rendezvous 
or  point  where  mustered  into  service  :  Provided,  That  noth- 
ing herein  contained  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  deprive  the 
mounted  volunteers  of  the  allowance  of  forty  cents_  a  day 
for  the  use  and  risk  of  his  horse,  which  allowance  is  made 
from  the  date  of  his  enrollment  to  the  date  of  his  discharge, 


. ...I  also  for  everv  twenty    miles  travel  from    the    place  of 
bis  discharge  to  the  place  of  his  enrollment. 

«•.     2    That  the    fourth   section    of  the  act  oi   March  5, 
I8»;l   "To  provide  for  the  public  defence,"  be  amended  as  fol- 
s' viz:  There  shall  be  allowed  to   each  volunteer,  to  be 
I     d'him  on  the  first  muster  and  pay  rolls  after  being^  received 
Z  1  mustered  into  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States  the 
f  twenty-one  dollars,  in  lieu  of  clothing  for  six  months  ; 
•  crcafter  the  same  allowance  in  money  at  every  subse- 
quent period    of  service   for  six  months  in  lieu  of  clothing : 
provided,  That  the  price  of  all  clothing  in  kind  received  by 
said  volunteers  from  the  Confederate  States  Government  shall 
:     deducted  first  from  the   money  thus  allowed  ;  and  if  that 
I    q  be  not  sufficient,  the  balance  shall  be  charged  for  stop- 
page on  the  muster  and  pay  rolls  ;  and  that  all  accounts  aris- 
iii  contracts,  agreements,  or  arrangements  for  furnishing 
ng  to  volunteers,  to  be  duly  certified  by  the  company 
Commander,  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  said  semi-annual  allow  - 
money. 

3.  That  the  twenty-first  section  of  the  act  for  the  organ- 

i  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  be   so  amended 

hs  to  alllow  to  Aids-de-camp  and  to  Adjutants   forage  for  the 

Came  number  of  horses  as  allowed  to  officers  of  the  same  grade 

Bn  the  mounted  service. 

A  i'PROved,  May  21,  1861. 

\   .\CT—  To  be  entitled  An  Act  to  amend  "An  Act  to  rais<: 
additional  Military  Force  to  serve  during  the  War. 
ion  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  A 
,„act,  That  so  much'of  the  second  section  of  the   act 
(    titled  "An  act  to  raise  an  additional  military  force  to  serve 
g  the  war,''  passed  May  eighth,  eighteen    hundred  and 
one,  be  so  amended  as  to  authorize  the  President,  on  the 
u  plication   of  any  commanding  officer  of  a  regiment   or 

authorized  by  ^aid  act,  to  assign   a  subaltern  of  tl     line, 
it  the  army  to  the  duties  of  adjutant  of  said  regiment  or  bat- 
lion. 
Approved,  May  21,  1861. 

\  ACT — To  authorize  the  President  to  confer  temporary  rani. 
and  command,  for  serv'a  with  volunteer  troops,  on  uffuert  of 
thi  Confederate  Army. 

HON    1.    The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  Ame*- 

,t<>  enact,  that  the  President  shall  be  authorized  to  eo 

iponury    rank    and    command,  for  service  with   volunteer 

[opt,  on  officers   of  the   Confederate   army;  the  same  to  be 

Id  without  prejudice  to  their  positions  in  said  army,  and  U 

re  effect  only  to  tie'  extent  and  according  to  the  assigunitut 

le  in  general  order. 


30 

AN  ACT— To  provide  for  the  Incidental  Expenses  of  the  Ftiblk 

Service  within  the  Indian  Tribes. 
^  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  do  enact,  That  the 
sum  of*  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby- 
appropriated,  out  of  any  money  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise 
appropriated,  tojmeet  the  incidental  expenses  of  the  public  ser- 
vice within  the  Indian  tribes,  for  the  year  ending  February 
eighteenth,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-two.  But  a  particu- 
lar and  specific  account  of  the  expenditures  under  tMs  act 
nhall  be  made  and  reported  to  Congress  at  its  next  session 
titer  the  expiration  of  the  period  herein  named. 

Approved  May  21,  1861. 

AN  ACT — To  amend  an  act  entitled  "  An  Act  reedgnizing  the 
existence  of  ivar  between  the  United  States  and  the  Confederate 
States,  and  concerning  Letters  of  Marque,  Prizes  and  Prize 
Goods,  approved  May  6th,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
sixty-one. 

Section  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederutc  States  do  enact, 
That  the  tenth  section  of  the  above  entitled  act  be  so  amended 
that,  in  addition  to  the  bounty  therein  mentioned,  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Confederate  States  will  pay  to  the  cruiser  or 
cruisers  of  any  private  armed  vessel  commissioned  under  said 
act,  twenty  per  centum  on  the  value  of  each  and  every  vessel 
of  war  belonging  to  the  enemy,  that  may  be  sunk  or  destroyed 
by  such  private  armed  vessel  or  vessels,  the  value  of  the  arma- 
ment to  be  included  in  the  estimate.  The  valuation  to  be 
made  by  a  board  of  naval  officers  appointed,  and  their  award 
to  be  approved  by  the  President,  and  the  amount  found  to  be 
due  to  be  payable  in  eight  per  cent,  bonds  of  the  Confederate 
States. 

Sec.  2.  That  if  any  person  who  may  have  invented  or  may 
hereafter  invent  any  new  kind  of  armed  vessel,  or  floating  bat- 
tery, or  defence,  shall  deposit  a  plan  of  the  same,  accompa- 
nied by  suitable  explanations  or  specifications,  in  the  navy 
department,  together  with  an  affidavit  setting  forth  that  he  n 
the  inventor  thereof,  such  deposit  and  affidavit  (unless  the 
facts  set  forth  therein  shall  be  disproved)  shall  entitle 
inventor  or  his  assigns  to  the  sole  and  exclusive  enjoyment  ol 
the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  by  this  act,  reserving, 
however,  to  the  government,  in  all  cases,  the  right  of  '.sing 
auch  invention. 

Apboved,  May  21,  18G1. 


HftBBW 
HnHflfl 


Hi 


n> 


